Curriculum (C-20) : State Board of Technical Education and Training Andhra Pradesh:: AMARAVATI

GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH
STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND

TRAINING
Andhra Pradesh :: AMARAVATI
Globally Competitive
CURRICULUM (C-20)
For Polytechnic Diploma Courses
in Andhra Pradesh
3 YEAR (REGULAR)
DIPLOMA IN
COMPUTER ENGINEERING
1
CURRICULUM -2020
(C-20)
3 YEAR (REGULAR)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING

Andhra Pradesh :: AMARAVATI
2
CURRICULUM -2020
( C-20 )
FOR DIPLOMA COURSES IN ANDHRA PRADESH
PREAMBLE
The proposed programme intends to develop a skilled technician to support the industries
both nationally or globally. It also helps to kindle the spirit of entrepreneurship with necessary skills
and theoretical inputs aligning with the National policy of ‘Make in India’. The programme also
provides for accomplishing higher education goals for those who wish to enrich their theoretical
concepts further.
The State Board of Technical Education and Training, (SBTET) AP, has been offering Diploma
programmes to meet the above said aspirations of the stake holders: industries, students,
academia, parents and the society at large. As such, it has been the practice of SBTET, A.P., to keep
the curriculum abreast with the advances in technology through systematic and scientific analysis of
current curriculum and bring out an updated revised version at regular intervals. Accordingly the
SBTET, AP under the aegis of the Department of Technical Education, Andhra Pradesh in it’s 57 th
Board Meeting held on 05-02-2019 (vide item no: 18) resolved to update the Polytechnic Curriculum
C-16 with the guidance of National Institute of Technical Teachers Training & Research (NITTTR),
Extension Centre, Vijayawada (ECV), to be implemented with effect from the academic year ‘20-21.
Analysis of Curriculum C-16 (SWOT analysis) started in the month of June-2019. Feedback was
collected from all stake holders: Students, Lecturers, Senior Lecturers, Head of Sections and
Principals for all programmes for this purpose. A series of workshops with subject experts followed
in the subsequent weeks and the draft curricula were prepared for every programme. Finally, an
interactive session with representatives from industries, academia and subject experts was held on
04.01.2020 for thorough perusal and critique of draft curricula; and the suggestions received from
Industrialists and academia have been recorded , validated by another set of experienced subject
teachers from the Department of Technical education for incorporation into the Curriculum C-20.
The design of new Curricula for the different diploma programmes has thus been finalised with the
active participation of the members of the faculty teaching in the Polytechnics of Andhra Pradesh,
and duly reviewed by Expert Committee constituted of academicians and representatives from
industries. Thus, the primary objective of the curriculum change is to produce employable
technicians in the country by correlating the growing needs of the industries with relevant academic
input.
The outcome based approach as given by NBA guidelines has been followed throughout the design
of this curriculum is designed to meet the requirements of NBA Accreditation, too.
The revised New Curriculum i.e., Curriculum–2020 (C-20) is approved by BoG of SBTET for its
implementation with effect from 2020-21.
Highlights of Curriculum C-20:

1. Duration of course for regular Diploma and for sandwich Diploma is 3 years and 3½ years
respectively.
2. The Curriculum is prepared in Semester Pattern. However, First Year is maintained as Year-
wise pattern.
3. 6 Months Industrial training has been introduced for 3 years Diploma Courses and 6 months
Industrial Training is introduced for 3 ½ years Sandwich Diploma courses.
3
4. Updated subjects relevant to the industry are introduced in all the Diploma courses.
5. CISCO course content has been incorporated into the ECE and CME programmes for
certification from CISCO in lieu of industrial training when students are unable to get
Industrial Training placement in any industry.
6. The policy decisions taken at the State and Central level with regard to environmental science
are implemented by including relevant topics in Chemistry. This is also in accordance with the
Supreme Court guidelines issued in Sri Mehta’s case.
7. Keeping in view the increased need of communication skills which is playing a major role in
the success of Diploma Level students in the Industries, emphasis is given for learning and
acquiring listening, speaking, reading and writing skills in English. Further as emphasized in
the meetings, Communication Skills lab and Life Skills lab are continuing for all the branches.
8. CAD specific to the branch has been given emphasis in the curriculum. Preparing drawings
using CAD software has been given more importance.
9. Upon reviewing the existing C-16 curriculum, it is found that the theory content is found to
have more weightage than the Practical content. In C-20 curriculum, more emphasis is given
to the practical content in Laboratories and Workshops, thus strengthening the practical
skills.
10. With increased emphasis for the student to acquire Practical skills, the course content in all
the subjects is thoroughly reviewed and structured as outcome based than the conventional
procedure based.
11. Curricula of Laboratory and Workshops have been thoroughly revised based on the
suggestions received from the industry and faculty, for better utilization of the equipment
available in the Polytechnics. The experiments /exercises that are chosen for the practical
sessions are identified to confirm to the field requirements of industry.
12. An exclusive section for assessing Higher order Thinking skills (HOTS) has been introduced in
summative evaluation.
Acknowledgements:
It is pertinent to acknowledge the support of the following in the making of Curriculum C-20.
A series of workshops in three phases were conducted by NITTTR, AP Extension Centre, Vijayawada
involving faculty from Polytechnics, Premier Engineering Colleges & Industries to analyze the
Previous C-16 Curriculum and to design C-20 Curriculum under the guidance of Dr C. R. Nagendra
Rao, Professor & Head, NITTTR-ECV. The efforts & support extended by NITTTR to bring out final
Curriculum C-20 by incorporating needs, aspiration & expectations of all stake holders is highly
appreciated and gratefully acknowledged.
The Members of the working group are grateful to Sri M.M. Nayak, I.A.S., former Special
Commissioner of Technical Education, Chairman of SBTET, AP, Dr. Pola Bhaskar, I.A.S.,
Commissioner of Technical Education, Chairman of SBTET, AP and Sri. G. AnanthaRamu, I.A.S.,
former Principal Secretary, Department of Skill Development and Training, Smt. G. Jaya Lakshmi,
I.A.S. Principal Secretary, Department of Skill Development and Training, for their guidance and
valuable inputs during process of revising, modifying and updating the Curriculum C-20.
The Members acknowledge with thanks the guidance & inspiration provided by Sri. V.S. Dutt, former
Secretary, SBTET, Andhra Pradesh , Sri K Vijaya Bhaskar, Secretary , SBTET, Andhra Pradesh and other
officials of Directorate of Technical Education and the State Board of Technical Education, Andhra
Pradesh, experts from industry, academia from the universities and higher learning institutions and
all teaching fraternity from the Polytechnics who are directly or indirectly involved in preparation of
the curricula.
4
RULES AND REGULATIONS OF C-20 CURRICULUM
1 DURATION AND PATTERN OF THE COURSES

All the Diploma programs run at various institutions are of AICTE approved 3 years
or 3½ years duration of academic instruction.
All the Diploma courses are run on year wise pattern in the first year, and the
remaining two or two & half years are run in the semester pattern. In respect of few courses
like Diploma in Bio-Medical course, the training will be in the seventh semester. Run-through
system is adopted for all the Diploma Courses, subject to eligibility conditions.
2 PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION INTO THE DIPLOMA COURSES:
Selection of candidates is governed by the Rules and Regulations laid down in this regard from
time to time.
a) Candidates who wish to seek admission in any of the Diploma courses will have to
appear for the Common Entrance Test for admissions into Polytechnics (POLYCET)
conducted by the State Board of Technical Education and Training, Andhra Pradesh,
Vijayawada.
Only the candidates satisfying the following requirements will be eligible to appear for the
Common Entrance Test for admissions into Polytechnics (POLYCET).
b) The candidates seeking admission should have appeared for S.S.C examination,
conducted by the Board of Secondary Education, Andhra Pradesh or equivalent
examination thereto, at the time of applying for the Common Entrance Test for
admissions into Polytechnics (POLYCET). In case of candidates whose results of their
Qualifying Examinations is pending, their selection shall be subject to production of
proof of their passing the qualifying examination in one attempt or compartmentally at
the time of admission.
c) Admissions are made based on the merit obtained in the Common Entrance Test
(POLYCET) and the reservation rules stipulated by the Government of Andhra Pradesh
from time to time.
d) For admission into the following Diploma Courses for which entry qualification is 10+2,
candidates need not appear for POLYCET. A separate notification will be issued for
admission into these courses.
i). D.HMCT ii).D. Pharmacy
3 MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION
The medium of instruction and examination shall be English.
4 PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (PIN)
A cumulative / academic record is to be maintained of the Marks secured in
sessional work and end examination of each year for determining the eligibility for
promotion etc., A Permanent Identification Number (PIN) will be allotted to each admitted
candidate to maintain academic records.
5 NUMBER OF WORKING DAYS PER SEMESTER / YEAR:

a) The Academic year for all the Courses shall be in accordance with the Academic
Calendar.
b) The Working days in a week shall be from Monday to Saturday
c) There shall be 7 periods of 50 minutes duration each on all working days.
d) The minimum number of working days for each semester / year shall be 90 / 180 days
excluding examination days. If this prescribed minimum is not achieved due to any
reason, special arrangements shall be made to conduct classes to complete the syllabus.
5
6 ELIGIBILITY (ATTENDANCE TO APPEAR FOR THE END EXAMINATION)
a) A candidate shall be permitted to appear for the end examination in all subjects, if he or
she has attended a minimum of 75% of working days during the year/Semester.
b) Condonation of shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above and
below 75%) in each semester or 1st year may be granted on medical grounds.
c) A stipulated fee shall be payable towards condonation for shortage of attendance.
d) Candidates having less than 65% attendance shall be detained.
e) Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any semester / 1st year and
not paid the condonation fee in time are not eligible to take their end examination of
that class and their admissions shall stand cancelled. They may seek re-admission for
that semester / 1st year when offered in the next subsequent academic semester/year.
f) For INDUSTRIAL TRAINING:
i) During Industrial Training the candidate shall put in a minimum of 90%
attendance.
ii) If the student fails to secure 90% attendance during industrial training, the
student shall reappear for 6 months industrial training at his own expenses.
7 READMISSION
Readmission shall be granted to eligible candidates by the respective Principal/
Regional Joint Director.
a) (i) Within 15 days after commencement of class work in any semester (Except
Industrial Training).
(ii) For Industrial Training: before commencement of the Industrial training.
b) Within 30 days after commencement of class work in any year (including D. Pharmacy
course or first year course in Engineering and Non Engineering Diploma streams).
Otherwise such cases shall not be considered for readmission for that semester / year
and are advised to seek readmission in the next subsequent eligible academic year.
The percentage of attendance of the readmitted candidates shall be calculated from
the first day of beginning of the regular class work for that year / Semester, as officially
announced by CTE/SBTET but not from the day on which he/she has actually reported
to the class work.
8. SCHEME OF Evaluation
a) First Year
THEORY Courses: Each Course carries Maximum marks of 80 with examination of 3
hours duration, along with internal assessment for Maximum of 20 marks. (Sessional
marks). However, there are no minimum marks prescribed for sessional
Laboratory Courses: There shall be 40/20 Marks for internal assessment i.e. sessional
marks for each practical Course with an end examination of 3 hours duration carrying
60/30 marks. However, there are no minimum marks prescribed for sessional.
b) III, IV, V, VI and VII Semesters:

THEORY Courses: Each Course carries Maximum marks of 80 with examination of 3
hours duration, along with internal assessment for Maximum of 20 marks. (Sessional
marks). However, there are no minimum marks prescribed for sessional.
Laboratory Courses: There shall be 40/20 Marks for internal assessment i.e. sessional
marks for each practical Course with an end examination of 3 hours duration carrying
60/30 marks. However, there are no minimum marks prescribed for sessional.
6
9 INTERNAL ASSESSMENT SCHEME
a) Theory Courses: Internal assessment shall be conducted for awarding sessional marks
on the dates specified. Three unit tests shall be conducted for I year students and two
Unit Tests for semesters.
Internal Assessment shall be of 90 minutes duration and for a maximum of 40 marks.
For each test
The average of marks of all the tests, reduced to 20 shall be taken as final sessional in
any case.
b) Practical Courses:
(i) Drawing Courses:
The award of sessional marks for internal Assessment shall be as given in the following table
Distribution of Marks for the Internal Assessment Marks
First Year (Total:40 Marks) Semesters (Total:40 Marks)
Max:20 Marks Max:20 Marks Max:20 Marks Max:20 Marks
From the Average From the Average of From the Average of From the Average of
of THREE Unit Assessment of Regular TWO Unit Tests. Assessment of Regular
Tests. Class work Exercises. Class work Exercises.
All Drawing exercises are to be filed in serial order and secured for further scrutiny by a
competent authority
(ii) Laboratory Courses:

Student’s performance in Laboratories / Workshop shall be assessed during the year/
semester of study for 40 marks in each practical Course.
Evaluation for Laboratory Courses, other than drawing courses:

i. Instruction (teaching) in laboratory courses (except for the course on Drawing)
hereafter shall be task/competency based as delineated in the Laboratory sheets,
prepared by SBTET, AP & NITTTR- ECV and posted in SBTET website.
ii. Internal assessment for Laboratory shall be done on the basis of tasks performed
by the student as delineated in the laboratory sheets, prepared by SBTET, AP &
NITTTR- ECV and posted in AP, SBTET website.
iii. Question paper for End semester Evaluation shall also be task based and shall be
prepared and distributed by SBTET as done in case of theory courses be prepared
as per SBTET rules in vogue.
c) Internal assessment in Labs / workshops / Survey field work etc., during the course
of study shall be done and sessional marks shall be awarded by the concerned
Teacher.
d) For practical examinations, except in drawing, there shall be two examiners. External
examiner shall be appointed by the Principal in consultation with respective Head of
Section preferably choosing a qualified person from in the order of preference.
i) Nearby Industry
7
ii) Govt / Semi Govt organization like R & B, PWD, PR, Railways,
BSNL,APSRTC,APSEB etc.,
iii) Govt / University Engg College.
iv) HoDs from Govt.Polytechnic
Internal examiner shall be the person concerned with internal assessment as in (c)
above. The end examination shall be held along with all theory papers in respect of
drawing.
e) Question Paper for Practicals: Question paper should cover ( the experiments / exercise
prescribed to test various) skills like handling, manipulating, testing, trouble shooting,
repair, assembling and dismantling etc., from more than one experiment / exercise
f) Records pertaining to internal assessment marks of both theory and practical Courses
are to be maintained for official inspection.
g) In case of Diploma programs having Industrial Training, Internal Assessment and
Summative Evaluation, shall be done as illustrated in the following table:
Upon
Assessment Max
completion By Based on
no Marks
of
1.The faculty
Learning outcomes as given in
1 12 weeks concerned and 120
the scheme of assessment ,for
2. Training Mentor of
Industrial Training
2 20-22 weeks the industry 120
1.The faculty member 1.Demonstration of any one of
concerned, the skills listed in learning 30
3.Final
outcomes
summative 23 week
2.HoD concerned and 2.Training Report 20
Evaluation
3.An external
3.Viva Voce 10
examiner
TOTAL 300
10 MINIMUM PASS MARKS

THEORY EXAMINATION:
For passing a theory Course, a candidate has to secure a minimum of 35% in end
examination and a combined minimum of 35% of both Sessional and end examination marks
put together.
PRACTICAL EXAMINATION:
For passing a practical Course, a candidate has to secure a minimum of 50% in end
examination and a combined minimum of 50% of both sessional and practical end
examination marks put together. In case of D.C.C.P., the pass mark for typewriting and short
hand is 45% in the end examination. There are no sessional marks for typewriting and
Shorthand Courses of D.C.C.P course.
INDUSTRIAL ASSESSMENT:
Pass marks is 50% in assessment at Industry ( I and II assessments put together) and also
50% in final summative assessment at institution level
8
11. PROVISION FOR IMPROVEMENT
Improvement is allowed only after he / she has completed all the Courses from First Year
to Final semester of the Diploma.
a) Improvement is allowed in any 4 (Four) Courses of the Diploma.
b) The student can avail of this improvement chance ONLY ONCE, that too within the
succeeding two examinations after the completion of Diploma. However, the duration
including Improvement examination shall not exceed FIVE years from the year of first
admission.
c) No improvement is allowed in Practical / Lab Courses or Project work or
Industrial Training assessment. However, improvement in drawing Course(s) is allowed.
d) If improvement is not achieved, the marks obtained in previous Examinations hold good.
e) Improvement is not allowed in respect of the candidates who are punished under Mal-
practice in any Examination.
f) Examination fee for improvement shall be paid as per the notification issued by State Board
of Technical Education and Training from time to time.
g) All the candidates who wish to appear for improvement of performance shall deposit the
original Marks Memos of all the years / Semesters and also original Diploma Certificate to
the Board. If there is improvement in performance of the current examination, the revised
Memorandum of marks and Original Diploma Certificate will be issued, else the submitted
originals will be returned.
12. RULES OF PROMOTION FROM 1ST YEAR TO 3,rd, 4,th 5th ,6th and 7th SEMESTERS:
A) For Diploma Courses of 3 Years duration
i. A candidate shall be permitted to appear for first year examination provided he /
she puts in 75% attendance (which can be condoned on Medical grounds upto 10%) i.e.
attendance after condonation on Medical grounds should not be less than 65% and pay
the examination fee.
ii. A candidate shall be promoted to 3rd semester if he/she puts the required
percentage of attendance in the first year and pays the examination fee. A candidate
who could not pay the first year examination fee has to pay the promotion fee as
prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and Training, AP from time to time
before commencement of 3rd semester.
iii. A candidate shall be promoted to 4th semester provided he/she puts the
required percentage of attendance in the 3rd semester and pay the examination fee. A
candidate, who could not pay the 3rd semester exam fee, has to pay the promotion fee
as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and Training AP from time to
time before commencement of 4th semester.
A candidate is eligible to appear for the 4th semester examination if he/she

a) Puts the required percentage of attendance in the 4th semester
b) Should not have failed in more than four Courses in 1st year
For IVC & ITI Lateral Entry Students:
a) A candidate is eligible to appear for the 4th semester examination if
he/she puts the required percentage of attendance in the 4th semester
b) A candidate is eligible to appear for the 4th semester examination if
he/she clears at least two Courses in third semester.
iv) A candidate shall be promoted to 5th semester provided he / she puts the required
percentage of attendance in the 4th semester and pays the examination fee. A
candidate, who could not pay the 4th semester examination fee, has to pay the
promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and Training
from time to time before commencement of 5th semester.
9
b) Should get eligibility to appear for 4th Semester examination.
The first backlog exam in 5th semester will be conducted only in
instant/supplementary diploma examination.
For IVC& ITI Lateral Entry students:
v) A candidate shall be sent to Industrial training provided he/she puts in the required
percentage of attendance in the 4th semester and pay the examination fee/
promotion fee as prescribed by SBTET.
A candidate is eligible to appear for Industrial Training assessment (Seminar/Viva-

voce)
a) Puts the required percentage of attendance, ie., 90% in 6th semester
Industrial Training
For IVC & ITI Lateral Entry students:
a) Puts the required percentage of attendance, ie., 90% in 6th semester
Industrial Training.
b) should get eligibility to appear for 5th Semester Examination.
B) For Diploma Courses of 3 ½ Years duration (MET/ CH/ CHPP/ CHPC/ CHOT/ TT ):
i. A candidate shall be permitted to appear for 1st year examination provided he / she puts
in 75% attendance (which can be condoned on Medical grounds upto 10%) i.e.
attendance after condonation on Medical grounds should not be less than 65% and pay
the examination fee.
ii. A candidate shall be promoted to 3rd semester if he/she puts the required percentage of
attendance in the 1st year and pays the examination fee. A candidate who could not pay
the 1st year examination fee has to pay the promotion fee as prescribed by State Board
of Technical Education and Training from time to time before commencement of 3 rd
semester.
iii. A candidate shall be promoted to 4th semester provided he/she puts the required
percentage of attendance in the 3rd semester and pay the examination fee. A candidate,
who could not pay the 3rd semester exam fee, has to pay the promotion fee as
prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and Training from time to time before
commencement of 4th semester.
A candidate is eligible to appear for the 4th semester exam if he/she
a). Puts the required percentage of attendance in the 4th semester
b). Should not have failed in more than Four backlog Courses of 1st year.
iv. A candidate shall be promoted to 5th semester industrial training provided he / she puts
the required percentage of attendance in the 4th semester and pays the examination
fee. A candidate, who could not pay the 4th semester examination fee, has to pay the
promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and Training from
time to time before commencement of 5th semester.
10
v. Promotion from 5th to 6th semester is automatic (i.e., from 1st spell of Industrial
Training to 2nd spell) provided he/she puts the required percentage of attendance,
which in this case ie.,90 % of attendance and attends for the VIVA-VOCE examination at
the end of training.
vi. A candidate shall be promoted to 7th semester provided he / she puts the required
promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and Training from
time to time before commencement of 7th semester.
vii. A candidate shall be promoted to 7th semester of the course provided he/she has
successfully completed both the spells of Industrial Training.
A candidate is eligible to appear for 7th semester examination if he/she

a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance in the 7th semester
b) Should get eligibility to appear for 4th semester Examination.
b) Should not have failed more than four backlog Courses of 3rd Semester
C) For Diploma Courses of 3 ½ Years duration (BM):
The same rules which are applicable for conventional courses also apply for this course. The
industrial training in respect of this course is restricted to one semester (6 months) after the 6 th
semester (3 years) of the course.
i. A candidate shall be permitted to appear for first year examination provided he /
she puts in 75% attendance (which can be condoned on Medical grounds upto 10%)
i.e. attendance after condonation on Medical grounds should not be less than 65%
and pay the examination fee.
ii. A candidate shall be promoted to 3rd semester if he/she puts the required
percentage of attendance in the first year and pays the examination fee. A
candidate who could not pay the first year examination fee has to pay the
from time to time before commencement of 3rd semester.
iii. A candidate shall be promoted to 4th semester provided he/she puts the required
percentage of attendance in the 3rd semester and pay the examination fee. A
candidate who could not pay the 3rd semester examination fee, has to pay the
b) Should not have failed in more than Four backlog Courses of 1st year
For IVC & ITI Lateral Entry Students:
A candidate is eligible to appear for the 4th semester examination if he/she puts
the required percentage of attendance in the 4th semester
iv. A candidate shall be promoted to 5th semester provided he / she puts the required
11
A candidate is eligible to appear for the 5th semester exam if he/she
a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance in the 5 th semester.
a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance in the 5th semester.
b) Should not have failed in more than Four backlog Courses of 3rd
Semester.
v. A candidate shall be promoted to 6th semester provided he/she puts in the required
percentage of attendance in the 5th semester and pays the examination fee.
A candidate who could not pay the 5th semester examination fee, has to pay the
A candidate is eligible to appear for 6th semester examination
a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance in 6th semester and
b) Should get eligibility to appear for 4th Semester Examination.
a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance in 6th semester.
vi. A candidate shall be promoted to 7th semester provided he/she puts in the required
percentage of attendance in 6th semester and pay the examination fee. A candidate,
who could not pay the 6th semester examination fee, has to pay the promotion fee
prescribed by SBTET from time to time before commencement of the 7th semester
(Industrial Training).
A candidate is eligible to appear for 7th semester Industrial Training assessment
(Seminar/Viva-voce) if he/she
a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance, ie., 90% in 7th semester
Industrial Training

a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance, ie., 90% in 7th semester
Industrial Training.
Important Note:
Seminar/Viva-voce should not be conducted for Not-Eligible Candidates, till the candidate
gets eligibility. However, the record of internal Assessment for Industrial Training for 260
marks shall be maintained at Institution Level for all candidates and the data is to be
uploaded only for eligible candidates. For not eligible candidates the data is to be
uploaded as and when the candidate gets eligibility.
OTHER DETAILS
a) In case a candidate does not successfully complete the Industrial training, he / she
will have to repeat the training at his / her own cost.
b) The First spell of Industrial training shall commence 10 days after the completion of
the last theory examination of 4th Semester.
c) The Second spell of Industrial training shall commence within 10 days after the
completion of first spell of Industrial training.
12
13. STUDENTS PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
Successful candidates shall be awarded the Diploma under the following divisions of pass.
a) First Class with Distinction shall be awarded to the candidates who secure an overall
aggregate of 75% marks and above.
b) First Class shall be awarded to candidates who secure overall aggregate of 60% marks and
above and below 75% marks.
c) Second Class shall be awarded to candidates who secure a pass with an overall aggregate of
below 60%.
i. The Weightage of marks for various year/Semesters which are taken for computing
overall aggregate shall be 25% of I year marks + 100% of 3 rd and subsequent
Semesters.
ii. In respect IVC & ITI Lateral Entry candidates who are admitted directly into diploma
course at the 3rd semester (i.e., second year) level the aggregate of (100%) marks
secured at the 3rd and subsequent semesters of study shall be taken into
consideration for determining the overall percentage of marks secured by the
candidates for award of class/division.
d) Second Class shall be awarded to all students, who fail to complete the Diploma in the
regular 3 years/ 3 ½ years and four subsequent examinations, from the year of first
admission.
14. EXAMINATION FEE SCHEDULE:

The examination fee should be as per the notification issued by State Board of Technical
Education and Training, AP from time to time.
15. STRUCTURE OF EXAMINATION QUESTION PAPER:

I. Formative assessment (Internal examination)
a) For theory Courses:
Three unit tests for first year and two unit tests for semesters shall be conducted with a
duration of 90 minutes for each test for maximum marks of 40. It consists of part A and
Part B.
Part A contains five questions and carries 16 marks. Among these five questions first
question consists of four objective items like one word or phrase answer/filling-in the
blanks/true or false etc with one mark for each question. The other four questions are
short answer questions and carry three marks each.
Part B carries 24 marks and consists of three questions with internal choice ie., Either/Or
type , and each question carries 8 marks.
The sum of marks of 3 tests for I year and 2 tests for semesters shall be reduced to 20
marks in each Course for arriving at final sessional marks.
b) For drawing Courses:

For I year:
Three unit tests with duration of 90 minutes and for maximum marks of 40 marks shall be
conducted for first year. It consists of part A and Part B.
Part A consists four questions for maximum marks of 16 and each question carries four
marks (4×4 marks=16 marks).
13
Part B carries maximum marks of 24 and consists of five questions while the student shall
answer any three questions out of these five questions. Each question in this part carries
a maximum marks of 8, (3×8 marks=24 marks).
The sum of marks obtained in 3 unit test marks shall be reduced to 20 marks for arriving
at final sessional marks. Remaining 20 marks are awarded by the Course teacher based
on the student’s performance during regular class exercise.
For semester: Two unit tests with duration of 90 minutes and for maximum marks of 40
marks shall be conducted. The sum of marks obtained in 2 unit test marks shall be
reduced to 20 marks for arriving at final sessional marks. Remaining 20 marks are
awarded by the Course teacher based on the student’s performance during regular class
exercise
c) For Laboratory /workshop: 50% of total marks for the Course shall be awarded based on
continuous assessment of the student in laboratory/workshop classes and the remaining
50% shall be based on the sum of the marks obtained by the students in two tests.
II. Summative assessment (End examination)

The question paper for theory examination is patterned in such a manner that the
Weightage of periods/marks allotted for each of the topics for a particular Course be
considered. End Examination paper is of 3 hours duration.
a) Each theory paper consists of Section ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’.
Section ‘A’ with Max marks of 30, contains 10 short answer questions. All questions are
to be answered and each carries 3 marks, i.e., 10 x 3 = 30.
Section ‘B’ with Max marks of 40 contains 5 essay type questions including Numerical
questions (without any divisions in the question), with internal choice(Either/or type),
each carrying 8 marks, i.e., Max. Marks: 5 x 8 = 40.
Section ‘C’ with Max marks of 10 contains single essay type, Higher order Thinking skills
question (HoTs)including Numerical questions, without choice (without any divisions in
the question),
Thus the total marks for theory examination shall be: 80.
b) For Engineering Drawing Course (107) consist of section ‘A’ and section ‘B’.
Section ‘A’ with max marks of 20, contains four (4) questions. All questions in section
‘A’ are to be answered to the scale and each carries 5 marks, ie. 4 x 5=20.
Section ‘B’ with max marks of 40, contains six (6) questions. The student shall answer
any four (4) questions out of the above six questions and each question carries 10
Marks, ie. 4 x 10 = 40.
14
c) Practical Examinations
For Workshop practice and Laboratory Examinations, Each student has to pick up a
question paper distributed by Lottery System.
Max. Marks for an experiment / exercise : 50
Max. Marks for VIVA-VOCE : 10
Total Max. Marks : 60
In case of practical examinations with 50 marks, the marks shall be distributed as
Max. Marks for an experiment / exercise : 25
Max. Marks for VIVA-VOCE : 05
Total Max. Marks : 30
In case of any change in the pattern of question paper, the same shall be informed
sufficiently in advance to the candidates.
d) Note: Evaluation for Laboratory Courses, other than Drawing courses:
I. Instruction (teaching) in laboratory courses (except for the course on

Drawing) hereafter shall be task/competency based as delineated in the
Laboratory sheets, prepared by SBTET, AP and posted in its website.
II. Internal assessment for Laboratory shall be done on basis of task/s
performed by the student as delineated in the laboratory sheets, prepared
by SBTET, AP and posted in its website.
III. Question paper for End semester Evaluation shall be prepared as per SBTET
rules in vogue.
16. ISSUE OF MEMORONDUM OF MARKS

All candidates who appear for the end examination will be issued memorandum of marks
without any payment of fee. However candidates who lose the original memorandum of
marks have to pay the prescribed fee to the Secretary, State Board of Technical Education
and Training, A.P. for each duplicate memo from time to time.
17. MAXIMUM PERIOD FOR COMPLETION OF DIPLOMA Programmes:
Maximum period for completion of the diploma courses is twice the duration of the course
from the date of First admission (includes the period of detention and discontinuation of
studies by student etc) failing which they will have to forfeit the claim for qualifying for the
award of Diploma (They will not be permitted to appear for examinations after that date).
This rule applies for all Diploma courses of 3 years and 3 ½ years of engineering and non-
engineering courses.
18. ELIGIBILITY FOR AWARD OF DIPLOMA
A candidate is eligible for award of Diploma Certificate if he / she fulfil the following
academic regulations.
i. He / She pursued a course of study for not less than 3 / 3 ½ academic years & not more
than 6 / 7 academic years.
ii. He / she have completed all the Courses.
Students who fail to fulfil all the academic requirements for the award of the Diploma
within 6 / 7 academic years from the year of admission shall forfeit their seat in the
course & their seat shall stand cancelled.
15
i. He / She pursued a course of study for not less than 2 / 2 ½ academic years & not
more than 4 / 5 academic years.
ii. He / she has completed all the Courses.
Students who fail to fulfil all the academic requirements for the award of the
Diploma within 4 / 5 academic years from the year of admission shall forfeit their
seat in the course & their seat shall stand cancelled.
19. ISSUE OF PHOTO COPY OF VALUED ANSWER SCRIPT, RECOUNTING& REVERIFICATION:
A) FOR ISSUE OF PHOTO COPIES OF VALUED ANSWER SCRIPTS

I. A candidate desirous of applying for Photo copy of valued answer script/s should
apply within prescribed date from the date of the declaration of the result.
II. Photo copies of valued answer scripts will be issued to all theory Courses and
Drawing Course(s).
III. The Photo copy of valued answer script will be dispatched to the concerned
candidate’s address as mentioned in the application form by post.
IV. No application can be entertained from third parties.
B) FOR RE-COUNTING(RC) and RE-VERIFICATION(RV) OF THE VALUED ANSWER SCRIPT

i. A candidate desirous of applying for Re-verification of valued answer script should
apply within prescribed date from the date of the declaration of the result.
ii. Re-verification of valued answer script shall be done for all theory Courses’ and
Drawing Course(s).
iii. The Re-verification committee constituted by the Secretary, SBTETAP with Course
experts shall re-verify the answer scripts.
I. RE-COUNTING
The Officer of SBTET will verify the marks posted and recount them in the
already valued answer script. The variations if any will be recorded separately,
without making any changes on the already valued answer script. The marks
awarded in the original answer script are maintained (hidden).
II. RE-VERIFICATION
(i) The Committee has to verify the intactness and genuineness of the answer
script(s) placed for Re-verification.
(ii) Initially single member shall carry out the re-verification.
(iii) On re-verification by single member, if the variation is less than 12% of
maximum marks, and if there is no change in the STATUS in the result of the
candidate, such cases will not be referred to the next level ie., for 2-Tier
evaluation.
(iv) On re-verification by a single member, if the variation is more than 12% of
maximum marks, it will be referred to 2-Tier evaluation.
(v) If the 2-Tier evaluation confirms variation in marks as more than 12% of
maximum marks, the variation is considered as follows:
a) If the candidate has already passed and obtains more than 12% of the
maximum marks on Re-verification, then the variation is considered.
b) If the candidate is failed and obtains more than 12% of the maximum
marks on Re-verification and secured pass marks on re-verification, then the
status of the candidate changes to PASS.
16
c) If a candidate is failed and obtains more than 12% of the maximum marks
on Re-verification and if the marks secured on re-verification are still less
than the minimum pass marks, the status of the candidate remain FAIL only.
(vii) After Re-verification of valued answer script the same or change if any
therein on Re-verification, will be communicated to the candidate.
(viii) On Re-verification of Valued Answer Script if the candidate’s marks are
revised, the fee paid by the candidate will be refunded or else the candidate
has to forfeit the fee amount.
Note: No request for Photo copies/ Recounting /Re-verification of valued answer

script would be entertained from a candidate who is reported to have resorted
to Malpractice in that examination.
20. MAL PRACTICE CASES:

If any candidate resorts to Mal Practice during examinations, he / she shall be
booked and the Punishment shall be awarded as per SBTETAP rules and regulations in
vogue.
21. DISCREPANCIES/ PLEAS:
Any Discrepancy /Pleas regarding results etc., shall be represented to the SBTETAP
within one month from the date of issue of results. Thereafter, no such cases shall be
entertained in any manner.
22. ISSUE OF DUPLICATE DIPLOMA

If a candidate loses his/her original Diploma Certificate and desires a duplicate to be
issued he/she should produce written evidence to this effect. He / she may obtain a
duplicate from the Secretary, State Board of Technical Education and Training, A.P., on
payment of prescribed fee and on production of an affidavit signed before a First Class
Magistrate (Judicial) and non-traceable certificate from the Department of Police. In case of
damage of original Diploma Certificate, he / she may obtain a duplicate certificate by
surrendering the original damaged certificate on payment of prescribed fee to the State
Board of Technical Education and Training, A.P.
In case the candidate cannot collect the original Diploma within 1 year from the date
of issue of the certificate, the candidate has to pay the penalty prescribed by the SBTET AP
from time to time.
23. ISSUE OF MIGRATION CERTIFICATE AND TRANSCRIPTS:
The Board on payment of prescribed fee will issue these certificates for the
candidates who intend to prosecute Higher Studies in India or Abroad.
17
24.SPECIFIC CHANGES INCORPORATED IN PRESENT CURRICULUM C-20
CME
Changes imposed in theory subjects
1. CM-105 , Basics of Computer Engineering(BCE) :

Introduced Hardware Concepts, advanced computer technologies like big data,
Ethical hacking, Machine Learning, Augmented Reality, Virtual Reality and mixed reality
concepts and other related VR terminology
2. CM-302, Digital Electronics:

Introduced the topic Number systems (Removed in BCE and Moved to Digital Electronics)
3. CM-305, DBMS:
Introduced the topic cursors and triggers in PL/SQL
4. CM-402, Web Technologies:

Subject title was changed from Web Designing to Web Technologies after adding the
additional topics AJAX, JQuery, Angular JS and “Form handling” in Java script as well as in
PHP.
5. CM-403, Computer Organization and Microprocessors :

The title is changed to Computer Organization and Microprocessors.
Introduced the topic Fundamentals of 8086 and Microprocessors (Architecture of 8086,
Architecture of Pentium and comparative study of 80286, 80386, 80486 and Pentium
processors)
6. CM-404. OOPs Through C++:

Introduced new subject to enable the students to learn Object Oriented Programming
concept skills
7. CM-405. Computer Networks:

Introduced new subject to enable the students to learn Computer Network concepts and
methodologies as per ISO/OSI standards
8. CM-501.Industrial Management and Entrepreneurship:

The subject title is changed Industrial Management and Smart Technologies to Industrial
Management and Entrepreneurship as the smart technology concept is already being
covered in the newly introduced subject called Internet of Things,CM-504.
9. CM-502,Java Programming:
A new advance topic by name “collections” is introduced to meet the current industrial
standards.
10. CM-503,Software Engineering:

Unified modelling language(UML) design concepts and case study is introduced in
UNIT-4.
18
11. CM-504. Internet Of Things:
Introduced new subject to make the students to learn and to become globally competitive
enough with latest advancements in computer science and Engg., like sensor networks
,cloud computing,WPAN,RFID,NFC,ZIGBEE and various protocols like XMPP, COAP, etc.,
12. CM-505. Python Programming:

Introduced new subject to enable the students to learn advanced programming language
to develop machine learning application, GUI based applications,IOT based applications,
database and web applications
Changes imposed in the Practical subjects
1. CM110: Computer Fundamentals Lab :

introduced Adobe Photoshop exercises
2. CM-308: DBMS Lab:

Introduced the exercises on cursors and triggers in PL/SQL to enforce constraints
and data validation and verification.
3. CM-309: Multimedia Lab:

Introduced the new Lab with Scribus/PageMaker, GIMP/ Photoshop,Telugu DTP to get
students acquainted with DTP packages which makes the passed out students to readily accept
Local Jobs for immediate placements. Experiments on MS-Access are included to enable the
students to work with data bases which are the prerequisite
for further courses.
4. CM-406:Web Technologies Lab:

Subject title was changed from Web Designing Lab to Web Technologies Lab after adding
additional exercises on latest tools like AJAX,JQuery ,Angular JS and Form handling in Java Script as
well as in PHP.
5. CM-407: OOPs Through C++ Lab:

Introduced new Lab to learn Object Oriented Programming concepts thoroughly
6. CM-409: Computer Hardware & Network Maintenance Lab:

Introduced new Lab to impart the skills in computer hardware maintenance and Network
maintenance, Network Administration instead of mere acquiring theoretical knowledge.
7. CM-506:Java Programming Lab:

Programs on new advanced topic by name “collections” are introduced
8. CM-507: Python Programming Lab:

Introduced new Lab to enable the students to learn advanced programming language to develop
machine learning applications, GUI based applications, Database and Web based real time
applications
9. CM-509: Project work:
19
New practical subject introduced. The subject introduced to encourage the student’s
application skills and team management skills. Student has to design, develop, test, validate and
deploy the software/Hardware project which solves the real time day to day problems of individuals,
organisations and IT industries.
10. CM-601 Industrial Training: A six month Industrial training is introduced exclusively to get
training from the industries.(instead of in-house training as per ( C-16 curriculum)
11.Mini projects are included.

25. GENERAL
i. The Board may change or amend the academic rules and regulations or syllabi at any
time and the changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all the students,
for whom it is intended, with effect from the dates notified by the competent
authority.
ii. All legal matters pertaining to the State Board of Technical Education and Training,
AP are within the jurisdiction of Vijayawada.
iii. In case of any ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules, the decision of the
Secretary, SBTET, A.P is final.
20
COMPUTER ENGINEERING
VISION
Develop Computer Engineers to be technologically adept, innovative, self-motivated and

responsible citizen with human values , high quality skills and to contribute significantly
towards ever changing Computer Technologies.
MISSION
M1 To provide opportunity to Diploma students who are capable of playing

pivotal role in wide aspects of modern Computer Engineering.
M2 To make the students understand basic concepts underlie in Computer
Engineering and able to apply them creatively in different fields of
Engineering
M3 To train the student sensitive to the Environment, safety and economic
context.
M4 To produce technically skilled students through intensive training in Computer
Engineering tools and application and to prepare the students for professional
career and further research.
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVIES(PEOs)

Computer Engineering programme is ever changing to transform students into competent
professionals with qualities, ethics and human values. On completion of the integrated programme,
the students should have acquired the following characteristics
PEO1 To produce best Diploma in Computer Engineering technicians by correlating
growing need of the industries in modern topics with the academic input and
giving the technical knowledge for further learning.
PEO2 To prepare the students as productive Computer Engineers, possessing
supportive and leadership skills in multidisciplinary domains, expertise in
Practical orientation, Communication Skills and latest developments.
PEO3 To give the depth of related skills and expertise in a single field, and the ability
to collaborate with other disciplines and work at the Supervisory cadre.
PEO4 To promote the students in professionalism, by successful completion of the
Diploma in Computer Engineering by emphasizing Field Practices in industry
oriented activities.
PEO5 To sensitize the students on social and economic commitment and to inculcate
a nature to guard the values of community and protect environment.
21
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)
PSO1 Foundation of Computer System: Ability to understand the principles and working of
computer systems and can assess the hardware and software aspects of computer
systems.
PSO2 Foundations of Software development: Ability to understand the structure and
development methodologies of software systems. Possess professional skills and
knowledge of software design process. Familiarity and practical competence with a
broad range of programming language and open source platforms.
PSO3 Foundation of mathematical concepts: Ability to apply mathematical methodologies to
solve computation task, model real world problem using appropriate data structure
and suitable algorithm, methodologies in developing computer related problem
solutions as well as apply them in establishing new firms in small scale with the help
of experience gained as part of industrial training.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)
Students completing Diploma in Computer Engineering are anticipated to have the following abilities
PO1 Basic and Discipline specific knowledge: Apply knowledge of basic mathematics, science
and engineering fundamentals and engineering specialization to solve the engineering
problems.
PO2 Problem analysis: Identify and analyse well-defined engineering problems using codified
standard methods.
PO3 Design/ development of solutions: Design solutions for well-defined technical problems
and assist with the design of systems components or processes to meet specified needs.
PO4 Engineering Tools, Experimentation and Testing: Apply modern engineering tools and
appropriate technique to conduct standard tests and measurements.
PO5 Engineering practices for society, sustainability and environment: Apply appropriate
technology in context of society, sustainability, environment and ethical practices.
PO6 Project Management: Use engineering management principles individually, as a team
member or a leader to manage projects and effectively communicate about well-
defined engineering activities.
PO7 Life-long learning: Ability to analyse individual needs and engage in updating in the
context of technological changes.
22
MAPPING OF PEOs WITH MISSIONS
PEO M1 M2 M3 M4
To produce best Diploma in Computer Engineering    
technicians by correlating
growing need of the industries in modern topics with the
academic input and giving the technical knowledge for
further learning.
To prepare the students as productive Computer Engineers,    
possessing supportive and leadership skills in
multidisciplinary domains, expertise in Practical orientation,
Communication Skills and latest developments.
To give the depth of related skills and expertise in a single    
field, and the ability to collaborate with other disciplines
and work at the Supervisory cadre.
To promote the students in professionalism, by successful    
completion of the Diploma in Computer Engineering by
emphasizing Field Practices in industry oriented activities.
To sensitize the students on social and economic    
commitment and to inculcate a nature to guard the values
of community and protect environment.
NOTE :
In some of the courses PO5,PO6 and PO7 strength is between 1 and 2,to strengthen
them, the following remedial measures for all the courses are suggested.
Short fall in PO Remedial measures

By conducting
1)Guest lectures on motivational aspects and ethics
2) Concerned teacher will educate the students to follow ethics and morals in
developing solutions
3)Providing access to Online courses like Swayam program
PO5
4)Seminars by senior students to the junior students to assimilate the
methods followed by them to the juniors
5)Head of section will frequently visit and observe the activities being
followed by the students to correct their behaviour and to inculcate morals
and ethics
They can achieve this from industrial training module scheduled in 6th
semester of this curriculum by observing, analyzing and applying the
PO6
mathematical and scientific fundamentals in solving the real time problems
that will arise in day to day activities in industry.
1. Providing access to Online courses like Swayam program
2. By utilizing Learning Management System(LMS) established by SBTET
PO7 3. By subscribing e-magazines/ print magazines to the institute library
and made them accessible to the students.
4. By arranging Guest lectures from the technical experts.
23
SCHEME OF INSTRUCTIONS AND EXAMINATION
CURRICULUM-2020
(FIRST YEAR)
Instruction
Scheme Of Examinations
Periods/Week Total
Sub Code Name of the Subject Periods End
Per Year Duration Sessional Total
Theory Practicals Exam
(hrs) Marks Marks
Marks
THEORY SUBJECTS
CM-101 English-I 3 - 90 3 20 80 100
CM-102 Engineering Mathematics - I 5 - 150 3 20 80 100
CM-103 Engineering Physics 4 - 120 3 20 80 100
Engineering Chemistry and

CM-104 4 - 120 3 20 80 100
Environmental studies
Basics of Computer
CM-105 3 - 90 3 20 80 100
Engineering
CM-106 Programming in C 5 - 150 3 20 80 100
PRACTICAL SUBJECTS
CM-107 Engineering Drawing - 6 180 3 40 60 100
CM-108 Programming in C Lab 6 180 3 40 60 100
Physics Lab - 3 90 1.5 20 30 50
CM-109
Chemistry Lab - 3 90 1.5 20 30 50
CM-110 Computer Fundamentals Lab 3 90 3 40 60 100
Total 24 18 - 1000
CM-101,102,103,104,107,109,110 common with all branches
CM-106,108 common with DIT branch
24
CURRICULUM-2020
(III Semester)
Instruction
Total Scheme Of Examinations
Periods/Week
Periods
Sub Code Name of the Subject End
Per Duration Sessional Total
Theory Practicals Semester Exam
(hrs) Marks Marks
Marks
THEORY SUBJECTS
CM-301 Mathematics –II 4 60 3 20 80 100
CM-302 Digital Electronics 5 - 75 3 20 100

80
CM-303 Operating systems 4 - 60 3 20 80 100
CM-304 Data Structures through C 6 - 90 3 20 80 100
CM-305 DBMS 6 - 90 3 20 80 100
PRACTICAL SUBJECTS
CM-306 Digital Electronics Lab - 3 45 3

40 60 100
Data Structures Through C 90

CM-307 - 6 3 40 60 100
Lab
CM-308 DBMS Lab - 4 60 3 40 60 100
CM-309 Multimedia Lab 4 60 3 40 60 100
Total 25 17 630 260 640 900

CM-301 common with all branches
CM-303,304,305,307,308,309 common with DIT branch
25
CURRICULUM-2020
(IV Semester)
InstructionPeriods/
Week Total
Periods
(hrs) Marks Marks
Marks
THEORY SUBJECTS
CM-401 Mathematics III 3 - 45 3 20 80 100

Web Technologies
CM-402 5 75 3 20 80 100
-
Computer Organization
CM-403 And Microprocessors 5 - 75 3 20 80 100
OOP through C++

CM-404 5 - 75 3 20 80 100
CM-405 Computer Networks 5 - 75 3 20 80 100
PRACTICAL SUBJECTS
CM-406 Web Technologies Lab 6 90 3 40 60 100

-
OOP through C++ Lab
CM-407 4 60 3 40 60 100
-
Communication Skills
CM-408 - 3 45 3 40 60 100
Computer Hardware &

CM-409 - 6 90 3 40 60 100
Network Maintenance Lab
Total 23 19 630 - 260 640 900
CM-401&408 common with all branches

CM-402,406, common with DIT branch
CM405 common with IT302
26
CURRICULUM-2020
(V Semester)
Instruction
Periods/Week Total
Sub
Name of the Subject Periods Per End
Code Duration Sessional Total
(hrs) Marks Marks
Marks
THEORY SUBJECTS
Industrial Management
CM-501 5 - 75 3 20 80 100
and Entrepreneurship
CM-502 Java Programming 5 75 3 20 80 100

-
CM-503 Software Engineering 5 75 3 20 80 100

-
CM-504 Internet Of Things 5 75 3 20 80 100

-
CM-505 Python programming 5 75 3 20 80 100

-
PRACTICAL SUBJECTS
CM-506 Java Programming Lab - 4 60 3 40 60 100
Python Programming
CM-507 - 4 60 3 40 60 100
Lab
CM-508 Life Skills - 3 45 3 40 60 100
CM-509 Project work - 6 90 3 40 60 100
Total 25 17 630 - 260 640 900
Note:CM-501,502,503,506 common with DIT branch
CM-505 common with IT 404
27
CURRICULUM-2020
(VI Semester)
CM-601 Industrial Training
SI. Subject Duration Scheme of evaluation

No. Max.
Item Nature
Marks
Assessment of
learning
1.First outcomes by
Assessment at both the
120
Industry (After faculty and
12 Weeks) training
mentor of the
industry
Assessment of
learning
2.Second
outcomes by
Assessment at
both the
the Industry 120
faculty and
(After 22
Industrial 6 months training
1 weeks))
Training mentor of the
industry
Final Training
20
Summative Report
assessment at Demonstration
institution level of any one of
30
the skills listed
in learning
outcomes
Viva Voce 10
TOTAL MARKS 300
 The candidate shall put a minimum of 90% attendance during Industrial Training.
 If the student fails to secure 90% attendance during industrial training, the student shall
reappear for 6 months industrial training.
 Formative assessment at industry level shall be carried out by the Mentor from of the
industry, where the student is undergoing training and the faculty in charge (Guide) from the
concerned section in the institution.
28
 The Industrial training shall carry 300 marks and pass marks is 50% in assessments at
industry (first and second assessment) and final summative assessment at institution level
put together i.e. 150 marks out of 300 marks.
 If the student fails to secure 50% marks in final summative assessment at institution level,
the student should reappear for final summative assessment in the subsequent board
examination.
 Final Summative assessment at institution level is done by a committee including Head of
the section, External examiner and Faculty members who assessed the students during
Industrial Training as members.
29
FIRST YEAR
30
CURRICULUM-2020
(FIRST YEAR)
Instruction
Periods/Week Total
Sub Code Name of the Subject Periods End
Per Year Duration Sessional Total
Theory Practicals Exam
(hrs) Marks Marks
Marks
THEORY SUBJECTS
CM-101 English-I 3 - 90 3 20 80 100
CM-102 Engineering Mathematics - I 5 - 150 3 20 80 100
CM-103 Engineering Physics 4 - 120 3 20 80 100
Engineering Chemistry and

CM-104 4 - 120 3 20 80 100
Environmental studies
Basics of Computer
CM-105 3 - 90 3 20 80 100
Engineering
CM-106 Programming in C 5 - 150 3 20 80 100
PRACTICAL SUBJECTS
CM-107 Engineering Drawing - 6 180 3 40 60 100
CM-108 Programming in C Lab 6 180 3 40 60 100
Physics Lab - 3 90 1.5 20 30 50
CM-109
Chemistry Lab - 3 90 1.5 20 30 50
CM-110 Computer Fundamentals Lab 3 90 3 40 60 100
Total 24 18 - 1000
CM-101,102,103,104,107,109,110 common with all branches
CM-106,108 common with DIT branch
31
Marks
Course Code Course Title No. of Periods/Week Total No. of Periods Marks for SA
for FA
CM- 101 English 3 90 20 80
No of Periods COs Mapped

S. No. Unit Title
1 English for Employability 8 CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4
2 Living in Harmony 8 CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4
3 Connect with Care 8 CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4
4 Humour for Happiness 8 CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4
5 Never Ever Give Up! 8 CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4
6 Preserve or Perish 9 CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4
7 The Rainbow of Diversity 8 CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4
8 New Challenges- Newer Ideas 8 CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4
9 The End Point First! 8 CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4
10 The Equal Halves 8 CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4
11 Dealing with Disaster 9 CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4
Total Periods 90
To improve the skills of English Language use by enriching vocabulary and

learning accurate structures for effective communication.
Course Objectives
To comprehend themes for value based living in professional and personal
settings.
32
CO No. Course Outcomes
Applies perceptions of themes related to societal responsibility of adolescents towards

their surroundings.
CO1
Demonstrates knowledge of form and function of ‘grammar items’ and use them in
CO2 both academic and everyday situations.
Demonstrates effective English communication skills with competence in listening,
CO3 speaking, reading and writing in academic, professional and everyday contexts.
Displays positivity and values of harmonious living in personal and professional spheres
CO4
as reflected through communication.
CO-PO Matrix
Course Code Course Title: English No. of Periods: 90
CM-101 Number of Course Outcomes: 4
Mapped CO Periods Addressing PO in Level of

Remarks
POs with CO Column 1 Mapping
No. Number Percentage (1,2,3)
PO1 Not directly Applicable for English course, however activities that
use content from science and technology relevant to the
PO2 Programme taken up by the student shall be exploited for
PO3 communication in the Course.
PO4
CO1, CO2, >50%: Level 3

PO5 20 22
CO3, CO4
CO1, CO2,
PO6 52 58 21-50%: Level 2
CO3, CO4
CO1, CO2,
PO7 18 20
CO3, CO4 Up to 20%: Level 1
Level 3 – Strongly Mapped

Level 2- Moderately Mapped
Level 1- Slightly Mapped
33
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7
CO 1
  
CO 2
  
CO3
  
CO 4
  
NOTE: CO-PO groups shall be fulfilled through activities that use content from science and
technology relevant to the Programme taken up by the student shall be exploited for
communication in the Course.
PO5: Appropriate quiz programme may be conducted at intervals and duration as decided by
concerned teacher.
PO6: Seminars on applications of mathematics in various engineering disciplines are to be

planned and conducted.
PO7: Such activities are to be planned that students visit library to refer standard books on
Mathematics and latest updates in reputed national and international journals, attending
seminars, learning mathematical software tools.
34
Blue Print of Question Paper:
Marks Wise Question Wise
CO's
Distribution of Distribution of
S. Periods Weightage Mapped
Name of the Unit Weightage Weightage
No. Allocated Allocated
A
R U Ap An R U Ap
n
English for 1 CO1, CO2,
1 8 3
Employability CO3, CO4
1 1* CO1, CO2,
2 Living in Harmony 8 3
17 8* 1* CO3, CO4
3 Connect with Care 8 3 CO1, CO2,

CO3, CO4
Humour for 1 CO1, CO2,
4 8 3
Happiness 1* CO3, CO4
14
8*
5 Never Ever Give Up! 8 3 1 CO1, CO2,
CO3, CO4
CO1, CO2,
6 Preserve or Perish 9 3
1 CO3, CO4
14 8* 1*
The Rainbow of CO1, CO2,
7 8 3
Diversity 1 CO3, CO4
New Challenges - CO1, CO2,
8 8
Newer Ideas CO3, CO4
8*+
CO1, CO2,
9 The End Point First! 8 8* 3+3 1* 4
1 CO3, CO4
+3
35 10* * CO1, CO2,
10 The Equal Halves 8
CO3, CO4
CO1, CO2,
Dealing with
11 9 CO3, CO4
Disasters
TOTAL 90 80 6 30 34 10 2 5 8 1
PART-A: 10 Questions 3 marks each =30 Marks All Questions are compulsory : 60 minutes
PART-B: 5 Questions 8 marks each =40 Marks Internal choice : 90 minutes
Part-C: 1 Question 10 marks =10 Marks
(Higher Order Question) No choice, one compulsory question : 30 minutes
NOTE: * indicates questions can be given from any of the corresponding lessons in the blue print.
Question Paper Pattern for Unit Tests
Part A: 16 marks: 4 questions with 1 mark each (FIB, True/false, one word/phrase, etc.)
4 questions with 3 marks each (short answer/ descriptive/ applicative questions)
Part B: 24 marks: 3 questions 8 marks each with internal choice
35
Learning Outcomes
1. English for Employability
1.1. Explain the need for improving communication in English for employability
1.2. Use adjectives and articles effectively while speaking and in writing
1.3. Write simple sentences
2. Living in Harmony
2.1. Develop positive self-esteem for harmonious relationships

2.2. Use affixation to form new words
2.3. Use prepositions and use a few phrasal verbs contextually
3. Connect with Care
3.1. Use social media with discretion

3.2. Speak about abilities and possibilities
3.3. Make requests and express obligations
3.4. Use modal verbs and main verbs in appropriate form
3.5. Write short dialogues for everyday situations
4. Humour for Happiness

4.1. Explain the importance of humour for a healthy living
4.2. Improve vocabulary related to the theme
4.3. Display reading and speaking skills
4.4. Frame sentences with proper Subject – Verb agreement
4.5. Explain the features of a good paragraph and learn how to gather ideas as a preliminary step
for writing a good paragraph.
5. Never Ever Give Up!

5.1. Practice to deal with failures in life
5.2. Use the present tense form for various every day communicative functions such as speaking and
writing about routines, professions, scientific descriptions and sports commentary
5.3. Write paragraphs with coherence and other necessary skills
6. Preserve or Perish
6.1. Describe the ecological challenges that we face today and act to save the environment.
6.2. Narrate / Report past events
6.3. Develop vocabulary related to environment
6.4. Write e-mails
7. The Rainbow of Diversity

7.1. Illustrate and value other cultures for a happy living in multi-cultural workspace
7.2. use different types of sentences
36
7.3. Ask for or give directions, information, instructions
7.4. Use language to express emotions in various situations
7.5. Write letters in various real life situations
8. New Challenges – Newer Ideas

8.1. Explain the functional difference between Active Voice and Passive Voice
8.2. Use Passive Voice to speak and write in various contexts
8.3. List the major parts and salient features of an essay
8.4. Explain latest innovations and get motivated
9. The End Point First!

9.1. Illustrate the importance of setting a goal in life
9.2. Report about what others have said both in speaking and writing
9.3. Write an essay following the structure in a cohesive and comprehensive manner
9.4. Apply the words related to Goal Setting in conversations and in life
10. The Equal Halves

10.1. Value the other genders and develop a gender-balanced view towards life
10.2. Identify the use of different conjunctions in synthesising sentences
10.3. Write various types of sentences to compare and contrast the ideas
10.4. Apply the knowledge of sentence synthesis in revising and rewriting short essays
10.5. Develop discourses in speech and writing
11. Dealing with Disasters

11.1. Speak and write about different kinds of disasters and the concept of disaster management
11.2. Generate vocabulary relevant to disaster management and use it in sentences
11.3. Analyze an error in a sentence and correct it
11.4. write different kinds of reports
Textbook: INTERACT (A Textbook for I Year English) - Published by SBTET, AP
Reference Books:
Martin Hewings : Advanced Grammar in Use, Cambridge University Press
Murphy, Raymond : English Grammar in Use,Cambridge University Press
Sidney Greenbaum : Oxford English Grammar, Oxford University Press
Wren and Martin (Revised
byN.D.V. Prasad Rao) : English Grammar and Composition, Blackie ELT Books, S.
Chand and Co.
Sarah Freeman : Strengthen Your Writing, Macmillan
37
STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION- A.P
Model Question Paper
C20-COMMON-101- ENGLISH
Time: 3hrs Max.Marks:80
PART-A 10X3=30 Marks
Instructions: Answer all the questions. Each question carries Three marks.
1. a) Fill in the blanks with suitable articles:

I have seen _____________ European at ____________local market.
b) Fill in with proper form of adjective given in the bracket:
China is the ___________country in the world. ( populous, more populous, most
populous )
c) i) Choose the synonym from the following for the word : ‘filthy’
dirty / clean / hygienic / tidy
ii) Choose the antonym from the following for the word: ‘exterior’
external / internal / open / interior
*( Question1 : Remembering- Mapping with CO2 & CO3 )
2. a) i) Give prefix for the word: ‘popular’

ii) Write suffix for the word : ‘king’
b) He was married ______ her ______ January 2015. ( Fill in with appropriate preposition)
c) Match the words in column A with their corresponding meanings in column B:
Column-A Column-B
i) Dynamic a) tasty
ii) Gloomy b) active
c) sad
d) proud
*( Question 2 : Remembering- Mapping with CO2 & CO3 )
3. a) The old man hunted for his spectacles. ( Give the contextual meaning of the word
in italics)
b) The committee / have submitted / its report / to the President. ( identify the
part which contains an error )
c) recently has a scooter purchased Shanthi. ( Rearrange the jumbled words to
make a meaningful sentence.)
*( Question 3 : Understanding- Mapping with CO2 & CO3 )
4. a) Use the following primary auxiliary verb in sentence of your own:

‘ does’
b) Fill in the blank with proper modal auxiliary verb based on the clue in the bracket:
Harish __________ speak four languages. ( ability)
c) Rakesh wants two hundred rupees from his father. ( Write the sentence how he requests his
father)
*( Question 4 : Applying - Mapping with CO2 & CO3 )
38
5. Fill in the blanks with suitable form of the verb given in brackets:
a) He ______ (go) for a walk daily.
b) The bus ________ ( arrive) just now.
c) We _______ (live) in Chennai since 2005.
*( Question 5 : Applicative- Mapping with CO2 & CO3 )
6. Change the voice of the following sentences:

a) English is spoken all over the world.
b) They watched a movie yesterday.
c) The Chief Minister will inaugurate the exhibition.
7. a) It is a beautiful rainbow. ( Change into an exclamatory sentence)

b) C.V. Raman won the Nobel Prize in 1930. ( Frame a question using ‘When’)
c) He can swim across the river. ( change into ‘Yes / No’ question )
8. Change the speech of the following:

a) He said, “I will go to Delhi tomorrow.”
b) Ravi said to Ashok, “ Where are you going?”
c) She told him to mind his own business.
9. Rewrite as directed:
a) In spite of being busy he attended the meeting. ( Rewrite the sentence using ‘though’ )
b) She is poor. She is honest. ( combine the two sentences using ‘but’)
c) On seeing the tiger, he climbed a tree. ( split into two simple sentences)
10. Rewrite the following sentences after making necessary corrections:

a) We have gone to picnic yesterday.
b) Suresh watched T.V when I went to his house.
c) They left Gujarat before the earthquake occurred.
39
PART-B 5X8=40
Instructions: Answer the following questions. Each question carries EIGHT marks.
11. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on what you do daily.
OR
Write a paragraph in about 100 words on the uses and misuses of social media.
*( Question 11 : Understanding - Mapping with CO1, CO3 & CO4 )
12. Construct a dialogue of at least five turns between an American and you about places worth
visiting in your city.
OR
Compose a dialogue of at least five turns between two friends, one favouring homemade food and
the other, fast food.
*( Question 12 : Applying - Mapping with CO1, CO3 & CO4 )
13. Write a letter to your parents about your preparation for year-end examinations.
OR
Write a letter to the editor of a newspaper about the inconvenience caused due to loud speakers in
your area.

14. Write an essay in about 120 words on measures to prevent water pollution.
OR
Write an essay in about 120 words on importance of gender equality.
15. Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow:
A farmer in ancient China had a neighbour who was a hunter, and who owned ferocious and poorly
trained hunting dogs. They jumped over the fence frequently and chased the farmer's lambs. The
farmer asked his neighbour to keep his dogs in check, but this fell on deaf ears. One day the dogs
again jumped the fence, attacked and severely injured several of the lambs.
The farmer had had enough, and went to town to consult a judge who listened carefully to the story
and said: "I could punish the hunter and instruct him to keep his dogs chained or lock them up. But
you would lose a friend and gain an enemy. Which would you rather have, friend or foe for a
neighbour?" The farmer replied that he preferred a friend. “Alright, I will offer you a solution that
keeps your lambs safe, and which will keep your a neighbour a friend." Having heard the judge's
solution, the farmer agreed.
Once at home, the farmer immediately put the judge's suggestions to the test. He took three of his
best lambs and presented them to his neighbour's three small sons, who were beside themselves
with joy and began to play with them. To protect his son's newly acquired playthings, the hunter
built a strong kennel for his dogs. Since then, the dogs never again bothered the farmer's lambs. Out
40
of gratitude for the farmer's generosity toward his sons, the hunter often shared the game he had
hunted with the farmer. The farmer reciprocated by sending the hunter the cheese he had made.
Within a short time the neighbours became good friends.
a) What kind of dogs does the neighbor have?
b) When did the farmer consult the judge?
c) What would be the consequence if the judge punished the neighbor?
d) What was the solution suggested by the judge?
e) What did the neighbour’s sons do with the gifts they received?
f) How did the dogs stop bothering the farmer’s lambs?
g) What items are exchanged happily between the two neighbours?
h) Pick the word from the passage that would mean: ‘a closed shelter for dogs’.
OR
Read the following short poem and answer the questions that follow:
Crisp in the winter’s morning,
Softly all through the night,
What is this without warning,
Falling and white?
I have never seen snow,

But I can imagine it quite –
Not how it tastes, but I know,
It falls and is white.
One morning I’ll open the door,

To bring in the morning’s milk,
And all around there’ll be snow –
Fallen and still.
How I’ll roll in the stuff!

How I’ll tumble and spin!
Until the neighbours cry,
Enough!And send me back in.
Q.1. What is the poem about?
2. How does snow fall?
3. Did you ever touch snow? How did you feel?
4. a) Pick the word from the poem that means ‘slip and fall’
b) Write the antonym for the word ‘soft’
SECTION – C 1X10=10 Marks
16. Write a report on the blood donation camp organized by International Red Cross Society in your
college. Use the following clues: date, time, place, arrangements, donors, equipment, doctors,
response, sponsors, snacks, volunteers, help others, save lives…etc.
41
STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION –A.P
C20-COMMON-101-ENGLISH
UNIT TEST-1
Time: 90 minutes Max. Marks: 40
PART-A 4X4= 16 marks
Instructions: Answer all the questions. Each question carries FOUR Marks.
1. Rewrite / Fill in the blank as directed. Each question carries ½ Mark. (CO1,CO2)
a) Write the antonym of ‘cruel’ CO2
b) Write the synonym of ‘love’ CO2
c) Give prefix to ‘adventure’. CO2
d) Give suffix to ‘ liberate’ CO2
e) It is _______ universal truth. (Fill in with suitable article) CO1
f) The boy is fond ____ ice-cream. ( Fill in the blank with proper preposition) CO1
g) He ____not like sweets. (Fill in the blank with correct primary auxiliary verb.) CO1
h) We ________ respect our national flag. ( Fill in with a proper modal verb) CO1
2. Rewrite the sentences as directed. Each question carries One mark. 4X1=4 Marks CO1
a) No other metal is so useful as iron. ( Change into superlative degree)
b) Very few students are so clever as Ramesh. ( Change into comparative degree)
c) Guess the contextual meaning of the italicized word in the following sentence.
“The CBI officer has interrogated the bank employees in connection with the scam.”
d) only sings plays Prasanth not also well but cricket. ( Rearrange the jumbled words)
3. Fill in the blanks with proper form of the verb given in brackets. 4X1 = 4 marks CO1
The IPSGM _________(hold) in our college last month. Nearly all the colleges in our zone
______(participate) in the event. The prizes ________ (distribute) by the district collector.
Next year, Government Polytechnic, Vijayawada __________ (conduct) the games meet.
4. Rewrite the following sentences after making necessary corrections: 4X 1= 4 Marks CO1
a) The police has arrested the culprit.
b) Three hundred miles are a long distance.
c) The Principal along with the Heads of Sections have visited the laboratories.
d) Either he or I is to blame.
PART-B 3X8=24 Marks
Instructions: Answer all the questions and each question carries EIGHT marks.
5. Write a dialogue of at least five turns between a shopkeeper and customer about buying a mobile
phone. CO3
6. Make an analysis and write a paragraph in around 100 words about your strengths and
weaknesses in learning and using English and also the measures to improve it. CO3
7. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on how to overcome low esteem and negativity. CO3
42
UNIT TEST-II
PART-A 4X4= 16 Marks

Instructions: Answer all the questions. Each question carries FOUR marks.
1. Match the words in column A with their corresponding meanings in column B CO2
Column A Column B
a) Deserve i) continuous
b) hidden ii) protect
c) Preserve iii) worthy
d) Incessant iv) praise
v) unseen
vi) affection
2. Rewrite as directed: CO1
a) You ask your Mom to give you another chocolate. ( Change into a request)
b) The baby fell down and got injured. ( Change into an exclamatory sentence)
c) The match was very interesting. ( Frame a question using ‘how’)
d) Hemanth submitted his project report last week. (Frame Yes-No question)
3. Fill in the blanks with appropriate forms of verbs given in brackets: CO1
a) The Sun ______ (set) in the west.
b) Balu ______ (sing) for over fifty years in the films.
c) We _________ (see) a camel on the road yesterday.
d) They _______(enter) the stadium before the gates were closed.
4. Change the voice of the following: CO1
a) Marconi invented the radio.
b) Sravanthi has been offered a job.
c) Pragathi can type the letter.
d) The Chief Guest will be received by the Final year students.
PART-B 3X8=24 Marks

Answer all the questions. Each question carries EIGHT marks. CO3
5. Write a letter to your younger brother motivating him to deal with failures and hurdles in life.
6. Write an essay in around120 words on the role of robots in the modern world.
7. Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow:
The greatest enemy of mankind, as people have discovered, is not science, but war. Science
merely reflects the social forces by which it is surrounded. It was found that when there is peace,
science is constructive when there is war, science is perverted to destructive end. The weapons
which science gives us do not necessarily create war. These make war increasingly more terrible.
Until now, it has brought us on the doorstep of doom. Our main problem, therefore, is not to curb
43
science, but to substitute law for force, and international government for anarchy in the relations of
one nation with another. That is a job in which everybody must participate, including the scientists.
Now we are face to face with these urgent questions: Can education and tolerance, understanding
and creative intelligence run fast enough to keep us side by side without our mounting capacity to
destroy? That is the question which we shall have to answer, one way or the other, in this
generation. Science must help us in the answer, but the main decision lies within ourselves. The hour
is late and our work has scarcely begun.
a. What is the chief enemy of man?
b. What does science reflect?
c. When is science perverted?
d. What makes war more terrible?
e. Why do we need international government?
f. What are the four aspects that may stop destruction?
g. Have we really started our work to fight the problem discussed?
h. Pick the word from the passage that would mean: ‘replace with other one’
44
UNIT TEST-III
PART-A 4X4 = 16 Marks
Instructions: Answer all the questions. Each question caries Four marks.
1. Give the meaning of the word in italics: CO1 CO2
a) When the girls laughed in the class, the teacher was furious.
b) He was rusticated from the school for his misbehavior.
c) Vikramaditya was a benevolent Indian King.
d) We should not show any discrimination between boys and girls.
2. Change the speech of the following: CO2
a) He said, “I am sorry.”
b) The teacher said to the boys, “Why are you late?”
c) Sushma said that she had submitted her report recently.
d) Pratap requested Priya to give him her pen.
3. Rewrite as directed: CO2
a) Though he was weak, he took the test. ( change into a simple sentence)
b) You must work hard to achieve success. ( change into a complex sentence)
c) If you run fast, you will catch the bus. ( change into a compound sentence)
d) The fog disappeared when the Sun rose. ( Split into two simple sentences)
4. Locate eight errors from the following passage and correct them. CO3, CO1
Once upon a time there live a king who was very kind to his people. In his council of
ministers, there is a wise man. He had a son called Sumanth who was a educated and highly
learned. Once the wise minister fall sick. All the physicists in the country could not heal him. Then
Sumanth will go in search of medicine in Himalayas. He bring the special medicinal roots to cure his
father’s sickness. Sumanth looked before his father carefully and healed him. The king rewarded
Sumanth with rich gifts.
PART- B 3X8 = 24 Marks

Instructions: Answer all the questions and each one carries eight marks. CO3
5. Read the following paragraph and make notes first and then its summary.
Astronauts are people who travel on space ships. They need to have a very clean home. They
travel far from Earth. We need clean kitchens everywhere on earth and in space. Astronauts
have to solve two problems: how to get food and how to keep their spaceship clean. Here is how
they solved the food problem. At first, the astronauts took tubes of food with them into space.
They would squeeze a tube and eat semi-liquid food. It did not taste great, but since they did not
need to take dishes or silverware with them, they had no dishes to wash. Today’s spaceships
have a bigger menu. Astronauts can eat from bowls. In fact, they take cereal and other standard
foods with them. The foods are packaged in special containers to keep them fresh. They use
45
knives, forks, and spoons. One unusual item on their table is a pair of scissors. They use the
scissors to open the food packages. They can eat right from the package. They have a kitchen on
the spaceship. Its oven can heat food to 170 degrees. The kitchen has water and sets of meals
that come on trays. The astronauts choose their menu before they go into space. They take a lot
of food with them. The astronauts keep bread and fresh fruits and vegetables in a special food
locker. How do they keep the kitchen clean? They do not have to worry about mice or other
rodents. They make sure that there are no rodents before the ship leaves. But sometimes mice
travel on the ship. Those mice are part of experiments. They live in cages. How do astronauts
keep their trays clean? That is another health problem the astronauts solve. They need to stay
healthy in space. To carry a lot of water to wash trays would be a lot of extra weight. They pack
wet wipes in plastic bags. They use them to clean trays. So, their kitchen is clean and they stay
healthy.
6. Write an essay in about 120 words on the importance of goal setting and your short and long
term goals.
7. Write a report about the bush fire that raged in Australia recently by using the following
clues: forest, natural disaster, wild fire, dried leaves, no rain fall, wild animals, burnt alive,
loss of flora and fauna, fire fighters, uncontrollable, moderate rains, environmental
pollution, measures to protect...etc.
46
Course No. of Total No. of Marks for Marks for
Course Title
Code Periods/week periods FA SA
Engineering
CM-102 5 150 20 80
Mathematics-I
S.No. Unit Title No. of periods COs mapped
1 Algebra 31 CO1
2 Trigonometry 44 CO2
3 Co-ordinate Geometry 23 CO3
4 Differential Calculus 33 CO4
5 Applications of Differentiation 19 CO4, CO5
Total Periods 150
(i) To apply the principles of Algebra, Trigonometry and Co-Ordinate

Geometry to real-time problems in engineering.
Course Objectives (ii) To comprehend and apply the concept of Differential Calculus in
engineering applications.
CO1 Identify various functions, resolve partial fractions and solve

problems on matrices.
Course Outcomes
CO2 Solve problems using the concept of trigonometric functions,
their inverses and complex numbers.
CO3 Find the equations and properties of straight lines, circles and
conic sections in coordinate system.
CO4 Evaluate the limits and derivatives of various functions.
CO5 Evaluate solutions for engineering problems using

differentiation.
47
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I
COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES
Learning Outcomes
UNIT - I
C.O. 1 Identify various functions, resolve partial fractions and solve problems on matrices.
L.O. 1.1 Define Set, ordered pairs and Cartesian product - examples.
1.2 Explain Relations and functions – examples
1.3 Find Domain & Range of functions – simple examples.
1.4 Classify types of functions (into, many-to-one, one-one, onto and bijective).
1.5 Define inverse functions - examples.
1.6 Define rational, proper and improper fractions of polynomials.
1.7 Explain the procedure of resolving rational fractions of the type mentioned
below into partial fractions
f ( x) f ( x)
i) ii)
(ax  b)(cx  d ) (ax  b)2 (cx  d )
f ( x) f ( x)
iii) iv)
( x 2  a 2 )(bx  c) ( x 2  a 2 )( x 2  b2 )
1.8 Define a matrix and order of a matrix
1.9 State various types of matrices with examples (emphasis on 3rd order square
matrices).
1.10 Compute sum, scalar multiplication and product of matrices. Illustrate the
properties of these operations such as associative, distributive,
commutative
properties with examples and counter examples.
48
1.11 Define the transpose of a matrix and write its properties;
1.12 Define symmetric and skew-symmetric matrices with examples Resolve square
matrix into a sum of a symmetric and skew- symmetric matrices and provide
examples.
1.13 Define determinant of a square matrix, minor, co-factor of an element of a
3x3 square matrix with examples. Expand the determinant of a 3 x 3 matrix
using Laplace expansion formula. State and apply the properties of determinants
to solve problems.
1.14 Distinguish singular and non-singular matrices. Define multiplicative inverse of

a matrix and list properties of adjoint and inverse. Compute adjoint and
multiplicative inverse of a square matrix.
1.15 Solve system of 3 linear equations in 3 unknowns using Cramer’s rule and
matrix inversion method
49
UNIT - II
C.O.2 Solve problems using the concept of trigonometric functions, their inverses and
complex numbers.
L.O. 2.1 Define trigonometric ratios of any angle.
2.2 List the values of trigonometric ratios at specified values.
2.3 Draw graphs of trigonometric functions
2.4 Explain periodicity of trigonometric functions.
2.5 Define compound angles and state the formulae of sin(A±B), cos(A±B),
tan(A±B) and cot(A±B)
2.6 Give simple examples on compound angles to derive the values of sin150,
cos150 , sin750 , cos750 , tan 150 , tan750 etc.
2.7 Derive identities like sin(A+B) sin(A-B) = sin 2 A –sin2 B etc.
2.8 Solve simple problems on compound angles.
2.9 Derive the formulae of multiple angles 2A, 3A etc and sub multiple angles
A/2 in terms of angle A of trigonometric functions.
2.10 Derive useful allied formulas like sin2A= (1- cos2A)/2 etc.
50
2.11 Solve simple problems using the above formulae
Syllabus for Unit test-I completed
2.12 Derive the formulae on transforming sum or difference of two

trigonometric ratios into a product and vice versa, examples on these
formulae.
2.13 Solve problems by applying these formulae to sum or difference or

product of three or more terms.
2.14 Explain the concept of the inverse of a trigonometric function by

selecting an appropriate domain and range.
2.15 Define inverses of six trigonometric functions along with their domains
and ranges.
2.16 Derive relations between inverse trigonometric functions so that given
A= sin-1x, express angle A in terms of other inverse trigonometric functions

with examples.
2.17 State various properties of inverse trigonometric functions and identities like

sin-1x+cos-1 x = etc.
2
 x y 
2.18 Apply formulae like tan 1 x  tan 1 y  tan 1   , where x  0, y  0, xy  1 etc.,
 1  xy 
to solve Simple problems
2.19 Explain what is meant by solutions of trigonometric equations and find the
general solutions of sin x=k, cos x =k and tan x=k with appropriate examples.
2.20 Solve models of the type a sin2 x + b sin x +c=0, a cos x + b sin x=c etc., and
problems using simple transformations.
51
2.21 State sine rule, cosine rule, tangent rule and projection rule.
2.22 Explain the formulae for sin A/2, cos A/2, tan A/2 and cot A/2 in terms of semi-
perimeter s and sides a,b,c and solve problems.
2.23 List various formulae for the area of a triangle.
2.24 Solve problems using the above formulae.
2.25 Define Sinh x, cosh x and tanh x and list the hyperbolic identities.
2.26 Represent inverse hyperbolic functions in terms of logarithms.
2.27 Define complex number, its modulus, conjugate and list their properties.
2.28 Define the operations on complex numbers with examples.
2.29 Define amplitude of a complex number
2.30 Represent the complex number in various forms like modulus-amplitude

(polar) form, Exponential (Euler) form with examples.
2.31 Write DeMoivre’s theorem (without proof) and illustrate with simple
examples.
52
UNIT - III
Coordinate Geometry
C.O. 3 Find the equations and properties of straight lines, circles and conic sections in
coordinate system.
L.O. 3.1 Write the different forms of a straight line – general form, point-slope form,
slope- intercept form, two-point form, intercept form and normal form or
perpendicular form.
3.2 Solve simple problems on the above forms
3.3 Find distance of a point from a line, acute angle between two lines,
intersection of two non parallel lines and distance between two parallel
lines.
3.4 Define locus of a point and define a circle.
3.5 Write the general equation of a circle and find the centre and radius.
3.6 Find the equation of a circle given (i) centre and radius, (ii) two ends of a
diameter (iii) Centre and a point on the circumference (iv) three non collinear
points.
3.7. Define a conic section.
3.8 Explain the terms focus, directrix, eccentricity, axes and latus rectum of a
conic with illustrations.
3.9 Find the equation of a conic when focus, directrix and eccentricity are given
3.10 Describe the properties of Parabola, Ellipse and Hyperbola in standard forms
whose axes are along co-ordinate axes and solve simple examples on above.
Syllabus for Unit test-II completed
53
C.O.4 Evaluate the limits and derivatives of various functions.
L.O. 4.1 Explain the concept of limit and meaning of lim f ( x)  l and state the
xa
properties of limits .
f ( x) f ( x)
4.2 Evaluate the limits of the type lim and lim
x l g ( x) x  g ( x )
xn  an sin x tan x a x 1
4.3 Mention the Standard limits lim , lim , lim , lim ,
xa x  a x 0 x x 0 x x 0 x
1
ex 1
x
 1
lim , lim (1  x) x , lim 1   (without proof) and solve the problems
x 0 x x  0 x   x
using these standard limits.
4.4 Explain the concept of continuity of a function at a point and on an interval

with some examples whether a given function is continuous or not.
4.5 State the concept of derivative of a function y = f(x) – definition, first principle
as lim f ( x  h)  f ( x) and also provide standard notations to denote the
h 0 h
derivative of a function.
4.6 State the significance of derivative in scientific and engineering applications.
4.7 Find the derivatives of elementary functions like xn , ax, ex, log x, sin x, cos x,
tanx,Secx,Cosecx and Cot x using the first principles.
4.8 Find the derivatives of simple functions from the first principle.
54
4.9 State the rules of differentiation of sum, difference, scalar multiplication,
product and quotient of functions with illustrative and simple examples.
4.10 Explain the method of differentiation of a function of a function (Chain rule)

with illustrative examples.
4.11 Find the derivatives of Inverse Trigonometric functions and examples using the
Trigonometric transformations.
4.12 Explain the method of differentiation of a function with respect to another

function and also differentiation of parametric functions with examples.
4.13 Find the derivatives of hyperbolic functions.
4.14 Explain the procedures for finding the derivatives of implicit function with
examples.
4.15 Explain the need of taking logarithms for differentiating some functions with
examples like [f(x)]g(x).
4.16 Explain the concept of finding the higher order derivatives of second and third
order with examples.
4.17 Explain the concept of functions of several variables, partial derivatives and
difference between the ordinary and partial derivatives with simple examples.
4.18 Explain the definition of Homogenous function of degree n
55
4.19 Explain Euler’s theorem for homogeneous functions with applications to simple
problems.
C.O. 5 Evaluate solutions for engineering problems using differentiation.
L.O. 5.1 State the geometrical meaning of the derivative as the slope of the tangent to the
curve y=f(x) at any point on the curve.
5.2 Explain the concept of derivative to find the slope of tangent and to find the
equation of tangent and normal to the curve y=f(x) at any point on it.
5.3 Find the lengths of tangent, normal, sub-tangent and sub normal at any point on
the curve y=f(x) .
5.4 Explain the derivative as a rate of change in distance-time relations to find the
velocity and acceleration of a moving particle with examples.
5.5 Explain the derivative as a rate measurer in the problems where the quantities
like volumes, areas vary with respect to time- illustrative examples.
5.6 Define the concept of increasing and decreasing functions.
5.7 Explain the conditions to find points where the given function is increasing or
decreasing with illustrative examples.
5.8 Explain the procedure to find the extreme values (maxima or minima) of a function
of single variable- simple problems yielding maxima and minima.
5.9 Solve problems on maxima and minima in applications like finding areas, volumes
etc.
5.10 Apply the concept of derivatives to find the errors and approximations in simple
problems.
Syllabus for Unit test-III completed
56
CO/PO – Mapping
CM- PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
102
CO1 3 2 1 2 3 2 3
CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 1
CO3 3 2 2 1 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 3 2 1
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Avg 3 2.6 2.5 2 3 2.4 2
3 = Strongly mapped (High), 2 = Moderately mapped (Medium), 1 = Slightly mapped (Low)
Note:
concerned teacher.

PSO1: An ability to understand the concepts of basic mathematical concepts and to apply them in
various areas like computer programming, civil constructions, fluid dynamics, electrical and
electronic systems and all concerned engineering disciplines.
PSO2: An ability to solve the Engineering problems using latest software tool, along with analytical
skills to arrive at faster and appropriate solutions.
PSO3: Wisdom of social and environmental awareness along with ethical responsibility to have a
successful career as an engineer and to sustain passion and zeal for real world technological
applications.
57
C-20
Engineering Mathematics – I
PO- CO – Mapping strength
CO periods addressing PO in
Mapped with Level
PO no column I Remarks
CO no (1,2 or 3)
No %
CO1, CO2,
1 150 100% 3
CO3,CO4,CO5
>40% Level 3
CO1, CO2,
2 138 92% 3 Highly
CO3,CO4,CO5
addressed
CO1, CO2,
3 133 88.6% 3
CO3,CO4,CO5
25% to 40%
CO1, CO2,
4 120 80% 3 Level 2
CO3,CO4,CO5
Moderately
5 addressed
7 5% to 25%
Level 1 Low
PSO 1 CO1, CO2, addressed
150 100% 3
CO3,CO4,CO5
PSO 2 CO1, CO2,

135 90% 3
CO3,CO4,CO5 <5% Not
addressed
PSO 3 CO1, CO2,
125 83.3% 3
CO3,CO4,CO5
58
C-20
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I
COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES
COURSE CONTENT
Unit-I
Algebra
1. Relations and Functions:
Define Set, Ordered pairs, Cartesian product, Relations, functions, domain & range of functions.
Describe types of functions (in-to, many-to-one, one-one, onto and bijective) and inverse
functions – examples.
2. Partial Fractions:
Define rational, proper and improper fractions of polynomials. Resolve rational fractions in to
their partial fractions covering the types mentioned below.
f ( x) f ( x)
i) ii )
(ax  b)(cx  d ) (ax  b)2 (cx  d )
f ( x) f ( x)
iii) iv)
( x  a 2 )(bx  c)
2
( x  a )( x 2  b2 )
2 2
3. Matrices:
Definition of a matrix, types of matrices-examples, algebra of matrices-equality of two

matrices, sum, scalar multiplication and product of matrices. Transpose of a matrix-
Symmetric, skew symmetric matrices-Minor, cofactor of an element-Determinant of a
square matrix-Laplace’s expansion, properties of determinants. Singular and non singular
matrices-Adjoint and multiplicative inverse of a square matrix- examples-System of linear
equations in 3 variables-Solutions by Cramers’s rule and Matrix inversion method-
examples.
59
Unit-II
Trigonometry
4.Trigonometric ratios:
Definition of trigonometric ratios of any angle, values of trigonometric ratios at specified

values, draw graphs of trigonometric functions, periodicity of trigonometric functions.
5. Compound angles:
Formulas of sin(A±B), cos(A±B), tan(A±B),cot(A±B),and related identities with problems.
6. Multiple and sub multiple angles:
Formulae for trigonometric ratios of multiple angles 2A,3A and submultiple angle A/2
with problems.
7.Transformations of products into sums or differences and vice versa simple problems
8. Inverse trigonometric functions:
Definition, domains and ranges-basic properties- problems.
9. Trigonometric equations:
Concept of a solution, principal value and general solution of trigonometric equations :
sinx =k , cosx= k, tanx =k, where k is a constant. Solutions of simple quadratic equations,
equations involving usage of transformations- problems.
10.Properties of triangles:
Relation between sides and angles of a triangle- sine rule, cosine rule, tangent rule and
projection rule-area of a triangle- problems.
11. Hyperbolic functions:
Definitions of hyperbolic functions, identities of hyperbolic functions, inverse hyperbolic
functions and expression of inverse hyperbolic functions in terms of logarithms.
12. Complex Numbers:
Definition of a complex number, Modulus and conjugate of a complex number,

Arithmetic operations on complex numbers, Modulus- Amplitue (polar) form ,
Exponential form (Euler form) of a complex number- Problems. DeMoivre’s theorem.
60
UNIT-III
Coordinate geometry
13 Straight lines: various forms of straight lines, angle between lines, perpendicular distance
from a point, distance between parallel lines-examples.
14. Circle: locus of a point, Circle, definition-Circle equation given (i) centre and radius, (ii)
two ends of a diameter (iii) centre and a point on the circumference (iv) three
non collinear points - general equation of a circle – finding centre, radius.
15. Definition of a conic section, equation of a conic when focus directrix and eccentricity
are given. properties of parabola, ellipse and hyperbola in standard forms.
UNIT-IV
Differential Calculus
16. Concept of Limit- Definition- Properties of Limits and Standard Limits -Simple Problems-
Continuity of a function at a point- Simple Examples only.
17. Concept of derivative- Definition (first principle)- different notations-derivatives of

elementary functions- problems. Derivatives of sum, product, quotient, scalar
multiplication of functions - problems. Chain rule, derivatives of inverse trigonometric
functions, derivative of a function with respect to another function, derivative of parametric
functions, derivative of hyperbolic, implicit functions, logarithmic differentiation – problems
in each case. Higher order derivatives - examples – functions of several variables - partial
differentiation, Euler’s theorem-simple problems.
61
UNIT-V
Applications of Derivatives:
18. Geometrical meaning of the derivative, equations of Tangent and normal to a curve at
any point. Lengths of tangent, normal, subtangent and subnormal to the curve at any
point - problems.
19. Physical applications of the derivative – velocity, acceleration, derivative as a rate

measure –Problems.
20. Applications of the derivative to find the extreme values – Increasing and decreasing
functions, finding the maxima and minima of simple functions - problems leading to
applications of maxima and minima.
21. Using the concept of derivative of a function of single variable, find the absolute error,
relative and percentage errors and approximate values due to errors in measuring.
Textbook:
Engineering Mathematics-I, a textbook for first year diploma courses, prepared & prescribed
by SBTET, AP.
Reference Books:
1. Shanti Narayan, A Textbook of matrices, S.Chand&Co.
2. Robert E. Moyer & Frank Ayers Jr., Schaum’s Outline of Trigonometry, 4 th Edition,
Schaum’s Series
3. M.Vygodsky, Mathematical Handbook, Mir Publishers, Moscow.
4. Frank Ayers & Elliott Mendelson, Schaum’s Outline of Calculus, Schaum’s Series
62
BLUE PRINT
Marks wise Question

S. Chapter/ Weightage COs
No of Periods distribution of wise distribution
No Unit title Allotted mapped
weightage of weightage
Unit - I : Theor An A
Practice R U Ap R U Ap
Algebra y n
Relations and
1 4 2 3 0 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 CO 1
Functions
2 Partial Fractions 3 2 3 0 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 CO 1
Matrices and
3 10 10 11 3 0 8 0 1 0 1 0 CO 1
Determinants
Unit - II :
Trigonometry
Trigonometric
4 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CO2
Ratios
Compound
5 3 2 3 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 CO2
Angles
Multiple and
6 Submultiple 4 4 3 0 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 CO2
angles
7 Transformations 3 3
Inverse 8 0 8 0 0 0 1 0 0 CO2
8 Trigonometric 3 2
Functions
Trigonometric
9 3 2
Equations
8 0 0 8 0 0 0 1 0 CO2
Properties of
10 3 2
triangles
Hyperbolic
11 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CO2
Functions
Complex
12 4 2 3 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 CO2
Numbers
Unit III : Co-ordinate Geometry
13 Straight Lines 4 2 3 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 CO3
14 Circle 3 2 8 0 8 0 0 0 1 0 0 CO3
63
15 Conic Sections 8 4
Unit – IV : Differential Calculus
Limits and
16 4 2 3 0 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 CO4
Continuity
17 Differentiation 17 10 14 3 11 0 0 1 2 0 0 CO4
Unit - V : Applications of Differentiation
Geometrical
18 3 2
Applications
Physical
19 2 2
Applications
10 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 1 CO5
Maxima and
20 3 4
Minima
Errors and
21 2 1
Approximations
Total 89 61 80 15 39 16 10 5 8 2 1
R: Remembering Type : 15 Marks
U: understanding Type : 39 Marks
Ap: Application Type : 16 Marks
An: Analysing Type : 10 Marks
Engineering Mathematics – I
Unit Test Syllabus
Unit Test Syllabus
Unit Test-I From L.O. 1.1 to L.O. 2.11
Unit Test-II From L.O. 2.12 to L.O. 3.10
Unit Test-III From L.O.4.1 to L.O. 5.10
64
Unit Test I C –20, CM-102
State Board of Technical Education and Training, A. P
First Year
Subject name: Engineering Mathematics-I

Sub Code: CM-102
Time : 90 minutes Max.marks:40
Part-A 16Marks
Instructions: (1) Answer all questions.
(2) First question carries four marks and the remaining questions carry three marks
each.
1. Answer the following.
a. If f ( x)  x 2 and domain  1,0,1 , then find range. (CO1)

1 2 
b. If A  , then find 3A. (CO1)
3 4 
0
c. Write the value of Sin120 (CO2)
d. Write the formula for tan 2A in terms of tan A (CO2)
2. If f : R  R is defined by f ( x)  3x  5 , then prove that f ( x) is onto. (CO1)

1 3   2 4
3. If A  , B  then find 2 A  3B (CO1)
 4 9   3 1 
3
4. Prove that Sin2 450  Sin2150  (CO2)
4
sin 2 A
5. Prove that  cot A (CO2)
1  cos 2 A
65
Part-B 3×8=24
(2) Each question carries eight marks
(3) Answer should be comprehensive and the criterion for valuation
is the content but not the length of the answer.
2x
6. A) Resolve into partial fractions.(CO1)
( x  1)( x  3)
or
x4
B) Resolve into partial fractions.(CO1)
x  3x  2
2
7. A) Using cramer’s rule to solve

x  y  z  2,2x  3 y  4z  4,3x  y  z  8 (CO1)
or
bc bc 1
B) Prove that ca c  a 1  (a  b)(b  c)(c  a) (CO1)
ab a  b 1
 1 2 2 
8. A) Find the adjoint of Matrix  1 3 5  (CO1)
 
 2 7 4 
or
 2 3 4  3 1 5
B) If A  5 7 9 ; B   2 1 4  , find AB and BA and verify if AB  BA .
 
   
 2 1 3   0 3 1 
(CO1)
-o0o-
66
Unit Test II C –20, CM-102
First Year

Sub Code: CM - 102
Part-A 16Marks
each
CD CD
a. sin C  sin D  2cos   sin   : State TRUE/FALSE (CO2)
 2   2 
b. If z  2  3i , then find z (CO2)
e x  e x
c. sinh x  : State TRUE/FALSE (CO2)
2
d. Write the eccentricity of rectangular hyperbola. (CO3)
2. Express (3  4i)(7  2i) in terms of a  ib (CO2)

3. Find the perpendicular distance from (1,1) to the line 2 x  3 y  1  0 (CO3)
4. Find the angle between lines 2 x  y  3  0 and x  y  2  0 (CO3)
Find the centre and radius of the circle x  y  2 x  4 y  4  0 (CO3)
2 2
5.
67
Part-B 3×8=24
sin 2  sin 4  sin 6

6. A) Prove that  tan 4 .(CO2)
cos 2  cos 4  cos 6
or
1 1 1 
tan 1  tan 1  tan 1 
B) Prove that 2 5 8 4 (CO2)
7. A) Solve 2sin 2   sin   1  0 (CO2)

or
c a
In any ABC , If B  60 then   1 (CO2)
0
B)
ab bc
8. A) Find the equation of circle with (2,3) and (6,9) as the end points of diameter and
also find centre and radius of circle. (CO3)
or
A) Find the equation of ellipse whose focus is (1, 1) , directrix is x  y  3  0 and
eccentricity is 1/2.(CO3)
-o0o-
68
Unit Test III C –20, CM-102
First Year

Sub Code: CM-102
Part-A 16Marks
each

x2  1
a. Find lim (CO4)
x 1 x  5
sin 2
b. lim  2 : State TRUE/FALSE (CO4)
 0 
c.
d
dx
 3tan 1 x   ? (CO4)
d. Formula for percentage error in x is _________ . (CO5)
x5  32
2. Evaluate lim (CO4)
x 2 x2  4
Find the derivative of 3tan x  4log x  7 w.r.t. x (CO4)
x
3.
4. Differentiate x 2 sin x w.r.t. x (CO4)
2x  3
5. Find the derivative of (CO4)
3x  4
69
Part-B 3×8=24
1  2x  1  2 x 
6. A) Find the derivative of sin  2 
w.r.t. tan  2 
(CO4)
 1 x   1 x  .
or
dy
if y  x
cos x
B) Find (CO4)
dx
x4  y 4
7. A) Verify Euler’s theorem when u ( x, y )  (CO4)
x y
or
Find the equation of tangent and normal to the curve 3 y  x  6 x  17 at (4,3)

2
B)
(CO5)
8. A) Circular patch of oil spreads on water and the area is growing at the rate of
8 sqcm / min .
How fast is the radius increasing when radius is 5cm . (CO5)
or
Find the maxima and minima values of f ( x)  x  6 x  9 x  15. (CO5)

3 2
B)
-o0o-
70
END-EXAM MODEL PAPERS
STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, A.P
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS CM- 102
TIME : 3 HOURS MODEL PAPER- I MAX.MARKS : 80M
PART-A
Answer All questions. Each question carries THREE marks. 10x3=30M
    
1. If A  0, , , ,  and f : A  B is a function such that f ( x)  cos x, then find
 6 4 3 2
the range of f . CO 1
x
2. Resolve the function into partial fractions. CO 1
 x 1 x  2
3 9 0  4 0 2
3. If A    and B   , find A  B and A  B. CO1
1 8  2  7 1 4 
4. Show that cos16  sin16  tan 610.

0 0
CO2
cos160  sin160
sin 2
5. Prove that  cot . CO2
1  cos2
 1 i 
6. Find the modulus of the complex number  . CO2
 2i 
7. Find the distance between parallel lines x  2 y  3  0 and x  2 y  8  0. CO3
8. Find lim sin77 x . CO4

x0 sin11x
9. Differentiate 3tan x  4log x  7 x2 w.r.t. x. CO4
10. If x  at 2 , y  2at , then find dy . CO4

dx
71
PART-B
Answer All questions. Each question carries EIGHT marks. 5x8=40M
3 3 4
11 A) Find the inverse of the matrix  2 3 4  . CO1

0 1 1 
Or
B) Solve the system of equations x  y  z  6, x  y  z  2 and 2x  y  3z  9 by

Cramer’s rule. CO1
12 A) If cos x  cos y  3 and cos x  cos y  2 , then show that CO2

5 7
x y  x y
21tan   10cot    0.
 2   2 
Or
1 1 1
B) If tan x  tan y  tan z   then show that
x  y  z  xyz. CO2
13 A) Solve 3cos  sin 1. CO2
Or
B) In any  ABC, Show that cot A  cot B  cot C  s .

2
CO2
2 2 2 
14 A) Find the equation of the circle with  4,2 and 1,5 as the two ends of its
diameter and also find its centre and radius. CO 3
Or
B) Find the centre, vertices, equation of axes, lengths of axes, eccentricity, foci, equations
of directrices and length of latus rectum of the ellipse 4x2 16 y2  1. CO 3
72
15 A) Find the derivative of sin 1  2 x  w.r.t. tan 1  2 x  CO4
 1 x   1 x 
2 2
Or
  y 3  then prove that u

3
u
B) If u  tan 1  x , x y  sin 2u. CO4
 x y  x y
PART-C
Answer the following question. Question carries TEN marks. 1x10=10M
16. The sum of two numbers is 24. Find them so that the sum of their squares is minimum.
CO 5
73
TIME : 3 HOURS MODEL PAPER- II MAX.MARKS : 80M
PART-A
1. If f : R  R is a bijective function such that f ( x)  ax  b, then find f 1 ( x). CO 1
1
2. Resolve the function into partial fractions.
 x  1 x  2 CO 1
 0 1 3 
3. If A   1 0 7  is a skew-symmetric matrix, find the value of x. CO 1
 
 3 x 0 
0 0
4. Find the value of sin 2 82 1  sin 2 22 1 . CO2
2 2
cos3 A
5. Prove that  cos A. CO2
2cos 2 A  1
6. Find the conjugate of the complex number 3  2i  . 4  7i  CO2
7. Find the equation of the line passing through the points 1,2 and 3, 4. CO3
8. Find lim x  32 .
5
x2 x2
CO4
9. Differentiate x  sec x  log x w.r.t. x. CO4
10. If u( x, y)  x3  3axy  y 3 , then find u and u . CO4

x y
74
PART-B
1 1 1
11 A) Show that a b c   a  b  b  c  c  a  . CO1
a 2 b2 c2
Or
B) Solve the system of equations x  2 y  3z  6,3x  2 y  4z  5 and x  y  z  1
using matrix inversion method. CO1
sin 2  sin 4  sin 6

12 A) Prove that  tan 4 . CO2
cos 2  cos 4  cos 6
Or
1 1 1 1 
B) Prove that tan 1  tan 1  tan 1  tan 1  . CO2
3 5 7 8 4
13 A) Solve 2cos2   3cos   1  0. CO2
Or
B) In any  ABC, Show that  a cos(B  C)  3abc.

3
CO2
14 A) Find the equation of the circle passing through the points  0,0 ,  6,0 and  0,8 . CO3
Or
B) Find the equation of the rectangular hyperbola whose focus is 1,2  and directrix is
3x  4 y  5  0. CO3
15 A) If sin y  x sin(a  y), then prove that dy  sin (a  y ) . CO4

2
dx sin a
Or
B) If y  tan 1 x, then prove that (1  x2 ) y2  2 xy1  0. CO4
75
PART-C
16 Show that the semi-vertical angle of the cone of maximum volume and of given slant
1
height is tan 2.
CO4
76
Course code Course Title No. of Total No. of Marks for FA Marks for SA
Periods per Periods
week
CM-103 Engineering 4 120 20 80

Physics
S.No Unit Title/Chapter No of Periods COs Mapped
Units and
1 08 CO1
Dimensions
Elements of
2 12 CO1
Vectors
3 Dynamics 12 CO2
4 Friction 10 CO2
Work, Power and

5 12 CO3
Energy
Simple harmonic
6 12 CO3
motion
Heat and
7 12 CO4
Thermodynamics
8 Sound 10 CO4
9 Properties of 10 CO5
matter
Electricity and
10 12 CO5
Magnetism
11 Modern physics 10 CO5
Total 120
77
 Course Objectives
Course Title: Engineering Physics
Course Objectives 1. To familiarize with the concepts of Physics involved in the process
of various Engineering, Industrial and Daily life Applications.
2. To understand and apply the basic principles of physics in the field
of engineering and technology to familiarize certain natural
phenomenon occurring in the day to day life
3. To reinforce theoretical concepts by conducting relevant
experiments/exercises
 Course outcomes
Explain S.I units and dimensions of different physical quantities, basic
CO1 operations among vector quantities.
Explain the motion of objects moving in one dimensions and two

dimensions, the causes of motion and hindrance to the motion of the
CO2
objects especially with respect to friction.
Explain the mechanical energy of bodies like PE, KE and conservation law
CO3 of energy, the properties of simple harmonic motion.
Explain gas laws, ideal gas equation, Isothermal and adiabatic processes,
Course
Specific heats, to study the laws of thermodynamics. Causes,
Outcomes
CO4 consequences and methods to minimise noise pollution, explain beats,
Doppler effect, Reverberation, echoes.
Explain certain properties of solids, liquids like elastic properties, viscosity

and surface tension. Explain Ohm’s law, to study Kirchoff’s laws, to study
the principle of Wheatstone’s bridge and its application to meter bridge.
To study the magnetic force and understand magnetic field. To compute
CO5
magnetic field strength on axial and equatorial lines of a bar magnet. To
familiarise with modern topics like photoelectric effect, optical fibres,
superconductivity and nanotechnology.
 Learning Outcome
 COs-POs mapping strength (as per given table)
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 1
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 2
3 = strongly mapped 2= moderately mapped 1= slightly mapped
78
 Model Blue Print with weightages for Blooms category and questions for chapter
and Cos mapped
Marks wise Question wise

Weigh distribution of Mapped
No of distribution of
S.N Unit t age weightage with CO
Period weightage
o Title/Chapter of
s
marks R U Ap A R U
A A
n p n
Units and 0 0
1 08 03 3 0 0 1 0 0 CO1
Dimensions
Elements of 0
2 12 11 3 8 0 0 1 1 0 CO1
Vectors
3 Dynamics 12 11 3 8 0 0 1 1 0 * CO2
4 Friction 10 11 3 0 8 0 1 0 1 0 CO2
Work, Power 0 0
5 12 11 3 8 0 1 1 0 CO3
and Energy
Simple harmonic 0 *
6 12 11 3 8 0 1 1 0 CO3
motion
Heat and 0 *
7 12 11 0 8 3 0 1 1 CO4
Thermodynamics
8 Sound 10 11 0 8 3 0 0 1 1 0 CO4
Properties of 0 0
9 10 08 0 8 0 0 1 0 CO5
matter
Electricity and 0 0
10 12 14 6 0 8 2 0 1 CO5
Magnetism
0 0
11 Modern physics 10 08 0 8 0 0 1 0 CO5
*
Total 120 110 24 64 22 0 8 8 4
10
*One question of HOTs for 10 marks from any of the unit title 3 or 6 or 7
79
Learning Outcomes
1.0 Concept of Units and dimensions
1.1 Explain the concept of Units , Physical quantity, F u n d a m e n t a l physical quantities

and D erived physical quantities
1.2 Define unit, fundamental units and derived units, State SI units with symbols
1.3 State Multiples and submultiples in SI system, State Rules of writing S.I.units, State
advantages of SI units
1.4 Define Dimensions, W r i t e Dimensional formulae of physical quantities
1.5 List dimensional constants and dimensionless quantities
1.6 State the principle of Homogeneity of Dimensions
1.7 State the applications and limitations of Dimension alanalysis
1.8 Errors in measurement, Absolute error, relative error, percentage error, significant
figures
1.9 Solve problems
2.0 Concept of Elements of Vectors
2.1 Explain the concept of scalars, Vectors and give examples
2.2 Represent vectors graphically, Classify the Vectors, Resolve the vectors
2.3 Determine the resultant of a vector by component method, represent a vector in
Space using unit vectors (i,j,k)
2.4 State and explain triangle law, parallelogram law, polygon law of addition of
vectors
2.5 Define Dot product of two vectors with examples (Work done, Power), Mention the
Properties of dot product
2.6 Define cross products of two vectors with examples (Torque, Linear velocity)
Mention the properties of Cross product.
2.7 Solve t h e r e l a t e d n u m e r i c a l problems
80
3.0 Concept of Dynamics
3.1 Write the equations of motion in a straight line Explain the acceleration due to
gravity
3.2 Explain vertical motion of a body and derive expressions for a) Maximum Height,
b) time of ascent, c) time of descent, and d) time of flight
3.3 Derive height of at ower when a body projected vertically upwards from the top of
a tower.
3.4 Explain projectile motion with examples
3.5 Explain Horizontal projection and Derive an expression for the path of a projectile in
horizontal projection
3.6 Explain oblique projection and derive an expression for it. Derive formulae for
a) Maximum Height, b) time of ascent, c) time of descent, and d) time of flight
e) Horizontal Range, f) Maximum range
3.7 Define force, momentum, angular displacement, angular velocity, angular

acceleration, angular momentum, moment of inertia, torque
4.0 Concept of Friction
4.1 Define friction and classify the types of friction.
4.2 Explain the concept to f Normal reaction
4.3 State the laws of friction
4.4 Define coefficients of friction, Angle of friction and Angle of repose
4.5 Derive expressions for acceleration of a body on a rough inclined plane (upwards
and downwards)
4.6 List the Advantages and Disadvantages of friction
4.7 Mention the methods of minimizing friction
4.8 Explain why it is easy to pull a lawn roller than to push it
81
5.0 Concepts of Work, Power, and Energy
5.1 Define t h e t e r m s W ork, Power and Energy. State SI units and dimensional
formulae
5.2 Define potential energy and give examples, derive an expression for P.E
5.3 Define Kinetic energy and give examples, derive an expression for K.E
5.4 State and derive Work-Energy theorem
5.5 Derive the relation between Kinetic energy and momentum
5.6 State the law of conservation of energy and Verify it in the case of a freely
Falling body
6.0 Concepts of Simple harmonic motion
6.1 Define Simple harmonic motion, Give examples, State the conditions
6.2 Explanation of uniform circular motion of a particle is a combination of two
perpendicular SHMs.
6.3 Derive expressions for displacement, velocity, acceleration, Frequency, Time
period of a particle executing SHM.
6.4 Define phase of SHM
6.5 Define Ideal simple pendulum and derive expression for Time period of simple
pendulum
6.6 State the laws of motion of simple pendulum
7.0 Concept of Heat and thermodynamics
7.1 Explain the concept of expansion of gases
7.2 State and explain Boyle’s and Charles laws.
7.3 Define absolute zero temperature, absolute scale of temperature
7.4 Define ideal gas and distinguish from real gas
7.5 Derive I deal gas equation. Define Specific gas constant and Universal gas
Constant, write S.I unit and Dimensional Formula. Calculate the value of R.
7.6 Explain why universal gas constant is same for all gases
82
7.7 State and Explain Isothermal process a n d adiabatic process
7.8 State first and second laws of thermodynamics and state applications
7.9 Define specific heats & molar specific heats of a gas, Derive CP-CV =R
7.10 Solve t h e r e l e v a n t n u m e r i c a l problems
8.0 Concept of Sound
8.1 Concept of the sound, Wave motion (longitudinal and transverse wave)
8.2 Distinguish between musical sound and noise
8.3 Explain noise pollution and state SI unit for intensity level of sound
8.4 Explain causes, effects and methods of minimizing of noisepollution
8.5 Explain the phenomenon of beats State the applications
8.6 Define Doppler effect, List the Applications
8.7 Define reverberation and reverberation time and Write Sabine’s formula
8.8 Define and Explain echoes state its applications
8.9 State conditions of good auditorium
9.0 Concepts of properties of matter
9.1 Explain the terms Elasticity, stress, strain and types of Stress and Strain
9.2 State and explain Hooke’s law
9.3 Definitions of Modulus of elasticity, Young’s modulus(Y), Bulk modulus (K),
Rigidity modulus ( n),Poisson’s ratio (),
9.4 Define surface tension and give examples
9.5 Explain Surface tension with reference to molecular theory
9.6 Define angle of contact and capillarity and write formula for Surface Tension
9.7 Explain the concept of Viscosity; give examples, Write Newton’s formula.
9.8 Define co-efficient of viscosity and write its units and dimensional formula and
State Poiseulle’s equation for Co-efficient of viscosity
9.9 Explain the effect of temperature on viscosity of liquids and gases
83
10.Concepts of Electricity and Magnetism
10.1 E xplain Ohm’s law in electricity a n d w r i t e t h e f o r m u l a
10.2 Define specific resistance, conductance and state their units
10.3 Explain Kichoff’s laws
10.4 Describe Wheat stone’s bridge with legible sketch
10.5 Describe Meter Bridge for the determination of resistivity with a circuit diagram
10.6 Explain the concept of magnetism. State the Coulomb’s inverse square law of
magnetism
10.7 Define magnetic field and magnetic lines of force and write the properties of
magnetic lines of force
10.8 Derive an expression for the moment of couple on a bar magnet placed in a uniform
magnetic field
10.9 Derive equations for Magnetic induction field strength at a point on the axial line
and on the equatorial line of a bar magnet.
11.0 Concepts of Modern physics
11.1 State and Explain Photo-electric effect and Write Einstein‘s photoelectric
equation
11.2 State laws of photo electric effect
11.3 Explain the Working of photo electric cell, write its applications.
11.4 Recapitulatere fraction of light and its laws, criticalangle, TotalInternal
Reflection
11.5 Explain the principle and working of Optical Fiber, mention different types of
Optical Fibre, state the applications
11.6 Define super conductor and superconductivity and mention examples
11.7 State the properties of super conductingmaterials and list the applications
11.8 Nanotechnology definition, non materials, applications
84
COURSECONTENT
1. Units and Dimensions:
Introduction – Physical quantity – Fundamental and Derived quantities – Fundamental and

Derived units- SI units –Multiples and Sub multiples – Rules for writing S.I. units-
Advantages of SI units – Dimensions and Dimensional formulae- Dimensional
constants and Dimensionless quantities- Principle of Homogeneity- Advantages and
limitations of Dimension alanalysis-Errors in measurement, Absolute error, relative error,
percentage error, significant figures-Problems.
2. Elements of Vectors:
Scalars and Vectors–Types of vectors(Proper Vector, NullVector,UnitVector,Equal, Negative

Vector, Like Vectors, Co-Initial Vectors, Co-planar Vectors and Position Vector).Addition of
vectors-Representation of vectors- Resolution of vectors - Parallelogram, Triangle and
Polygon laws of vectors–Subtraction of vectors- Dot and Cross products of vectors-Problems
3. Dynamics
Introduction-Concept of acceleration due to gravity-Equations of motion for a freely falling

body and for a body thrown up vertically- Projectiles- Horizontal and Oblique projections-
Expressions for maximum height, time of flight, range-Define force, momentum, angular
displacement, angular velocity, angular acceleration, angular momentum, moment of inertia,
torque–problems
4. Friction:
Introduction to friction- Causes- Types of friction- Laws of friction- Angle of repose-Angle of

friction- rough inclined plane- Advantages and disadvantages of friction-Methods of
reducing friction–Problems
5. Work, Power and Energy:
Work, Power and Energy- Definitions and explanation- potential energy- kinetic energy-
Derivations of Potential and Kinetic energies-K.E and Momentum relation - Work-Energy
theorem- Law of Conservation of energy- Problems
6. Simple Harmonic Motion:
Introduction- Conditions of SHM- Definition- Examples- Expressions for displacement,

velocity, acceleration, Time period, frequency and phase in SHM- Time period of a simple
pendulum- Laws of simple pendulum-seconds pendulum-Problems
7. Heat and Thermodynamics:
Expansion of Gases-Boyle’s law-Absolute scale of temperature- Charles laws- Ideal gas

equation- Universal gas constant- Differences between r and R-Isothermal and adiabatic
processes- Laws of thermodynamics- Specific heats - molar specific heats of a gas -Different
modes of transmission of heat Laws of thermal conductivity, Coefficient of thermal
conductivity-Problems
85
8. Sound:
Sound- Nature of sound- Types of wave motion -musical sound and noise- Noise pollution –
Causes &effects- Methods of reducing noise pollution- Beats- Doppler effect- Echo-
Reverberation-Reverberation time-Sabine ‘s formula-Conditions of good auditorium-
Problems
9. Properties of matter
Definition of Elasticity –Definition of stress and strain -th e u n i t s a n d d i m e n s i o n a l

f o r m u l a e f o r s t r e s s a n d s t r a i n - T he Hooke’s law-Definitions of Modulus of elasticity,
Young’s modulus(Y), Bulk modulus(K), Rigidity modulus ( n),Poisson’s ratio (), relation
between Y, K, n and (equations only no derivation)
Definition of surface tension-Explanation of Surface tension with reference to molecular

theory - Definition of angle of contact -Definition of capillarity -The formula for surface
tension based on capillarity - Explanation of concept of Viscosity - Examples for surface
tension and Viscosity - Newton’s formula for viscous force- Definition of co-efficient of
viscosity- The effect of temperature on viscosity of liquids and gases - Poiseuille’s equation
for Co-efficient of viscosity- Th e r e l a t e d n u m e r i c a l problems
10. Electricity & Magnetism:
Ohm’s law and explanation-Specific resistance-Kirchoff’slaws- Wheat stone’s bridge-

Meter bridge-Coulomb’s inverse square law magnetic field- magnetic lines of force-
Magnetic induction field strength- magnetic induction field strength at a point on the axial
line - magnetic induction field strength at a point on the equatorial line–problems.
11. Modern Physics;
Photoelectric effect –Einstein’s photoelectric equation-laws of photoelectric effect-photo

electric cell–Applications of photo electric effect- Total internal reflection- fiber optics- -
principle and working of an optical fiber -types of optical fibers - Applications of optical
fibers- superconductivity–applications-Nanotechnology definition, non-materials,
applications
REFERENCEBOOKS
1. Telugu Academy ( English version ) Intermediate physics Volume-I & 2
2. Dr. S .L Guptha and Sanjeev Guptha Unified physics Volume 1,2,3 and 4
3.Resnick& Holiday Text book of physics Volume I
4. Dhanpath Roy Text book of applied physics
5. D.A Hill Fibre optics
6. XI & XII Standard NCERT Text Books
86
 Table specifying the scope of syllabus to be covered for Unit Tests
Unit Test Learning outcomes to be covered
Unit Test – 1 From 1.1 to 4.9
 Model question paper for Unit Test with COs mapped
87
UNIT TEST –I
Model Question Paper (C-20)
ENGINEERING PHYSICS (103)
TIME: 90 minutes Total Marks:40
PART-A 16 Marks

(2) First question carries 4 marks and others carry 3 marks each.
(3) Answers for Question Numbers 2 to 5 should be brief and straight to
The point and shall not exceed five simple sentences.
1. i) The dimensional formula of force is ___________ (CO1)

ii) which of the following is a scalar (CO1) [ ]
a) force b) work c) displacement d) velocity

iii) we can add a scalar to a vector (Yes / No) (CO1)
iv) Friction is a self-adjusting force. [True / False] (CO2)
2. Define dot product. Give one example. (CO1)
3. A force of 150 N acts on a particle at an angle of 30° to the horizontal. Find
the horizontal and vertical components of force (CO1)
4. Define projectile. Give two examples.(CO2)
5. It is easier to pull a lawn roller than to push it. Explain (CO2)
88
PART—B 3x8=24
Instructions: (1) Answer all questions. Each question carries 8marks.
(2) Answer should be comprehensive and the criteria for
evaluation is content but not the length of the answer.
6) (A)Derive an expression for magnitude and direction of resultant of two
vectors using parallelogram law of vectors (CO1)
OR
(B) Write any four properties of dot product and any four properties of
cross product (CO1)
7) (A) Show that path of a projectile is a parabola in case of oblique
Projection. (CO2)
OR
(B) Derive the expression for range and time of flight of a projectile (CO2)
8) (A) State and explain polygon law of vector addition with a neat diagram (CO1)
OR
(B) Derive the equation for acceleration of a body on a rough inclined plane (CO2)
89
BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION, (C–20)
FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION
Common–103, ENGINEERING PHYSICS
Time : 3 hours ] [ Total Marks : 80
PART—A 3×10=30
Instructions : (1) Answer all questions.
(2) Each question carries three marks.
(3) Answers should be brief and straight to the point and shall not exceed five simple
sentences.
1. Write the dimensional formula of the following physical quantities (CO1)
(a) Velocity (b) Force (c) Angular momentum
2. Write any three properties of scalar product.(CO1)
3. Define projectile. Give two examples.(CO2)
4. It is easier to pull a lawn roller than to push it. Explain.(CO2)
5. Define potential energy and kinetic energy. (CO3)
6. For a body in simple harmonic motion velocity at mean position is 4m/s, if the time period is
3.14 s, find its amplitude. (CO3)
7. State first and second laws of thermodynamics. (CO4)
8. Write any three conditions of good auditorium (CO4)
9. Define ohmic and non-ohmic conductors.(CO5)
10. State Coulomb’s inverse square law of magnetism.(CO5)
90
PART—B 8 ×5= 40
Instructions : (1) Each question carries eight marks.
(2) Answers should be comprehensive and the criterion for valuation is the
content but not the length of the answer.
11. A) Derive an expression for magnitude and direction of the resultant of twovectors using
parallelogram law of vectors. (CO1)
OR
B) Show that path of a projectile is parabola in case of oblique projection and derive
expression for maximum height.(CO2)
12. A) Derive expression for acceleration of a body sliding downwards on a rough inclined
plane.(CO2)
OR
B) Verify the law of conservation of energy in case of a freely falling body.(CO3)
13. A) Derive an expression for velocity and acceleration of a particle performing simple
harmonic motion. (CO3)
OR
B) Define ideal gas and derive ideal gas equation.(CO4)
14. A) Two tuning forks A and B produce 4 beats per second. On loading B with wax 6
beats are produced. If the quantity of wax is reduced the number of beats drops to 4.
If the frequency of A is 326 Hz, find the frequency of B.(CO4)
OR
B) Explain surface tension based on molecular theory. Write three examples of

surface tension. (CO5)
15. A) Derive an expression for balancing condition of Wheat stone’s bridge with a neat
circuit diagram.(CO5)
OR
B) Explain principle and working of optical fibers. Write any three applications (CO5).
PART C 1 x 10 = 10
16) Derive relationship between Cp and Cv and hence show that Cpis greater than Cv. (CO4)
91
Periods per Periods
week
Engineering
Chemistry and
CM-104 4 120 20 80
Environmental
Studies
S.No Unit Title/Chapter No of Periods COs Mapped
Fundamentals of
1 18 CO1
Chemistry
2 Solutions 10 CO1
3 Acids and bases 10 CO1
4 Principles of Metallurgy 8 CO1
5 Electrochemistry 16 CO2
6 Corrosion 8 CO2
7 Water Treatment 10 CO3
8 Polymers 12 CO4
9 Fuels 6 CO4
10 Chemistry in daily life 6 CO4
11 Environmental Studies 16 CO5
Total 120
92
 Course Objectives
Course Title: Engineering Chemistry & Environmental Studies
Course Objectives 4. To familiarize with the concepts of chemistry involved in the

process of various Engineering Industrial Applications.
5. To know the various natural and man-made environmental issues
and concerns with an interdisciplinary approach that include
physical, chemical, biological and socio cultural aspects of
environment.
6. to reinforce theoretical concepts by conducting relevant
experiments/exercises
 Course outcomes
Explain Bohr`s atomic model, chemical bonding, mole
CO1 concept, acids and bases,PH metallurgical process and
alloys
CO2 Explain electrolysis, Galvanic cell,emf and corrosion
Synthesise of Plastics and rubber and industrial
CO3
applications of fuels
Course Outcomes
Describe the methods of treatment of water and give
CO4 the information about chemical compounds used in
our daily life
Explain the causes, effects and control methods of air
CO5 and water pollution and measures to protect the
environment
 COs-POs mapping strength (as per given table)
CM-104 PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 1 2 3
CO2 3 2 2 1
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3
3 = strongly mapped
2= moderately mapped
1= slightly mapped
93
 Model Blue Print with weightages for Blooms category and questions for each
chapter and COs mapped
Marks wise Question wise
Weight distribution of distribution of
Unit No of Mapped
S.No age of
Title/Chapter Periods Weightage Weightage with CO
marks
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Fundamentals
1 18 19 8 8 3 1 1 1 CO1
of Chemistry
2 Solutions 10 11 0 0 8 3 1 1 CO1
3 Acids and bases 10 11 0 8 0 3 1 1 CO1
Principles of
4 8 8 8 0 0 1 CO1
Metallurgy
5 Electrochemistry 16 11 8 3 0 1 1 * CO2
6 Corrosion 8 8 0 8 0 1 CO2
7 Water Treatment 10 11 8 3 0 1 1 CO3
8 Polymers 12 11 3 8 0 1 1 * CO4
9 Fuels 6 3 3 0 0 1 CO4
Chemistry in
10 6 3 0 0 3 1 CO4
daily life
Environmental
11 16 14 3 11 0 1 2 CO5
Studies
*
Total 120 110 12 6 6 6 20 35 5
10
*One question of HOTs for 10 marks from any of the unit title 5 or 8
94
Upon completion of the course the student shall be able to learn out
ENGINEERINGCHEMISTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
1.0 Atomic structure
1.1 Explain the charge, mass of fundamental particles of an atom (electron, proton and neutron)
and the concept of atomic number and mass number.
1.2 State the Postulates of Bohr’s atomic theory and its limitations.
1.3 Explain t he s i g n i f ic a n c e o f fo u r Quantum numbers.
1.4 Explain 1 . Aufbau principle, 2 Pauli’s exclusion principle 3 Hund’s rule.
1.5 Define Orbital of an atom , draw the shapes of s,pandd- Orbitals and draw the shapes of s ,p
and d-Orbitals.
1.6 Write the electronic configuration of elements up to atomic number 30
1.7 Explain the significance of chemical bonding
1.8 Explain the Postulates of Electronic theory of valency.
1.9 Define and explai n Ionic and Covalent bonds with examples of NaCl ,MgO, *H2,*O2 and
*N2.(* Lewis dot method)
1.10 List out the Properties of Ionic compounds and covalent compounds and distinguish
between their properties.
1.11 Structures of ionic solids-define a) Unit cell b) co-ordination number and the structures of
NaCl and CsCl unit cells.
2.0 Solutions
2.1 Define the terms 1.Solution, 2.Soluteand 3.Solvent
2.2 Classify solutions based on physical state and solubility
2.3 Define mole and problems on mole concept.
2.4 Define the terms 1. Atomic weight, 2. Molecular weight and 3. Equivalent weight and
calculate Molecular weight and Equivalent weight of the given acids.(HCl,H2SO4,H3PO4)Bases

(NaOH, Ca(OH)2, Al(OH)3 ) and Salts (NaCl, Na2CO3, CaCO3)
95
2.5 Define molarity and normality and numerical problems on molarity and normality
a) Calculate the Molarity or Normality if weight of solute and volume of solution are
given
b) Calculate the weight of solute if Molarity or normality with volume of solution are given
c) Problems on dilution to convert high concentrated solutions to low concentrated
solutions
3.0 Acids and bases
3.1 Explain Arrhenius theory of Acids and Bases and give the limitations of Arrhenius theory of
Acids and Bases.
3.2 Explain Bronsted– Lowry theory of acids and bases and give the limitations of Bronsted–
Lowry theory of acids and bases.
3.3 Explain Lewis theory of acids and bases and give the limitations of Lew is theory of acids and
bases.
3.4 Explain the Ionic product of water
3.5 Define pH and explain PH scale and solve the Numerical problems on pH(Strong Acids and
Bases)
3.6 Define and explain buffer solution and give the examples of buffer solutions.
3.7 State the application of buffer solutions
4.0 Principles of Metallurgy
4.1 List out the Characteristics of Metals and non-metals
4.2 Distinguish between Metals and Non-metals
4.3 Define the terms 1.Mineral, 2.Ore, 3. Gangue, 4.Flux 5.Slag
4.4 Describe the methods of concentration of Ore; 1.Handpicking, 2.Levigation and 3. Froth
Floatation
4.5 Describe the methods involved in extraction of crude metal- Roasting, Calcination and
Smelting.
4.6 Explain the purification of Copper by Electrolytic Refining
96
4.7 Define an Alloy and Write the composition and uses of the following alloys.
1. Brass
2. Germen silver
3. Nichrome.
5.0 Electrochemistry
5.1 Define the terms1. Conductor
2. Semiconductor
3. Insulator
4. Electrolyte
5. Non–electrolyte. Give two examples each.
5.2 Distinguish between metallic conduction and Electrolytic conduction
5.3 Explain electrolysis by taking example used NaCl
5.4 Explain Faraday’s laws of electrolysis
5.5 Define 1 . C hemical equivalent (E) 2 . E lectrochemicalequivalent (e) and their relation.
5.6 Solve the Numerical problems on Faraday’s laws of electrolysis and applications of
electrolysis (Electro plating)
5.7 Define Galvanic cell and explain the construction and working of Galvanic cell.
5.8 Distinguish between electrolytic cell and galvanic cell
5.9 Explain the electrode potentials and standard electrode potentials
5.10 Explain the electro chemical series and its significance
5.11 Explain the emf of a cell and solve the numerical problem s the cell based on standard
electrode potentials.
6.0 Corrosion
6.1 Define the term corrosion.
6.2 state the Factor sin fluencing the rate of corrosion
6.3 Describe the formation of a) composition cell b)stress cell c)concentration cell during
corrosion.
6.4 Define rusting of iron and explain theme chanism of rusting of iron.
97
6.5 Explain the methods of prevention of corrosion
a)Protective coatings (anodic and cathodic coatings)
b) Cathodicpro tectio n (Sacrificial anode process and Impressed–voltage process)
7. 0 Water Treatment
7.1 Define soft water and hard water with respect to soap action.
7.2 Define and Classify the hardness of water.
7.3 List out the salts that causing hardness of water (with Formulae)
7.4 State the disadvantages of using hard water in industries.
7.5 Define Degree of hardness and units of hardness (mg/L) or( ppm).
7.6 Explain the method so f softening of hard water: a) Ion-exchange process, b)Permuted
process or zeolite process
7.7 State the essential qualities of drinking water.
7.8 Chemistry involved in treatment of water (Coagulation, Chlorination, deflouridation)
7.9 Explain Osmosis and Reverse Osmosis with examples.
7.10 State the applications of Reverse Osmosis.
8.0 Polymers
8.1 Explain the concept of polymerization
8.2 Describe the methods of polymerization a) additionpolymerization of ethylene

b)condensation polymerization of Bakelite(Only flowchart)
8.3 Define the term plastic and classify the plastics with examples.
8.4 Distinguish between thermo plastics and the rmo setting plastics
8.5 List the Characteristics of plastics and state the disadvantages of using plastics.
8.6 State the advantages of plastics over traditional materials.
8.7 Explain the methods of preparation and uses of the following plastics:
1. PVC, 2.Teflon, 3. Polystyrene 4. Nylon 6,6
8.8 Explain processing of Natural rubber and write the structural formula of Natural rubber.
8.9 List the Characteristics of raw rubber
8.10 Define and explain Vulcanization and List out the Characteristics of Vulcanized rubber.
98
8.11 Define the term Elastomer and describe the preparation and uses of the following synthetic
rubbers a) Buna-s and b)Neoprene rubber.
9.0 Fuels
9.1 Define the term fuel
9.2 Classify the fuels based on physical state and based on occurrence.
9.3 List the characteristics of good fuel.
9.4 State the composition and uses of gaseous fuels.
a)water gas b)producer gas, c)natural gas, d) Coal gas, e)Biogas.
10.0 Chemistry in daily life
10. Give the basic chemical composition, applications, health aspects and pollution impacts of
a) soaps, and detergents
b)vinegar
c) Insect repellent sand
d) activated charcoal
e) Soft drinks
11.0 ENVIRONMENTALSTUDIES
11.1 Define the term environment and explain the scope and importance of environmental
studies
11.2 Define the segments of environment 1).Lithosphere, 2).Hydrosphere, 3).Atmosphere,

4).Biosphere,
11.3 Define the following terms 1)Pollutant, 2).Pollution, 3).Contaminant, 4)receptor, 5)sink, 6)
particulates, 7)dissolved oxygen (DO), 8)Threshold limit value (TLV), 9).BOD,10).COD 11)
eco system1 2 ) Producers1 3 ) C onsumers 14) Decomposers with examples
11.4 State the renewable and non renewable energy sources with examples.
11.5 Explain biodiversity and threats to biodiversity
11.6 Define air pollution and classify the air pollutants-based on origin and physical state of
matter.
11.7 Explain the causes, effects of air pollution on human beings, plants and animals and control
methods of air pollution.
11.8 State the uses of forest resources.
11.9 State the deforestation and its causes and effects.
99
11.10 Explain the 1.) Green house effect , 2) Ozone layer depletion and 3) Acidrain
11.11 Define Water pollution, explain the causes, effects and control methods of Water pollution.
COURSE CONTENT
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
1. Fundamentals of Chemistry
Atomic Structure: Introduction - Fundamental particles – Bohr’s theory – Quantum numbers

–Aufbau principle - Hund’s rule - Pauli’s exclusion Principle- Orbitals, shapes of s, p and d
orbitals - Electronic configurations of elements
Chemical Bonding: Introduction – types of chemical bonds – Ionic and

covalentbondwithexamples–Properties of Ionic and Covalent compounds- structures of ionic
crystals (NaCl and CsCl).
2. Solutions
Introduction of concentration methods – mole concept, molarity and normality – Numerical

problems on mole, molarity and normality.
3. Acids and Bases
Introduction – Theories ofacidsand bases and limitations – Arrhenius theory-Bronsted –

Lowry theory – Lewis acid base theory – Ionic product of water- pH related numerical
problems–Buffer solutions, action of buffer and its applications.
4. Principles of Metallurgy
Characteristics of Metals and non-metals –Distinguish between Metals and Non-metals,

Define the terms i) Metallurgy ii) ore iii) Gangue iv) flux v) Slag - Concentration of Ore –Hand
picking, Levigation, Froth floatation – Methods of Extraction of crude Metal – Roasting,
Calcination, Smelting – Alloys – Composition and uses of brass, German silver andni chrome.
5. Electrochemistry
Conductors, semiconductors, insulators, electrolytes and non-electrolytes – electrolysis –

Faraday’s laws of electrolysis-application of electrolysis(electroplating) -numerical problems
on Faraday’s laws – Galvanic cell – standard electrode potential – electrochemical series–emf
and numerical problems on emf of a cell .
6. Corrosion
Introduction - factors influencing corrosion - composition, stress and concentration cells–

rustingofironand its mechanism – prevention of corrosion by coating methods, cathodic
protection methods.
100
7. Water technology
Introduction–soft and hard water–causes of hardness–types of hardness
–disadvantages of hard water – degree of hardness (ppm and mg/lit) – softening methods –
per mutit process – ion exchange process– qualities of drinking water –Chemistry involved in
treatment of water (Coagulation, Chlorination, deflouridation) - Osmosis, Reverse Osmosis –
Applications of Reverse osmosis.
8. Polymers
Introduction – polymerization – types of polymerization – addition, condensation with

examples – plastics – types of plastics – advantages of plastics over traditional materials-
Disadvantages of using plastics – Preparation and uses of the following plastics i).PVC ii)
Teflon iii) Polystyrene iv) .Nylonn 6,6 –Processing of natural rubber - Vulcanization –
Elastomers- Preparation and applications of Buna-s, Neoprene rubbers.
9. Fuels
Definition and classification of fuels–characteristics of good fuel-composition and uses of

gaseous fuels.
10. Chemistry in daily life
Basic composition, applications, health aspects and pollution impacts of soaps and
detergents, vinegar, insect repellants, soft drinks, activated charcoal.
11. ENVIRONMENTALSTUDIES
Introduction– environment –scope and importance of environmental studies – important

terms related to environment– renewable and non-renewable energy sources–Concept of
ecosystem – Biotic components –Forest resources – Deforestation -Biodiversity and its
threats-Air pollution – causes-effects–Global environmental issues – control measures –
Water pollution – causes – effects – control measures.
Table specifying the scope of syllabus to be covered for unit test 1, unit test 2 and unit test 3

Unit Test - 1 From 1.1 to 4.7
REFERENCEBOOKS
1. Telugu Academy Intermediate chemistry Vol 1&2
2. Jain & Jain Engineering Chemistry
3. O.P. Agarwal, Hi- Tech. Engineering Chemistry
4. Sharma Engineering Chemistry
5. A.K. De Engineering Chemistry
101
 Model question paper for Unit Test with Cos mapped
UNIT TEST –I
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY & ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (104)
TIME: 90 minutes Total Marks:40
PART-A
16 Marks

(2) First question carries 4 marks and each of rest carries 3 marks.
(3) Answers for Q.No. 2 to 5 should be brief and straight to the point and
shall not exceed five simple sentences.
1. a. Number of neutrons in 11Na23 is ----------(CO1)

b. The molarity and normality of HCl is the same (True or False)(CO1)
c. What is the pH range of base?(CO1)
d. Graphite is a good conductor of electricity (Yes or No)(CO1)
2. Define Covalent bond. Explain the formation of covalent bond in Oxygen and Nitrogen
molecules.(CO1)
3. Define mole. Calculate the number of moles present in 50 gm of CaCO3 and 9.8 gm of
H2SO4.(CO1)
4. Define PH. Calculate the PH of 0.001M HCl and 0.01M NaOH solution.(CO1)
5. Write the composition and applications of German silver and Nichrome.(CO1)
PART – B
3x8M = 24M
Answer either (A) or (B) from each questions from Part-B.
Each question carries 8 marks.
6. A) Explain Postulations of Bhor’s atomic theory. Give its limitations.(CO1)
(OR)
B) Explain the significance of Quantum numbers.(CO1)
7. A) Express molarity normality with mathematical equation. Calculate the molarity and
normality of 10gm of NaOH present in 500 ml solution.(CO1)
(OR)
B) Explain Bronsted-Lowry theory of acids and bases. Give its limitations.(CO1)
8. A) Explain Froth floatation process.(CO1)

(OR)
B) Explain Electrolytic refining processing of copper.(C01)
102
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY & ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (104)
TIME: 3hrs Total Marks:80
PART-A
Instructions: (1)Answer all questions.

(2) each question carries 3 marks.
Answer all questions. Each question carries three marks. 3x10=30M
1. Draw the shapes of s and p orbitals. (CO1)

2. Define mole. Find the mole number of 10 g of CaCO3 (CO1)
3. Define Buffer solution.. Give any two examples. (CO1)
4. Define chemical equivalent and electrochemical equivalent. Give their relation.
(CO2)
5. State name of the salts and their formulae that cause hardness. (CO3)
6. Write any three disadvantages of using plastics. (CO4)
7. Classify the fuels based on their occurrence. (CO4)
8. Mention the basic chemical composition and applications of vinegar. (CO4)
9. List out any three threats to biodiversity. (CO5)
10. Define pollutant and contaminant. Give an example each. (CO5)
PART – B
Each question carries eight marks. 8x5=40M
11. A) Explain Bhor’s atomic theory and give its limitations. (CO1)
(OR)
B) Explain ionic bond formation and covalent bond formation with one example
each(CO1)
12. A) Calculate the molarity and normality of 250 ml of sodium carbonate solution
that contains 10.6 gm of sodium carbonate. (CO1)
(OR)
B) Explain Bronstead and Lowry theory of acids and bases. Give its limitations.(CO1)
13. A) Explain froth floatation and electrolytic refining of copper with neat diagrams.(CO1)
(OR)
B) Explain the construction and working of galvanic cell. (CO2)
14. A) Explain Cathode protection methods. (CO2)
(OR)
B) Explain ion-exchange of softening of hard water with a neat diagram. (CO3)
103
15. A) Explain addition and condensation polymerisation with an example each.(CO4)
(OR)
B) Explain the causes and effects of air pollution. (CO5)
PART –C
Question carries ten marks 10x1 =10M
16. Describe methods of preparation and applications of Polystyrene and Teflon. (CO4)
104
No. of Total No. of Marks for Marks for
Course code Course Title
Periods/Weeks periods FA SA
Basics Of
CM-105 Computer 3 90 20 80
Engineering
S.No. Chapter/Unit Title No.of Periods CO’s Mapped

1. Fundamentals of Computers 15 CO1,CO3,CO4
2. Programming Methodology 10 CO2
3. Operating System basics 20 CO1,CO3
Computer Hardware and Networking CO1,CO4,CO5
4. 25
Basics
Emerging Trends in Computer CO2,CO6
5. 20
Technologies
Total Periods 90
Upon completion of the course the student shall be able to

i) know the fundamentals of Computers
ii)familiarize programming methodologies like algorithms and
Course Objectives
flowcharts
iii) understand Operating system basics
iv) familiarize Emerging Technologies

CO1 CM-105.1 Explain computer fundamentals
CO2 CM-105.2 Explain various flowchart, algorithm methods
Course CO3 CM-105.3 Explain the importance of Basic Computer operating
Outcomes systems
CO4 CM-105.4 Analyse functioning of various Hardware components
CO5 CM-105.5 Explain Networking process in computers
CO6 CM-105.6 Explain basics of emerging technologies in the world
CO-PO/PSO Matrix:
CO NO. PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CM-105.1 3 3 1 1
CM-105.2 1 2 2 1 3 1 3 1
CM-105.3 3 1 1 1 1 3 1 1
CM-105.4 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 2
CM-105.5 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 2
CM-105.6 3 1 2 2 2 2 1
Average 2.7 1.5 2 1.25 1.3 1.7 1.25 2.2 1.3 1.3
3=Strongly mapped , 2=moderately mapped, 1=slightly mapped
105
Learning Outcomes:
1.0 Fundamentals of Digital Computer
1.1. Define various terms related to computers – Computer, Hardware , Software, Firmware,
High Level Language , Low Level Language
1.2. Draw and explain block diagram of a Computer in detail
1.3. Describe the current family of CPUs used in Computers.
1.4. State the use of storage devices used in a Computer.
1.5. List the two types of memory used in a Computer.
1.6. State the importance of cache memory.
1.7. Explain the generations of computers.
1.8. Classification of computers - based on a) size, b) processor.
1.9. State the importance of binary number system for use in Digital Computers
2.0 Implement Programming Methodology.
2.1. State the different steps involved in problem solving.
2.2. Define algorithm.
2.3. List four characteristics of algorithm.
2.4. Define a program
2.5. Differentiate between program and algorithm.
2.6. State the steps involved in algorithm development.
2.7. Differentiate between algorithm and flowchart.
2.8. Develop algorithms for simple problems.
2.9. Draw the symbols used in flowcharts.
2.10. Draw flowcharts for simple problems.
3.0 Operating Systems basics
3.1. Describe the need for an operating system.
3.2. List the various operating systems used presently.
3.3. List and explain
3.3.1.Types of dos commands
3.3.2.Any 10 Internal Commands
3.3.3.Any 5 External Commands
3.3.4.Features of Windows desktop.
3.3.5.Components of a Window.
3.4. State the function of each component of a Window.
3.5. Describe the Method of starting a program using start button
3.6. Explain usage of maximize, minimize, restore down and close buttons.
3.7. State the meaning of a file ,folder.
3.8. Describe the Method of viewing the contents of hard disk drive using Explorer
3.9. Describe the Method of finding a file using search option.
3.10. Use control panel for
3.10.1. installing and uninstalling software
3.10.2. installing and uninstalling hardware
3.10.3. Changing the system date and time
3.10.4. Installing a printer
3.11. ExplainDrive space using system tool option of Accessories group
3.12. Explain Disk defragmentation using System tools
3.13. Explain the procedure for changing resolution, color, appearance, screensaver options of
the display
106
4.0 Computer Hardware and Networking Basics
4.1 Hardware Basics
4.1.1 Identify hardware used for I/P, O/P & inside computer case, system board
components used for communication among devices
4.1.2 Software - 3 types of Software:ROM BIOS, OS, application software
4.1.3 Explain Functions of BIOS
4.1.4 Explain boot process
4.1.5 Explain POST and important beep codes
4.1.6 Describe about different connectors.
4.2 Networking Basics
4.1.1.Explain meaning of a computer network.
4.1.2.Describe the concept of a Local Area Network,Wide Area Network
4.1.3.Compare Internet and Intranet
4.1.4.Describe about internet service provider.
4.1.5.Explain the role of a modem in accessing the Internet.
4.1.6.Describe address format and IP address
4.1.7.What is browser and List various browsers
4.1.8.Explain the role of search engines with examples.
4.1.9.Explain Internet Security.
5.0 Emerging Trends in Computer Technology
5.1. Introduction to Machine Learning
5.1.1.Define Machine Learning, Compare Traditional Programming with Machine Learning
5.1.2.List the applications and key elements of Machine Learning
5.1.3.Define the terms in relation to approaches to Machine Learning(Decision tree learning,
Association rule learning, Artificial neural networks, Deep Learning, Inductive Learning,
Genetic algorithms, Clustering)
5.1.4.Explain Inductive Learning
5.1.5.Classify the Machine Learning
5.2. Introduction to Big data
5.2.1.Define and list sources of Big data
5.2.2.Evolution of data/big data
5.2.3.List and explain the characteristics of big data – the three V‘s of big data
5.2.4.Describe Storing and selecting of Big Data
5.2.5.State the Need of Big Data
5.2.6.List types of tools used in Big Data
5.2.7.List applications of big data
5.3. Basics of Ethical Hacking
5.3.1. Define Ethical Hacking and List the categories of Hackers
5.3.2. Describe Roles and responsibilities of Ethical Hackers
5.3.3. List and explain the phases in Ethical Hacking and Explain Penetrate testing
5.4. Virtual Reality concepts
5.4.1.Define the terms Virtual Reality, Telepresence, Cyberspace, Telexistence, HCI (Human-
Computer Interaction), Haptics, Hapticstechnologies,augmented reality and mixed
reality
5.4.2.Discuss the evolution of Virtual Reality
107
COURSE CONTENT
1.0 Fundamentals of Digital Computer
Block diagram of a digital computer, functional parameters of CPU, Clock speed and word
length, Functional blocks of a CPU: ALU and Control unit, types of memory RAM, ROM, purpose of
cache memory
2.0 Programming Methodology.
Steps involved in problem solving - Define algorithm , Program - Characteristics of algorithm
- Differentiate between program and algorithm- Steps involved in algorithm development -
Differentiate algorithm and flowchart - Algorithms for simple problems - Symbols used in flowcharts
-Flowcharts for simple problems.
3.0 Understand Operating Systems
Need for an operating system - List the various operating systems - Types of commands,
Internal & External Commands Features of Windows desktop - Components of a Window -
Function of each component of a Window - Method of starting a program using start button -
Maximize, minimize, restore down and close buttons- Meaning of a file and folder -Viewing the
contents of hard disk drive using explorer -Finding a file - Formatting a floppy disk using explore
option - Installing and uninstalling new software using control panel - installing and un
installing a new hardware using control panel - Drive space - disk defragmentation - Installing a
printer - Changing resolution, colour, appearance and screensaver options of the display - Changing
the system date and time
4.0 Computer Hardware and Networking Basics
Hardware Basics- I/P, O/P - inside computer case- system board components - 3 types of Software
- BIOS- boot process - POST - different connectors. Networking Basics - computer network - Local
Area Network - Wide Area Network - Compare Internet and Intranet - internet service provider -
role of a modem - address format and IP address - browser - search engines with examples -
Describe Internet Security.
5.0 Emerging Trends in Computer Technology
Introduction to Machine Learning - Compare Traditional Programming with Machine Learning-
applications -know the key elements- Define the terms - learning, Association rule learning, Artificial
neural networks, DeepLearning, InductiveLearning, Geneticalgorithms, Clustering- Explain Inductive
Learning- Classify the Machine Learning -List the applications
Introduction to Big data - Big data-Evolution -characteristics – the three V‘s -Storing -Selecting -
Need of Big Data -sources of big data -types of tools used - applications
Basics of Ethical Hacking - categories of Hackers - Penetrate testing -Roles and responsibilities of
Ethical Hackers- phases in Ethical Hacking
Virtual Reality concepts- Virtual Reality, Telepresence, Cyberspace, Telexistence, HCI ,Haptics,
Hapticstechnologies,Discuss the evolution of Virtual Reality
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Information Technology - Curtin.
2. Computer Science Theory & Application - E. Balaguruswamy, B. Sushila
3. Introduction to Computers (Special Indian Edition) - Peter Norton
4. Cloud Computing : Principles and Paradigms -RajkumarBuyya, James Broberg and
AndrzejGoscinski
5.Big Data Basics part1 and 2 in www.mssqltips.com
6.http://www.ijeset/media(for Basics of EthicalHacking)
7.Brief-Introduction-of-Virtual-Reality-its-Challenge by SharmisthaMandalnternational Journal of
Scientific & Engineering Research, Volume 4, Issue April-2013)
108
Model Blue Print:
Marks Wise Question wise

Chapter/Unit No.of Weightage
S.No. Distribution of Distribution of CO’s Mapped
title periods Allocated
Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Fundamental
1 s of Digital 15 14 3 11 1 2 CO1,CO3,CO4
Computers
Programming
2 Methodologi 10 14 3 3 8 * 1 1 1 * CO2
es
Operating
3 20 14 3 3 8 1 1 1 CO1,CO3
system basics
Computer
Hardware CO1,CO4,
4 and 25 14 3 11 * 1 2 *
Networking CO5
Basics
Emerging
5 Computer 20 14 6 8 2 1 CO2,CO6
Technologies
Total 90 70 + (10*) 18 36 16 10* 6 7 2 1
Note: Part-C: 10 marks single analytical question may be chosen from any one of starred chapters.
Table specifying the scope of syllabus to be covered for unit tests

Unit test-1 From 1.1 to 3.3
109
MODEL PAPER
BASICS OF COMPUTER ENGINEERING
UNIT TEST-1
SCHEME: C-20 SUBJ CODE:CM-105
MAX MARKS:40 TIME: 90 MINUTES
PART-A 16Marks
Instructions: 1) Answer all questions

2) First question carries 4marks, and each question of remaining carries
3marks.
1. a) All computer physical components are treated as software(True/False) (CO1)

b) --------------------is the fastest memory in the computer (CO2)
c) Step by step procedure to solve problem is --------------------- (CO2)
d) Which one of the following is not an internal command [ ] (CO3)
i)FORMAT ii)RD iii)COPY iv)CLS
2) State the importance of binary number system for use in Digital Computers (CO1)
3)List different steps involved in problem solving (CO2)
4) What is the need for an operating system? (CO3)
5)Write about analog computers. (CO1)
PART-B 3X8=24Marks
Instructions:1) Answer all questions

2) Each question carries 8 Marks
3) Answer should be comprehensive and the criterion for valuation is the
content but not the length of the answer.
6. a)Draw and explain block diagram of computer in detail (CO1)

Or
b) Explain various generation of computers (CO1)
7. a) Draw the flow chart to find biggest of three numbers (CO2)
Or
b) Write an algorithm to find the area of triangle when base and height are given.( (CO2)
8. a) Explain any three external commands in detail (CO3)
Or
b) Explain components of a window. (CO3)
110
BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATIONS
MODEL PAPER – YEAR END EXAMINATION
BASICS OF COMPUTER ENGINEERING
SCHEME: C-20 SUBJ CODE: CM-105
MAX MARKS:80 TIME: 3HOURS
PART-A
10X3=30Marks
Note: Answer all questions
1. Define terms Hardware and Software. (CO1)
2. State the importance of binary system usage in Digital Computers (CO1)
3. Define algorithm (CO2)
4. State the different steps involved in problem solving (CO2)
5. List the features of Windows desktop (CO3)
6 . State the meaning of a file and folder (CO3)
7. What is intranet? (CO5)
8. List various browsers (CO5)
9. List the features of Machine Learning (CO6)
10. List the sources of big data (CO6)
PART-B
5x8=40Marks
11. A.Explain the generations of computers? (CO1)
OR
11.B i) State the use of storage devices used in a Computer. (CO1)
ii) State the importance of cache memory. (CO1)
12. A.Differentiate algorithm and flowchart with suitable examples? (CO2)
OR
12.B. Explain in detail the characteristics of an algorithm. (CO2)
13.A.Explain about atleast 10 Internal Commands and 5 External Commands. (CO3)
OR
13.B. Explain the procedure for changing resolution, color, appearance, screensaver options of the
display. (CO3)
14.A.Explain 3 types of Software in detail. (CO4)
OR
14.BExplain Internet Security. (CO5)
15.A.Explain the characteristics of Big data. (CO6)
OR
15.B.Explain in detail about Penetrate testing. (CO6)
PART-C1X10=10Marks
16. “There is no recursive function without terminating condition” Justify your answer.
(CO2)
111
Course No. of Total No. of
Course Title Marks for FA Marks for SA
code Periods/Weeks periods
CM-106 Programming in C 5 150 20 80
1. Introduction to C Language 20 CO1,CO2
2. Input and output statements, Operators 25 CO1,CO2,CO3

and Expressions In C.
3. Decision making, iterative and other 40 CO1,CO2,CO3
control statements
4. Arrays and strings, Structures and Unions 30 CO1,CO2,CO3
User defined functions, pointers, file

5. management and pre-processor 35 CO1,CO2,CO3,CO4,CO5
directives.
Total Periods 150
1. Relate basics of programming language constructs using C Language

Course Objectives 2. Classify and implement data types, derived data types, pointers, files,
statements
3. Analyse and develop effective modular programming
4. Construct mathematical, logical and scientific problems and real time
applications using C-language
CO1 CM-106.1 Develop, compile and debug programs using C- fundamentals and
different programming statements in C language.
CO2 CM-106.2 Use various operations using primary and derived data types inC.
Course
Outcomes CO3 CM-106.3 Analyse programs using predefined functions, modules and recursive
techniques
CO4 CM-106.4 Write scientific and logical programs using pointers, file pointers
CO5 CM-106.5 Develop programs using information passing
112
CO-PO/PSO Matrix:
CM-106.1 3 2 2 3 2
CM-106.2 2 3 3
CM-106.3 2 3 3 3 1 2
CM-106.4 3 1 1 2 3 2 2
CM-106.5 2 2 2 2 3 2 3
Average 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2.3
Learning Objectives
1.0 Introduction to C-Language
1.1 Describe the history of C-language,structure of C-language program
1.2 Describe the programming style of Clanguage
1.3 Explain the steps involved in Editing, compiling ,executing and debugging of Cprogram
1.4 Describe character set, C-Tokens, Keywords, Identifiers, Constants, Variables
1.5 Define DataType
1.6 Classify Data Types and explain them with examples.
1.7 Explain declaration of constants and variables
1.8 Explain initializing values to variables in declaration
1.9 Explain about user defined data types with a simple program
1.10 Explain the usage of type qualifiers
2.0 Input and output statements, Operators and ExpressionsinC
2.1 Explain the importance of Pre-processor Directive#include
2.2 Illustrate
2.2.1 Reading a character usinggetch(),getche() and getchar()
2.2.2 writing a character usingputch(), putchar()
2.2.3 Formatted input usingscanf()& write sample programs using it.
2.2.4 Formatted output usingprintf()& write sample programs using it.
2.3 Explain character functions
2.4 Define an operator, an expression
2.5 Explain
2.5.1 Various arithmetic operators and explain the evaluation of arithmetic
expressions with example.
2.5.2 Various relational operators and discuss evaluation of relational expressions
2.5.3 Various logical operators and discuss evaluation of logical expressions
2.6 Explain the difference between unary and binary operators
2.7 Describe various assignment operators, increment and decrement operators
2.8 Illustrate nested assignment
2.9 Explain conditional operators with an example
2.10 Explain
2.10.1 Bit-wise operators and explain each with an example
2.10.2 Special operators with examples
2.10.3 Precedence and Associativity of operators
113
2.11 Describe evaluation of compound expression
2.12 Illustrate type conversion techniques
2.13 Write sample programs by using all the operators
3.0 Decision making, iterative and other control statements

3.1 Explain decision making statements and its need in programming
3.2 Explain
3.2.1 Simple if and if-else statement with syntax and sample program
3.2.2 Nested if..else statements with syntax and sample program
3.2.3 if-else-if ladder with syntax and sample program
3.2.4 switch statement with syntax and sample program
3.3 State the importance of break statement with switch and illustrate
3.4 Compare
3.4.1 Conditional operator with if-else statement
3.4.2 if-else with switch statement
3.5 Define looping or iteration
3.6 List and explain iterative statements with syntax and examples
3.7 Compare different loop statements
3.8 What is nested loop and illustrate.
3.9 Explain the usage of goto, break and continue statements with loop statements
3.10 Differentiate break and continue statements.
3.11 Define structured programming.
4.0 Arrays, strings, Structures and Unions
4.1 Define Array
4.2 Describe
4.2.1 Declaration and initialization of One Dimensional (1D) Array with
syntax and sample programs.
4.2.2 Accessing the elements in 1D-Array with sample programs.
4.2.3 Reordering an array in ascending order.
4.3 Explain declaration and initialization and usage of two Dimensional (2D)Arrays.
4.4 Illustrate the concept of arrays with sample programs on matrix
addition, subtraction and matrix multiplication
4.5 Define String
4.6 Describe
4.6.1 Declare and initialize of String variables.
4.6.2 gets() and puts()
4.6.3 Reading and displaying of strings from terminal with sample programs.
4.6.4 Explain about various String handling functions with sample programs.
4.7 Explain Character arithmetic.
4.8 Define a structure.
4.9 Explain
4.10 Initializing structure, Declaring structure, Declaring Structure Variables.
4.11 Accessing of the structure members
4.12 Structure assignment.
4.13 How to find size of a structure.
4.14 Nested structureconcept.
4.15 Structures containing arrays
4.16 Array of structures
4.17 Define Union, declare, initialize and use of union.
4.18 Distinguish between Structures and Unions
4.19 Write sample programs for all the concepts of structures and unions
5.0 User defined functions, pointers, file management and preprocessor directives
114
5.1 Explain
5.1.1 Need of user defined functions
5.1.2 Advantages of the functions
5.1.3 Elements of function
5.1.4 Return values and their types
5.2 Define a functioncall, function prototype
5.3 Explain
5.3.1 Function declaration in programs
5.3.2 Functions with no arguments and no return values with sample
programs
5.3.3 Functions with arguments with no return values with sample
programs
5.3.4 Functions with arguments with return values with sample programs
5.3.5 Functions with no arguments with return values with sample
programs
5.3.6 Functions that return multiple values with sample programs
5.3.7 Recursion with sample programs
5.3.8 Passing arrays to functions with sample programs
5.3.9 Structure as function arguments and structures as function values.
5.3.10 Structures containing pointers.
5.3.11 Self referential structures with examples.
5.3.12 Storage classes-auto, register, static, extern
5.3.13 Scope, visibility and lifetime of variables in functions
5.4 Differentiate Local and Externalvariables
5.5 Define Globalvariable
5.6 Discuss passing the global variables as parameters using sampleprograms
5.7 Explain
5.7.1 Declaration and initialization of Pointers.
5.7.2 Accessing the address of a variable using &operator
5.7.3 Accessing the value of a variable through pointer
5.7.4 Pointer Arithmetic
5.7.5 Precedence of address and de-referencingoperators.
5.7.6 Relationship between arrays and pointers.
5.7.7 Accessing array elements using pointers
5.7.8 Pointers as functionarguments
5.7.9 Pointer arrays withexamples.
5.8 Differentiate between address and de-referencingoperators.
5.9 Explain
5.9.1 Dynamic memory management functions withexamples.
5.9.2 Structures containingpointers.
5.9.3 Pointer tostructure.
5.9.4 Self referential structures withexamples.
5.10 Explain
5.10.1 Files and how to declare file pointer to afile
5.10.2 Illustrate the concept of file opening using variousmodes
5.10.3 Illustrate the concept of closing of afile
5.10.4 Illustrate the concept of Input / Output operations on afile
5.10.5 Illustrate the concept of random accessingfiles
5.10.6 Explain different file handling functions
5.10.7 ExplainPre-processordirectives
5.10.8 State Need of pre-processor directives.
5.11 Write Simple programs using pre-processor directives.
115
5.12 Simple program using command line arguments(argc and argv)
COURSE CONTENT
1. Introduction to CLanguage: History of C language - importance of C Define language -
structure of C language - programming style of C language - steps involved in executing the C
program-Character set - C Tokens - Keywords and Identifiers- Constants and Variables - Data
Types and classification - declaration of constants and variables-initializing values to
variables-user defined data types-usage of type qualifiers.
2. Input and output statements, Operators and Expressions inC:importance of Pre-processor
#include-reading and writing asingle character functions- formatted input and output
statements-operators-classification of operators-operator precedence and associativity-
expressions and expression evaluation-type conversion techniques.
3. Understand Decisionmaking, iterative and other control statements:simple if, if-else, if else
ladder, nested if-else-switch statement - else if, nested if , else if ladder, switchstatements-
Classification of various loop statements- while statement – do.. while statement ram - for
loop statement - nesting of loops- Comparisons of different loop statements –goto
statement-break and continue statements –concept of structuredprogramming
4. UnderstandArrays and strings , basics of Structures and Unions: Arrays -One Dimensional
Arrays – array programs -two Dimensional Arrays- programs on matrix - Strings –- String
handling functions - Structure- Array of structures - Nested structures- pointer to structure
Self referential structures - Union and illustrate use of a union – difference between
Structures and Union
5. Understand User definedfunctions, basics of pointers, file management and pre-processor
directives: Function – user defined functions – Advantages - Recursion concept - parameter
passing –storage classes - scope, visibility and lifetime of variables in functions- Local and
External variables -Global variable- - Pointer - Differentiate address and de-referencing
operators - Pointer Arithmetic- precedence of address and de- referencing operators - -
Relationship between Arrays and Pointers - Pointers as Function Arguments - Dynamic
memory management-
6. Files - file pointers - file opening in various modes - Concept of closing of a file –operations
on files - Need of Pre-processor directives - Various Pre-processor directives- Macros –
Command line arguments
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Programming inANSI C E.Balaguruswamy TataMcGrawHill
2 Programming withC Gottfried Tata McGraw Hill
3 C Thecomplete Reference Schildt Tata McGrawHill
Model Blue Print
116
No.of Weightage
S.No. Chapter/Unit title Distribution of Distribution of CO’s Mapped
periods Allocatd
Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Introduction to C CO1,CO2
1 20 14 6 8 2 1
Language
Input and output CO1,CO2,C3
statements,
2 25 14 6 8 * 2 1 *
Operators and
Expressions in C
Decision making, CO1,CO2,CO3
3 iterative and other 40 14 6 8 * 2 1 *
control statements
Arrays and strings, CO1,CO2,CO3
4 Structures and 30 14 3 3 8 * 1 1 1 *
Unions
User defined CO1,CO2,CO3,CO4,
functions, pointers, CO5
5 file management 35 14 3 3 8 * 1 1 1 *
and pre-processor
directives
Total * 150 70 +10(*) 12 26 32 10* 4 7 4 1 CO1,CO2,CO3,CO4

117
MODEL PAPER
PROGRAMMING IN C
UNIT TEST-1
PART-A 16Marks

2) First question carries 4marks, and each question of remaining carries
3marks
1. a)Int is a Data type in C language.(True/False) (CO1)

b) ‘a’ is an example for ________ constant. (CO1)
c)scanf() is used for __________. (CO2)
d) Which one of the following is aRelationaloperator [ ] (CO2)
I)+ II)- III)* IV)>=
2. List any three data types of C language. (CO1)
3. Define a)Keyword b) Identifier c) Constant (CO1)
4. Write a sample program using Conditional operator? (CO2)
5. Distinguish between pre-increment and post-increment operators. (CO2)
PART-B 3X8=24Marks

2)Each question carries 8 Marks
3)Answer should be comprehensive and the criterion for valuation is the
content but not the length of the answer
6.a)Write the C-Programming structure and explain each part of it (CO1)

(Or)
b)Explain various generation of computers (CO1)
7.a) Explain Arithemetic, Relational, Logical operators with examples. (CO2)
(Or)
b) Evaluate the following C-Expression and write the final value (CO2)
X= (( 2 + 6 / 2 + 3 * 6 ) – ( (4 + 6 ) / 2 +5) /10) + 1) / 5.0
8. a) Illustrate Type Conversion techniques in detail (CO2)
Or
b) Write the C-program using formatted input and output functions. (CO2)
118
MODEL PAPER - END EXAMINATION
PROGRAMMING IN C

MAX MARKS:80 TIME: 3
HOURS
PART-A
Note: Answer all questions. Each question carries 3 marks 10 X 3=30M
1. Define an identifier and write two valid identifiers CO1

2. Write a short note on type qualifiers CO1
3. Write the syntax of formatted output statement CO1
4. Write a program to print the biggest of two numbers using conditional operators CO3
5. Differentiate between break and continue CO3
6 What is nesting? Give an example. CO2
7 What is an array? How to declare an array? CO2
8 List any three sting functions CO2
9 Define a pointer. Write the syntax to declare a pointer variable CO4
10 State the importance of “void”. CO4
PART-B
Note: 1. Answer all the question and making use of internal choice.
2. Each question carries 8 marks 5 X 8=40M
11(a).Write the C-Programming structure and explain each part of it . CO1

OR
11(b).List and explain different data types supported by C-Language CO1
12(a).Explain all the operators supported by C-language with examples CO2
OR
12(b).Evaluate the following C-Expression and write the final value CO2
X= (( 2 + 6 / 2 + 3 * 6 ) – ( (4 + 6 ) / 2 +5) /10) + 1) / 5.0
13(a).Write a program to print the following pattern CO3
1
1 2 1
1 2 3 2 1
“ “ up to nth level
OR
13(b) Explain any four control statements in C-language. CO3
14(a).Write eight differences between structures and unions CO3

(OR)
14(b). Write a C-program to input 3X4 matrix and print in the form of matrix CO3
15(a). Write a program to calculate the factorial of a function using recursive concept with the help
of parameter passing and return value CO3 & CO5
(OR)
15(b). Explain any four file handling functions. 2X4=8 CO4
PART-C
Note: Answer the following question, this question carries 10 Marks 1 X10=10M
16. “Is it possible to compile an assembly language program using C compiler” Justify. (CO3)
ENGINEERING DRAWING
119
Subject Title : Engineering Drawing
Subject Code : CM–107
Periods/Week : 06
Periods Per Year : 180
TIME SCHEDULE
No.
of No. Short Essay
S.N Marks to
Drawi Of Answer type
o Major Topics be Ques
ng Perio Questions
awarded
plates ds tions
Importance of
1 Engineering -- 01 - - -
Drawing
Engineering
2 Drawing 01 05 - - -
Instruments
Free hand
01
3 lettering & 06 05 1 -
Numbering
Dimensioning
4 01 09 05 1 -
Practice
Geometrical
5 03 24 15 1 1
constructions
Projections of
Points, Lines,
6 Planes & 03 21 05 1
Auxiliary Planes
Projections of
7 01 12 10 1
Solids
Sections of
8 01 21 10 - 1
Solids
Orthographic
9 01 30 10 - 1
Projections
10 Isometric Views 01 30 10 - 1
Development of
11 01 21 10 - 1
surfaces
Total 14 180 80 04 06
Course Objectives and Course Outcomes
120
Course Upon completion of the course the student shall able to understand the basic
Objectives graphic skills and use them in preparation of engineering drawings, their
reading and interpretation
CO1 CM-107.1 Practice the use of engineering drawing instruments
Familiarise with the conventions to be followed in engineering

CO2 CM-107.2
drawing as per BIS
Course Construct the i) basic geometrical constructions ii) engineering

CO3 CM -107.3
Outco curves
mes Visualise and draw the orthographic projections of i) Points ii) Lines
CO4 CM -107.4
iii) Regular Planes iv) Regular Solids V) Sections of Regular Solids
CO5 CM -107.5 Visualise and draw the isometric views of machine components
Draw the developments of surfaces of regular solids and use

CO6 CM -107.6
them to make the components used in daily life
PO-CO Mapping
Course
Course Title: ENGINEERING DRAWING No. of Periods:
Code :
Number of Course Outcomes: 06 180
CM-107
CO Periods
Mapped with CO addressing PO in Level
POs Remarks
No. Column 1 (1,2,3)
No %
CO2, CO3, CO4, CO5, >40%
PO1 50 42 3
CO6 Level 3
CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4, Highly addressed
PO2 30 25 2
CO5, CO6 25% to 40%
CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4, Level 2
PO3 30 25 2
CO5, CO6 Moderately
PO4 Addressed
PO5 5 to 25%
PO6 Level 1
Low addressed
CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4, <5% Not
PO7 10 08 1 addressed
CO5, CO6
121
CM-
107
CO1 3 2 2 1 2 3 1
CO2 3 2 2 1 2 3 1
CO3 3 2 2 1 2 3 1
CO4 3 2 2 1 2 3 1
CO5 3 2 2 1 2 3 1
CO6 3 2 2 1 2 3 1
3: High, 2: Moderate,1: Low
LEARNING OUTCOMES
Upon completion of the course the student shall able to
1.0 Understand the basic concepts of Engineering Drawing

1.1 State the importance of drawing as an engineering communication medium
1.2 State the necessity of B.I.S. Code of practice for Engineering Drawing.
1.3 Explain the linkages between Engineering drawing and other subjects of
Mechanical Engineering.
2.0 Use of Engineering Drawing Instruments

2.1 Select the correct instruments to draw the different lines / curves.
2.2 Use correct grade of pencil to draw different types of lines and for different purposes
2.3 Select and use appropriate scales for a given application.
2.4 Identify different drawing sheet sizes as per I.S. and Standard Lay- outs.
2.5 Prepare Title block as per B.I.S. Specifications.
2.6 Identify the steps to be taken to keep the drawing clean and tidy.
Drawing Plate 1: (Having two exercises)
3.0 Write Free Hand Lettering and Numbers

3.1 Write titles using vertical lettering and numerals of 7mm, 10mm and 14mm height.
3.2 Write titles using sloping lettering and numerals of 7mm, 10mm and 14mm height.
3.3 Select suitable sizes of lettering for different layouts and applications.
Drawing plate 2: (Having 5 to 6 exercises)
4.0 Understand Dimensioning Practice

4.1 Acquaint with the conventions, notations, rules and methods of dimensioning in
engineering drawing as per the B.I.S.
4.2 Dimension a given drawing using standard notations and desired system of dimensioning.
Drawing Plate 3: (Having 08 to10 exercises)
5.0 Apply Principles of Geometric Constructions

5.1 Practice the basic geometric constructions like i) dividing a line into equal parts
ii) exterior and interior tangents to the given two circles
iii) tangent arcs to two given lines and arcs
5.2 Draw any regular polygon using general method when i) side length is given
ii) inscribing circle radius is given iii) describing circle radius is given
5.2 Draw the conics using general and special methods,
5.3 Draw the engineering curves like i) involute ii) cycloid iii) helix
5.4 Identify the applications of the above constructions in engineering practice.
Drawing Plate -4: Having problems up to construction of polygon
Drawing Plate -5: Having problems of construction of conics
Drawing Plate -6: Having problems of construction of involute, cycloid and helix
122
6.0 Projections of points, lines, planes & auxiliary planes
6.1 Explain the basic principles of the orthographic projections
6.2 Visualise and draw the projection of a point with respect to reference planes (HP&VP)
6.3 Visualise and draw the projections of straight lines with respect to two reference
Planes (up to lines parallel to one plane and inclined to other plane)
6.4 Visualise and draw the projections of planes (up to planes perpendicular to one plane and
inclined to other plane)
6.5 Identify the need of Auxiliary views for a given engineering drawing.
6.5 Draw the auxiliary views of a given engineering component .
Drawing Plate -7: Having problems up to projection of points and Lines (15 exercises)
Drawing Plate -8: Having problems of projection of planes (6 exercises)
Drawing Plate -9: Having problems on auxiliary planes (Having 4 exercises)
7.0 Draw the Projections of Solids

7.1 Visualise and draw the projections of regular solids like Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder,
Cone...(up to axis of solids parallel to one plane and inclined to other plane)
Drawing plate No.10: Having problems of projection of solids (10 exercises)
8.0 Appreciate the need of Sectional Views

8.1 Identify the need to draw sectional views.
8.2 Differentiate between true shape and apparent shape of section
8.3 Draw sectional views and true sections of regular solids by applying the principles of
hatching.
Drawing Plate–11: Having problems of section of solids (6 exercises)
9.0 Apply principles of orthographic projection

9.1 Draw the orthographic views of an object from its pictorial drawing.
9.2 Draw the minimum number of views needed to represent a given object fully.
Drawing Plate 12 : (Having 10 to 12 exercises)
10.0 Prepare pictorial drawings

10.1 identify the need of pictorial drawings.
10.2 Differentiate between isometric scale and true scale.
10.3 Prepare Isometric views from the given orthographic drawings.
Drawing plate 13: (Having 10 to 12 exercises)
11.0 Interpret Development of surfaces of different solids

11.1 State the need for preparing development drawing.
11.2 Draw the development of simple engineering objects and their truncations (cubes, prisms,
cylinders, cones, pyramid)
11.3 Prepare development of surface of engineering components like
i) funnel ii) 900 elbow iii) Tray
Drawing plate No. 14: (Having 05 exercises)
123
Competencies and Key competencies to be achieved by the student
S.No Major topic Key Competency
 Explain the linkages between Engineering

1. Importance of Engineering Drawing drawing and other subjects of study in
Diploma course.
2. Engineering Drawing Instruments  Select the correct instruments to draw
various entities in different orientation
 Write titles using sloping and vertical
3. Free hand lettering & Numbering lettering and numerals as per B.I.S (Bureau
of Indian standards)
 Dimension a given drawing using standard
4. Dimensioning Practice notations and desired system of
dimensioning
 Construct ellipse, parabola, rectangular
5. Geometrical construction hyperbola, involute, cycloid and helix from
the given data.
Projection of points, Lines, Planes &  Draw the projections of points, straight lines,
6.
Solids planes & solids with respect to reference
planes (HP& VP)
 Draw the auxiliary views of a given
7. Auxiliary views Engineering component
 Differentiate between Auxiliary view and
apparent view
 Differentiate between true shape and
8. Sections of Solids apparent shape of section
 Apply principles of hatching.
 Draw simple sections of regular solids
9. Orthographic Projection  Draw the minimum number of views needed
to represent a given object fully.
 Differentiate between isometric scale and
10. Isometric Views
true scale.
 Draw the isometric views of given objects,.
 Prepare development of Surface of regular
11. Development of surfaces solids and other components like i) funnel
ii) 900 elbow iii) Tray
124
COURSE CONTENTS:
NOTES:
1. B.I.S Specification should invariably be followed in all the topics.
2. A-3 Size Drawing Sheets are to be used for all Drawing Practice Exercises.
1.0 The importance of Engineering Drawing

Explanation of the scope and objectives of the subject of Engineering Drawing Its importance
as a graphic communication -Need for preparing drawing as per standards – SP-46 –1988 –
Mention B.I.S - Role of drawing in -engineering education – Link between Engineering drawing
and other subjects of study.
2.0 Engineering drawing Instruments

Classifications: Basic Tools, tools for drawing straight lines, tools for curved lines, tools for
measuring distances and special tools like mini drafter & drafting machine – Mentioning of
names under each classification and their brief description -Scales: Recommended scales
reduced & enlarged -Lines: Types of lines, selection of line thickness - Selection of Pencils -Sheet
Sizes: A0, A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, Layout of drawing sheets in respect of A0, A1, A3 sizes, Sizes of the
Title block and its contents - Care and maintenance of Drawing Sheet,
3.0 Free hand lettering & numbering

Importance of lettering – Types of lettering -Guide Lines for Lettering
Practicing of letters & numbers of given sizes (7mm, 10mm and 14mm)
Advantages of single stroke or simple style of lettering - Use of lettering stencils
4.0 Dimensioning practice

Purpose of engineering Drawing, Need of B.I.S code in dimensioning -Shape
description of an Engineering object -Definition of Dimensioning size description -Location of

features, surface finish, fully dimensioned Drawing -Notations or tools of dimensioning,
dimension line extension line, leader line, arrows, symbols, number and notes, rules to be
observed in the use of above tools -Placing dimensions: Aligned system and unidirectional
system ( SP-46-1988)-Arrangement of dimensions Chain, parallel, combined progressive, and
dimensioning by co-ordinate methods-The rules for dimensioning standard, features “Circles
(holes) arcs, angles, tapers, chamfers, and dimension of narrow spaces.
5.0 Geometric Construction

Division of a line: to divide a straight line into given number of equal parts
Construction of tangent lines: to draw interior and exterior tangents to two circles of given radii
and centre distance
Construction of tangent arcs:
i) To draw tangent arc of given radius to touch two lines inclined at given angle (acute, right and
obtuse angles).
ii)Tangent arc of given radius touching a circle or an arc and a given line.
iii)Tangent arcs of radius R, touching two given circles internally and externally.
Construction of polygon: construction of any regular polygon by general method for given side
length, inscribing circle radius and describing/superscribing circle radius
Conics: Explanation of Ellipse, Parabola, Hyperbola, as sections of a double cone and a loci of a
moving point, Eccentricity of above curves – Their Engg. Applications viz., Projectiles, reflectors,
Cooling Towers, P-V Diagram of a Hyperbolic process - Construction of any conic section of given
125
eccentricity by general method - Construction of ellipse by concentric circles method, Oblong
Method and Arcs of circles method - Construction of parabola by rectangle method and Tangent
method - Construction of rectangular hyperbola
General Curves: Involute, Cycloid and Helix, explanations as locus of a moving point, their
engineering application, viz., Gear tooth profile, screw threads, springs etc. – their construction
6.0 Projection of points, lines and planes & auxiliary views

Classification of projections, Observer, Object, Projectors, Projection, Reference Planes,
Reference Line, Various angles of projections –Differences between first angle and third angle
projections
Projections of points in different quadrants
Projections of straight line -
(a) Parallel to both the planes.
(b) Perpendicular to one of the planes.
(c) Inclined to one plane and parallel to other planes
Projections of regular planes

(a) Plane parallel to one of the reference planes
(b) Plane perpendicular to HP and inclined to VP and vice versa.
Auxiliary views
Need for drawing auxiliary views -Explanation of the basic principles of drawing an auxiliary
views explanation of reference plane and auxiliary plane - Partial auxiliary view.
7.0 Projections of regular solids

(a) Axis perpendicular to one of the planes
(b) Axis parallel to VP and inclined to HP and vice versa.
8.0 Sections of Solids

Need for drawing sectional views – what is a sectional view - Hatching – Section of regular solids
inclined to one plane and parallel to other plane
9.0 Orthographic Projections

Meaning of orthographic projection - Using a viewing box and a model – Number of views
obtained on the six faces of the box, - Legible sketches of only 3 views for describing object -
Concept of front view, top view, and side view sketching these views for a number of engg
objects - Explanation of first angle projection. – Positioning of three views in First angle
projection - Projection of points as a means of locating the corners of the surfaces of an object –
Use of miter line in drawing a third view when other two views are given -Method of
representing hidden lines -Selection of minimum number of views to describe an object fully.
10.0 Pictorial Drawings
Brief description of different types of pictorial drawing viz., Isometric, oblique, and perspective
and their use - Isometric drawings: Isometric axes, angle between them, meaning of visual
distortion in dimensions - Need for an isometric scale, difference between Isometric scale, and
true scale - difference between Isometric view and Isometric projection - Isometric and non-
Isometric lines -Isometric drawing of common features like rectangles, circular - shapes, non-
isometric lines – Drawing the isometric views for the given orthographic projections -Use of box
/ offset method
126
11.0 Development of Surfaces
Need for preparing development of surface with reference to sheet metal work-Concept of true
length of a line with reference to its orthographic projection when the line is (i) parallel to the
plane of projection (ii) inclined to one principal and parallel to the other -Development of simple
solids like cubes, prisms, cylinders, cones, pyramid and truncation of these solids-Types of
development: Parallel line and radial line development -Procedure of drawing development of
funnels, 900 elbow pipes, Tray.
REFERENCE BOOKS
Engineering Graphics by P I Varghese – ( McGraw-hill)
Engineering Drawing by Basant Agarwal & C.M Agarwal - ( McGraw-hill)
Engineering Drawing by N.D.Bhatt.
T.S.M. & S.S.M on “ Technical Drawing” prepared by T.T.T.I., Madras.
SP-46-1998 – Bureau of Indian Standards.
127
C-20-CM-107

MODEL QUESTION PAPER
DME – I-YEAR
ENGINEERING DRAWING
Instructions: 01. All the dimensions are in mm
02. Use first angle projections only
03. Due weitage will be given for the dimensioning and neatness
PART – A 05 x 04=20
01. Answer all the questions
02. Each question carries FIVE marks
01. Write the following in single stroke capital vertical lettering of size 10mm
ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS
02. Redraw the given fig. and dimension it according to SP-46:1988.Assume suitable
scale
03. Draw internal common tangents to two unequal circles of radii 26mm and
20mm.The distance between the circles is 75mm.
04. Draw the projections of a regular pentagon of side length 40 mm inclined to the
H.P. by 300 and perpendicular to V.P. using auxiliary plane method
PART – B
10 X 04 = 40
01. Answer any FOUR of the following questions
02. Each question carries TEN marks
05. Draw the involute of a circle of diameter 30 mm and also draw a tangent to the
curve at a distance of 60 mm from the centre of the circle.
06. A right circular cone of height 80 mm and base radius 60 mm is resting in the H.P.
on one of its generators and its axis is parallel to V.P. Draw the projections of the
solid.
07. A regular hexagonal prism of height 80 mm and base side 40 mm is resting in the
H.P. on its base. It is cut by an auxiliary inclined plane of 600 inclination passing
through the axis at a distance of 30 mm from the top base. Draw the sectional
views of the solid and the true section.
128
08. A pentagonal pyramid of height 80 mm and base side 40 mm is resting in the H.P.
on its base such that one of the sides of the base is perpendicular to the V.P. It is
cut by a section plane perpendicular to the V.P. and inclined to the H.P. by 600 and
passing through the axis at a distance of 25 mm from the base. Draw the
development of the lateral surface of the truncated pyramid.
09. Draw the front view, top view and left side view of the object shown in the fig.
10. Draw the isometric view of the component whose orthographic projections are given below
Curriculum Gaps identified in this subject:

1. Chapters 8, 10 and 11 are not required and they may be removed
2. The remaining chapter 1 to 7 & 9 are required and they can be taught only in 90 periods (out
of 180 periods allotted)
3. Instead of chapters 8,10 & 11, Basic 2D and 3D animation practical course may be included
for remaining 90 Periods(3 Periods per week)
129
No of Total no of Marks Marks
Course Code Course title
periods/week periods for FA for SA
CM-108 Programming in C Lab 06 180 40 60
No. of
S No Chapter/ Unit Title COs Mapped
Periods
1. Fundamentals and Input/Output 15 CO1,CO2

statements
2. Control statements 45 CO1,CO2,CO4
3. Arrays, structures and unions 60 CO1,CO2,,CO3,CO4
User defined functions, storage CO1,CO2,CO3,CO4,CO5,
4. 60
classes, pointers, files and macros CO6
Total 180

1. Edit, compile and debug execution of C-Programs
2. Learn the syntax of all the statements, keywords, user defied
identifiers and usage of writing statements in C-Program.
3. Evaluate all the expressions using different primary types of data,
derived data, operators and with their precedence,
COURSE
4. Write C-programs using I/O statements, decision making
OBJECTIVES
statements.
5. Write structured and modular C-programs
6. Write C-programs on text files using different file operating modes
and file pointers.
7. Write C-programs to implement dynamic memory allocation using
pointer concepts
Course Outcomes Upon completion of the course the student shall be able to
CO 1 CM-108.1 Perform Edit, compile and debug and execution of C-Programs

CO 2 CM-108.2 Develop programs using different predefined functions, keywords,
user defined identifiers
CO 3 CM-108.3 Write different expressions using available C-operators and valid
data supported by C-language
CO 4 CM-108.4 Develop C-programs using control statements, array’s, structures,
unions, files
CO 5 CM-108.5 Develop C-programs using user defined functions and recursion
CO 6 CM-108.6 Develop C-programs to implement dynamic memory concept
130
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CM-108.1 2 2 1 2
CM-108.2 2 3 2 2 2
CM-108.3 2 2 3
CM-108.4 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 2
CM-108.5 2 2 3 2 2 2
CM-108.6 2 3 2 2
Average 2 2.5 3 2 2.4 2.5 2 2 2 2.2
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
Fundamentals and Input / Output statements
1. Exercise on structure of C Program
2. Exercise on Keywords and identifiers
3. Exercise on constants and variables
4. Execution of simple C program
5. Exercise on operators and expressions
6. Exercise on special operators
7. Exercise on input and output of characters
8. Exercise on formatted input and output
9. Exercise on escape sequence characters
Control statements
(Note: Every statement must be repeated with at least 5 different applications)
10. Exercise on simple if statement
11. Exercise on if..else statement
12. Exercise on if..else..if ladder statement
13. Exercise on switch statement
14. Exercise on conditional operator comparing with if-else statement
15. Exercise on while statement
16. Exercise on for statement
17. Exercise on do. While statement
Arrays, structures and unions
18. Exercise on one dimensional arrays
19. Exercise on two dimensional arrays
20. Exercise on strings
21. Exercise on structure
22. Exercise on union
23. Exercise on array of structures
User defined functions, storage classes, pointers, files,and macros
24. Exercise on user-defined function
25. Exercise on storage classes
131
26. Exercise on parameter passing techniques
27. Exercise on recursion
28. Exercise on pointers
29. Exercise on text files
30. Exercise on macros
The competencies and key competencies to be achieved by the student
S.N Name of the Objectives Key Competencies

o. experiment
1 Exercise on For a given C program,  Identify different building block in a C
structure of C identify the different program
program building blocks
2 Exercise on For a given C program  Identify different keywords
Keywords and identify the keywords  Check whether the keywords are in
identifiers and identifiers lowercase
 Differentiate identifiers and keywords
3 Exercise on For a given C program  Identify the constants
constants and identify the constants  Identify the variables
variables and variables  Declare variables with proper names
 Know the assignment of values to
variables
4 Execution of Execute a simple C  Acquaint with C program editing
simple C program program  Compile the program
 Rectify the syntactical errors
 Execute the program
5 Exercise on Write a C program that  Identify different arithmetic operators
operators and uses different arithmetic  Build arithmetic expressions
expressions operators  Identify the priorities of operators
 Evaluate arithmetic expression
 Compile the program
 Check the output for its correctness
6 Exercise on Write a C program that  Identify different special operators
special operators uses special operators  Build expressions using special
operators
 Compile the program
 Check the output for its correctness
7 Exercise on input Write a C program for  Know the use of get char() function
and output of reading and writing  Know the use of put char() function
characters characters  Compile the program
 Check whether the correct output is
132
printed for the given input
8 Exercise on Write a C program using  Know the use of format string for
formatted input formatted input and different types of data in scan f()
and output formatted output function
 Know the use of format string for
different types of data in print f()
function
 Check whether the data is read in
correct format
 Check whether the data is printed in
correct format
9 Exercise on Write a C program using  Know the use of Escape sequence
Escape Sequence Escape Sequence characters
Characters Characters  Use the Escape sequence characters
 Check whether the data is read in
correct format
 Rectify the syntax errors
 Check the output for correctness
10 Exercise on Write a C program using  Build a relational expression
simple if simple if statement  Use the if statement for decision making
statement  Rectify the syntax errors
11 Exercise on Write a C program using  Build a relational expression
if..else statement if..else statement  Use the if..else statement for decision
making
12 Exercise on Write a C program using  Use else..if ladder statements with
else..if ladder else..if ladder statement correct syntax
statement  Rectify the syntax errors
 Debug logical errors
13 Exercise on Write a C program using  Use switch statement with correct
switch statement switch statement syntax
 Identify the differences between switch
and else..if ladder
14 Exercise on Write a C program using  Build the three expressions for
conditional ( ? : ) conditional conditional operator
operator operator  Use conditional operator with correct
syntax
 Differentiate conditional operator and
if..else statement
133
15 Exercise on while Write a C program using  Build the termination condition for
statement while statement looping
 Use while statement with correct syntax
 Check whether correct number of
iterations are performed by the while
loop
16 Exercise on for Write a C program using  Build the initial, increment and
statement for statement termination conditions for looping
 Use for statement with correct syntax
iterations are performed by the for loop
 Differentiate for and while statements
17 Exercise on Write a C program using  Build the termination condition for
do..while do statement looping
statement  Use do statement with correct syntax
iterations are performed by the while
loop
 Differentiate do..while, while and for
statements
18 Exercise on one Write a C program to  Create a one dimensional array with
dimensional create and access one correct syntax
arrays dimensional array  Store elements into array
 Read elements from array
 Validate boundary conditions while
accessing elements of array
 Check for the correctness of output for
the given input
19 Exercise on two Write a C program to  Create a two dimensional array with
dimensional create and access two correct syntax
arrays dimensional array  Store elements into array
 Read elements from array
 Validate boundary conditions while
accessing elements of array
the given input
134
20 Exercise on Write a C program for  Declare and initialize string variables
strings reading and writing  Read strings from keyboard
strings  Print strings to screen
21 Exercise on Write a C program using  Define a structure with correct syntax
structure structure  Identify different members of a
structure
 Declare a structure variable
 Access different members of structure
 Observe the size of the structure
the given input
22 Exercise on union Write a C program using  Define a union with correct syntax
union  Identify different members of a union
 Declare a union variable
 Access different members of union
 Observe the size of the union
the given input
23 Exercise on array Write a C program to  Define a structure with correct syntax
of structures create an array of  Identify different members of a
structures and store and structure
retrieve data from that  Declare a structure variable
array  Create an array of structure
 Access individual element of the array of
structure
 Access different members of structure
the given input
24 Exercise on user- Write a C program to  Identify the different parts of function
defined function define and call user- declaration
defined functions  Define function with correct syntax
 Classify functions based on it
parameters and return types
 Identify parameters passed
 Identify parameter passing method used
 Identify return value
the given input
135
25 Exercise on Write a C program using  Know the use of different storage
storage classes different storage classes classes
 Use the different storage classes
 Check whether the scope of variables is
correctly defined or not.
26 Exercise on Write a C program using  Know the use of parameter passing
parameter parameter passing  Use the different parameter passing
passing techniques techniques
techniques  Check whether the parameters passed
correctly or not.
27 Exercise on Write a C program using  Identify where recursive call is made in
recursion recursion the function
 Validate the termination condition
the given input
28 Exercise on Write a C program using  Declare pointer variable
pointers pointer data type  Initialize pointer variable
 Access a variable through its pointer
the given input
29 Exercise on text Write a C program to  Define a file pointer
files create a text file, write  Use the various modes of file opening
data into it and read  Close the file
data from it  Write text into file
 Read text from file
the given input
30 Exercise on Write a C program using  Know the need of macros
macros macros  Use the macros/pre processor directives
the given input
136
E -1
PHYSICS LAB PRACTICE
(C-20 CURRIUCULUM COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES)
SubjectTitle : Physics Laboratory

SubjectCode : CM-109 A
Periodsperweek : 03
Totalperiodsperyear : 45
TIMESCHEDULE
S.No Name of the Experiment No.of

1. Hands on practice on Vernier Calipers 03
Periods
2. Hands on practice on Screw gauge 03
3. Verification of Parallelogram law of forces and Triangle law of forces 03
4. Simple pendulum 03
5. Velocity of sound in air – (Resonance method) 03
6. Focal length and Focal power of convex lens (Separate & Combination) 03
7. (Single lensindex
Refractive only)of solid using travelling microscope 03
8. Boyle’s law verification 03
9. Meter bridge 03
10. Mapping of magnet lines of force and locate null points 03
DEMONSTRATION EXPERIMENTS
11. Surface tension of liquid using travelling microscope 03
12. Coefficient of viscosity by capillary method 03
Revision 06
Test 03
Total: 45
Objectives:
1.0 Practice with Vernier calipers to determine the volumes and areas of a cylinder and sphere
and their comparison etc .
2.0 Practice with Screw gauge to determine thickness of a glass plate, cross sectional area
of a wire and volumes of sphere and also their comparison etc
3.0 Verify the parallelogram law and Triangle law
4.0 Determine the value of acceleration due to gravity using Simple Pendulum
5.0 Determine the velocity of sound in air at room temperature and its value at zero degree
centigrade
6.0 Calculate the Focal length and focal power of convex lenses using distant object method , U-V
method , U-V graph and 1 / U – 1 / V
graph methods and their comparison.
7.0 Determine the refractive index of a solid using travelling microscope
8.0 Verify the Boyle’s law employing a Quill tube
9.0 Determine the specific resistance of material of a wirel using Meter Bridge
10.0 Drawing magnetic lines of force under N-S and N-N methods and locate null points
11.0 Determine the surface tension of a liquid using travelling Microscope (Demo)
12.0 Determine the viscosity of a liquid using capillary method (Demo)
137
Name of the Competencies Key competencies
Experiment
(No of Periods)
1. Hands on practice on Vernier  Find the Least count  Read the scales
Calipers(03)  Fix the specimen in posit  Calculate the
 Read the scales requisite physical
 Calculate the physical quantities of given
quantities of given object objects
2. Hands on practice on Screw  Find the Least count  Read the scales
gauge(03)  Fix the specimen in posit  Calculate thickness of
 Read the scales given glass plate
 Calculate thickness of glass  Calculate cross section
place and cross section of of wire and other
wire and other quantities quantities
3. Verification of Parallelogram  Fix suitable weights  Find the angle at

law of forces and Triangle law  Note the positions of equilibrium point
of forces(03) threads on drawing sheet  Constructing
 Find the angle at equilibrium parallelogram
point
 Construct parallelogram  Construct triangle
 Compare the measured  Compare the ratios of
diagonal force and length
 Construct triangle
 Find the length of sides
 Compare the ratios
4. Simple pendulum(03)  Fix the simple pendulum to  Find the time for
the stand number of oscillations
 Adjust the length of  Find the time period
pendulum  Calculate the
 Find the time for number of acceleration due to
oscillations gravity
 Find the time period  Draw l-T and l-T2 graph
 Calculate the acceleration
due to gravity
 Draw l-T and l-T2 graph
138
5. Velocity of sound in air  Adjust the reservoir
level
–Resonance method (03)  Arrange the resonance  Find the first and
apparatus second resonanting
 Adjust the reservoir level for lengths
booming sound  Calculate velocity of
 Find the first and second sound at room
resonanting lengths temperature
 Calculate velocity of sound  Calculate velocity of
sound at 00 C
6. Focal length and Focal power  Calculate the focal

of convex lens (Separate  Fix the object distance length and power of
&Combination) (03)  Find the Image distance convex lens
 Calculate the focal length  Draw u-v and 1/u – 1/v
and power of convex lens graphs
and combination of convex
lenses
 Draw u-v and 1/u – 1/v
graphs
7. Refractive index of solid using  Find the least count of  Read the scale
vernier on microscope  Calculate the
traveling microscope(03)  Place the graph paper below refractive index of
microscope glass slab
 Read the scale
 Calculate the refractive
index of glass slab
8. Boyle’s law verification (03)  Note the atmospheric  Find the length of air
pressure column
 Fix the quill tube to retort  Find the pressure of
stand enclosed air
 Find the length of air column  Find the value P x l
 Find the pressure of
enclosed air
 Find and compare the
9. . Meter bridge(03)  Make the circuit connections  Find the balancing
calculated value P x l
 Find the balancing length length
 Calculate unknown  Calculate unknown
resistance resistance
 Find the radius of wire  Calculate the specific
 Calculate the specific resistance
resistance
139
10. Mapping of magnet lines of  Draw magnetic meridian
 Placed the bar magnet
force(03) in NN and NS directions  Draw magnetic lines
 Draw magnetic lines of of
force force
 Locate the neutral  Locate the neutral
points along equatorial points
and axial lines
11. Surface tension of liquid  Find the least count of  along
Read theequatorial
scale
usingtraveling microscope(03) vernier on microscope  and axial linesof
Calculate height
 Focus the microscope to the liquid rise
lower meniscus & bent pin  Calculate the surface
 Read the scale tension of water
 Calculate height of liquid rise
 Calculate the surface tension
of water
12.. Coefficient of viscosity by  Find the least count of  Find the pressure head
capillary method(03) vernier  Calculate rate of
 Fix the capillary tube to volume of liquid
aspiratory bottle collected
 Find the mass of collected  Find the radius of
water capillary tube
 Find the pressure head  Calculate the viscosity
 Calculate rate of volume of of water
liquid collected
 Find the radius of capillary
tube
 Calculate
Scheme of Valuation for end Lab Practical Examination :
the viscosity of
water using capillary method
A. Writing Aim, Apparatus, Formula, Graph, Precautions carries 10 (Ten) Marks

B. For Drawing the table, taking Readings, Calculation work,
Drawing the graph, finding result carries 15 (Fifteen) Marks
C. Viva Voice 05 (Five) Marks
Total 30 (Thirty) Marks
140
CHEMISTRYLAB PRACTICE
(C-20 curriculum common to all Branches)
Subject Title : Chemistry Laboratory
Subject Code : CM -109-B
Periods per week : 03
Total periods per year : 45
CO1 Operate and practice volumetric apparatus and preparation of

standard solution
CO2 Evaluate and judge the neutralization point in acid base titration
CO3 Evaluate the end point of reduction and oxidation reaction
CO4 Judge the stable end point of complex formation, stable precipitation
CO5 Judge operate and demonstrate and perform precise operations with
instrument for investigation of water pollution parameters
TIMESCHEDULE
S.No Name of the Experiment No.ofPeriods Mapped

with COs
1. a) Recognition of chemical substances and solutions used in 03
the laboratory by senses. CO1
b) Familiarization of methods for Volumetric analysis

2. Preparation of Std Na2CO3 and making solutions of different 03 CO1
3. EstimationofHClsolutionusingStd.Na
dilution solution. 2CO3solution 03 CO2
4. Estimation of NaOHusing Std. HCl solution 03 CO2
5. Estimation of H 2 SO 4 usingStd.NaOH solution 03 CO2
6. Estimation of Mohr’s Salt usingStd.KMnO4 03 CO3
7. Determination of acidity of water sample 03 CO2
8. Determination of alkalinity of water sample 03 CO2
9. Determination of total hardness of water using Std. EDTA 03 CO4
10. Estimation of Chlorides present in water sample
solution 03 CO4
11. Estimation of Dissolved Oxygen(D.O)in water sample 03 CO5
12. Determination of pH using pHmeter 03 CO5
13. Determination of conductivity of water and adjusting ionic 03 CO5
14. strength required
Determination level. of water
of turbidity 03 CO5
15. Estimation of total solids present in water sample 03 CO5
Total: 45
141
Objectives:
1.0 Practice volumetric measurements (using pipettes, measuring jars, volumetric flask,
burettes) and gravimetric measurements (using different types of balances), making
dilutions, etc To identify the chemical compounds and solutions by senses.
2.0 Practice making standard solutions with pre weighed salts and to make solutions of desired
dilutions using appropriate techniques.
3.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures and using Std. Na2CO3solutionfor
estimation of HCl
4.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures and using Std.HClsolution for estimation of
NaOH
5.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures and using Std. NaOH solution for
estimation of H 2 SO 4
6.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures and using Std.KMnO4solution for
estimation of Mohr’s Salt
7.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures to determine the acidity of given samples
of water (One ground water and one surface / tap water, and rain water if available)
8.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures to determine the alkalinity of given
samples of water (One ground water and one surface / tap water)
9.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures to determine the total hardness of given
samples of water (One ground water and one surface / tap water) using Std. EDTA solution
10.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures to determine the chlorides present in the
given samples of water and wastewater (One ground water and one surface / tap water)
11.0 Conduct the test using titrometric / electrometric method to determine Dissolved Oxygen
(D.O) in given water samples (One sample from closed container and one from open
container / tap water)
12.0 Conduct the test on given samples of water / solutions (like soft drinks, sewage, etc.) to
determine their pH using standard pH meter
13.0 Conduct the test on given samples of water / solutions

a) To determine conductivity
b) To adjust the ionic strength of the sample to the desired value
14.0 Conduct the test on given samples of solutions (coloured and non coloured) to determine
their turbidity in NTU
15.0 To determine the total solids present in given samples of water (One ground water and one
surface / tap water)
142
Name of the Experiment

Competencies Key competencies
(No of Periods)
Familiarization of methods for Volumetric -

analysis. Recognition of chemical substances --
And solutions(03)
 Weighing the salt to  Weighing the salt to

the accuracy of .01 mg the accuracy of .01 mg
 Measuring the water  Measuring the water
with volumetric flask, with volumetric flask,
Preparation of Std Na2CO3 and making solutions
measuring jar, measuring jar,
of different dilution(03)
volumetric pipette and volumetric pipette and
graduated pipette graduated pipette
 Making appropriate  Making appropriate
dilutions dilutions

(No of Periods)
Estimation of HCl solution using Std.

Na2CO3solution (03)
 Cleaning the glassware
and rinsing with
Estimation of NaOH using Std. HCl solution (03) appropriate solutions
 Making standard
Estimation of H 2 SO 4 usingStd. solutions
NaOH solution (03)  Measuring accurately
the standard solutions  Making standard
Estimation of Mohr’s Salt usingStd.KMnO4 (03) and titrants solutions
 Filling the burette with  Measuring accurately
titrant the standard solutions
Determination of acidity of water sample (03) and titrants
 Effectively Controlling
Determination of alkalinity of water sample  Fixing the burette to the flow of the titrant
(03) the stand  Identifying the end
 Effectively Controlling point
the flow of the titrant  Making accurate
Determination of total hardness of water using  Identifying the end observations
Std. EDTA solution (03) point
 Making accurate
observations
 Calculating the results
Estimation of Dissolved Oxygen(D.O)in water

EstimationofChloridespresentinwatersample
sample
(03) (By titration method) (03)
143
 Familiarize with
 Prepare standard
Estimation of Dissolved Oxygen(D.O)in water instrument
solutions / buffers,
sample (By electrometric method) (03)  Choose appropriate
etc.
‘Mode’ / ‘Unit’
 Standardize the
 Prepare standard
instrument with
Determination of pH using pH meter (03) solutions / buffers,
appropriate
etc.
standard solutions
 Standardize the
 Plot the standard
instrument with
Determination of conductivity of water and curve
appropriate
adjusting ionic strength to required level (03)  Make
standard solutions
measurements
 Plot the standard
accurately
curve
 Make
measurements
Determination of turbidity of water (03) accurately
 Follow Safety
precautions

(No of Periods)
 Measuring the
accurate volume  Measuring the
and weight of accurate volume
sample and weight of
 Filtering and air sample
drying without  Filtering and air
Estimation of total solids present in water
losing any filtrate drying without
sample (03)
 Accurately losing any filtrate
weighing the filter  Accurately
paper, crucible and weighing the filter
filtrate paper, crucible and
 Drying the crucible filtrate
in an oven
SCHEME OF VALUATION
A) Writing Chemicals, apparatus ,principle and procedure 5M
B) Demonstrated competencies 20M
Making standard solutions
Measuring accurately the standard solutions and titrants
Effectively Controlling the flow of the titrant
Identifying the end point
Making accurate observations
C) Viva-voce 5M
Total 30M
144
Course Title
code Periods/Weeks periods FA SA
CM-110
Computer
(common
Fundamentals 3 90 40 60
to all
Lab
branches)
Time schedule:
S.No. Chapter/Unit Title No. of sessions No.of Periods

each of 3 periods
duration
1. Computer hardware Basics 2 6
2. Windows Operating System 2 6
3. MS Word 8 24
4. MS Excel 7 21
5. MS PowerPoint 5 15
6. Adobe Photoshop 6 18
Total periods 30 90

1. Computer hardware Basics 6 CO1
2. Windows Operating System 6 CO1
3. MS Word 24 CO2
4. MS Excel 21 CO3
5. MS PowerPoint 15 CO4
6 Adobe Photoshop 18 CO5
Total periods 90
Course i)To know Hardware Basics

Objectives ii)To familiarize operating systems
iii)To use MS Office effectively to enable to students use these skills in future
courses
iv) To use Adobe Photoshop in image editing.
At the end of the course students will be able to

CO1 CM -110.1 Identify hardware and software components
CO2 CM -110.2 Prepare documents with given specifications using word
processing software
Course CO3 CM -110.3 Use Spread sheet software to make calculation and to draw
Outcomes various graphs / charts.
CO4 CM -110.4 Use Power point software to develop effective presentation
for a given theme or topic.
CO5 CM -110.5 Edit digital or scanned images using Photoshop
145
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CM-110.1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
CM -110.2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
CM -110.3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
CM -110.4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
CM -110.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
Average 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
Learning Outcomes:
I. Computer Hardware Basics
1. a).To Familiarize with Computer system and hardware connections

b).To Start and Shut down Computer correctly
c).To check the software details of the computer
2. To check the hardware present in your computer
II. Windows’s operating system
3. To Explore Windows Desktop
4. Working with Files and Folders
5. Windows Accessories: Calculator – Notepad – WordPad – MS Paint
III. Practice with MS-WORD
6. To familiarize with Ribbon layout of MS Word
Home – Insert- Page layout – References – Review- View.
7. To practice Word Processing Basics
8. To practice Formatting techniques
9. To insert a table of required number of rows and columns
10. To insert Objects, Clipart and Hyperlinks
11. To use Mail Merge feature of MS Word
12. To use Equations and symbols features
146
IV. Practice with MS-EXCEL
13. To familiarize with MS-EXCEL layout
14. To access and enter data in the cells
15. To edit a spread sheet- Copy, Cut, Paste, and selecting Cells
16. To use built in functions and Formatting Data
17. To create Excel Functions, Filling Cells
18. To enter a Formula for automatic calculations
19. To sort and filter data in table.
20. To present data using Excel Graphs and Charts.
21. To develop lab reports of respective discipline.
22. To format a Worksheet in Excel, Page Setup and Print
V. Practice with MS-POWERPOINT

23. To familiarize with Ribbon layout features of PowerPoint 2007.
24. To create a simple PowerPoint Presentation
25. To set up a Master Slide in PowerPoint
26. To insert Text and Objects
27. To insert a Flow Charts
28. To insert a Table
29. To insert a Charts/Graphs
30. To insert video and audio
31. To practice Animating text and objects
32. To Review presentation
VI. Practice with Adobe Photoshop
33.To familiarize with standard toolbox
34. To edit a photograph.
35. To insert Borders around photograph.
36. To change Background of a Photograph.
147
37. To change colors of Photograph.
38. To prepare a cover page for the book in your subject area.
39. To adjust the brightness and contrast of the picture so that it gives an elegant look.
40. To type a word and apply the shadow emboss effects.
Key competencies:
Expt Name of Experiment Competencies Key competencies

No
1 (a). To familiarize with a. Identify the parts of a Connect cables to

Computer system and Computer system: i). CPU ii). external hardware and
hardware connections Mother Board iii) Monitor iv) operate the computer
CD/DVD Drive v) Power Switch
vi) Start Button vii) Reset
Button
b. Identify and connect various
peripherals
c. Identify and connect the
cables used with computer
system
d. Identify various ports on CPU
and connect Keyboard &
Mouse
(b). To Start and Shut down a. Log in using the password a. Login and logout as
Computer correctly b. Start and shut down the per the standard
computer procedure
c. Use Mouse and Key Board b. Operate mouse
&Key Board
(c). To Explore Windows a. Familiarize with Start Menu, a. Access application
Desktop Taskbar, Icons and Shortcuts programs using
b. Access application programs Start menu
using Start menu, Task b. Use taskbar and
manager Task manager
c. Use Help support
2. To check the software a. Find the details of Operating Access the

details of the computer System being used properties of
b. Find the details of Service computer and find
Pack installed
the details
3. To check the hardware a. Find the CPU name and clock a. Access device
present in your computer speed manager and find
b. Find the details of RAM and the details
Hard disk present b. Type /Navigate the
c. Access Device manager using correct path and
148
Control Panel and check the Select icon related
status of devices like mouse to the details
and key board required
d. Use My Computer to check
the details of Hard drives and
partitions
e. Use the Taskbar
4. Working with Files and a. Create folders and organizing a. Create files and
Folders files in different folders folders Rename ,
b. Use copy / paste move arrange and search
commands to organize files for the required
and folders folder/file
c. Arrange icons – name wise, b. Restore deleted files
size, type, Modified from Recycle bin
Working with Files and d. Search a file or folder and find
Folders its path
e. Create shortcut to files and
Continued.... folders (in other folders) on
Desktop
f. Familiarize with the use of
My Documents
g. Familiarize with the use of
Recycle Bin
To use Windows a. Familiarize with the use of a. Use windows
5. Accessories: Calculator accessories and
b. Access Calculator using Run select correct text
Calculator – Notepad – command editor based on the
WordPad – MS Paint c. Create Text Files using situation.
Notepad and WordPad and
observe the difference in file b. Use MS pain to
size create /Edit pictures
d. Use MS paint and create and save in the
.jpeg, .bmp files using MS required format.
Paint
6. To familiarize with Ribbon a. Create/Open a document a. Create a Document
layout of MS word. – b. Use Save and Save as features and name
Home – Insert- page c. Work on two Word appropriately and
documents simultaneously save
layout- References-Review-
d. Choose correct Paper size and b. Set paper size and
View Printing options print options
7. To practice Word a. Typing text a. Use key board and
Processing Basics b. Keyboard usage mouse to enter/edit
c. Use mouse (Left click / Right text in the
click / Scroll) document.
d. Use Keyboard shortcuts b. Use shortcuts
e. Use Find and Replace c. Use spell check/
features in MS- word Grammar features
f. Use Undo and Redo Features for auto corrections.
g. Use spell check to correct
Spellings and Grammar
149
8. To practice Formatting a. Formatting Text a. Format Text and
techniques b. Formatting Paragraphs paragraphs and use
c. Setting Tabs various text styles.
d. Formatting Pages b. Use bullets and
e. The Styles of Word numbers to create
f. Insert bullets and numbers lists
g. Themes and Templates c. Use Templates
h. Insert page numbers, header /Themes
and footer d. Insert page numbers
date, headers and
footers
9. To insert a table of a. Edit the table by adding the a. Insert table in the
required number of rows fields – Deleting rows and word document and
and columns columns –inserting sub table – edit
marking borders. Merging and b. Use sort option for
splitting of cells in a Table arranging data.
b. Changing the background
colour of the table
c. Use table design tools
d. Use auto fit – fixed row/
column height/length – Even
distribution of rows / columns
features
e. Convert Text to table and
Table to Text
f. Use Sort feature of the Table
to arrange data in
ascending/descending order
10. To Insert objects, clipart a. Create a 2-page document. a. Insert hyperlinks
and Hyperlinks &Insert hyperlinks and t &Bookmarks
Bookmarks. b. Create organization
b. Create an organization chart charts/flow charts
c. Practice examples like
preparing an Examination
schedule notice with a
hyperlink to Exam schedule
table.
11. To Use Mail merge feature a. Use mail merge to prepare Use Mail merge
of MS Word individually addressed letters feature
b. Use mail merge to print
envelopes.
12. To use Equations and a. Explore various symbols Enter Mathematical
symbols features. available in MS Word symbols and
b. Insert a symbol in the text Equations in the word
c. Insert mathematical equations
document
in the document
13. To Practice with MS-EXCEL a. Open /create an MS Excel a. Familiarize with

spreadsheet and familiarize excel layout and
with MS Excel 2007 layout like use
MS office Button- b. Use various
150
b. Use Quick Access Toolbar- features available
Title Bar- Ribbon-Worksheets- in toolbar
Formula Bar-Status Bar
14. To access and Enter data in a. Move Around a Worksheets- a. Access and select
the cells Quick access -Select Cells the required cells
b. Enter Data-Edit a Cell-Wrap by various
Text-Delete a Cell Entry-Save a addressing
File-Close Excel methods
b. Enter data and edit
15. To edit spread sheet Copy, a. Insert and Delete Columns Format the excel
Cut, Paste, and selecting and Rows-Create Borders- sheet
cells Merge and Center
b. Add Background Color-Change
the Font, Font Size, and Font
Color
c. Format text with Bold,
Italicize, and Underline-Work
with Long Text-Change a
Column's Width
16. To use built in functions a. Perform Mathematical Use built in functions
and Formatting Data Calculations verify -AutoSum in Excel
b. Perform Automatic
Calculations-Align Cell Entries
17. To enter a Formula for a. Enter formula
automatic calculations b. Use Cell References in
Formulae Enter formula for
c. Use Automatic updating automatic calculations
function of Excel Formulae
d. Use Mathematical Operators
in Formulae
e. Use Excel Error Message and
Help
18. To Create Excel Functions, a. Use Reference Operators a. Create Excel sheets
Filling Cells b. Work with sum, Sum if , involving cross
Count and Count If Functions references and
c. Fill Cells Automatically equations
b. Use the advanced
functions for
conditional
calculations
19. To sort and filter data in a. Sort data in multiple columns a. Refine the data in a
table b. Sort data in a row worksheet and
c. Sort data using Custom order keep it organized
d. Filter data in work sheet b. Narrow a
worksheet by
selecting specific
choice
151
20. To Practice Excel Graphs a. Produce an Excel Pie Chart a. Use data in Excel
and Charts b. Produce sheet to Create
c. Excel Column Chart technical charts and
graphs Produce
Excel Line Graph
b. Produce a
Pictograph in Excel
21. To develop lab reports of Create Lab reports using MS a. Insert Practical
respective discipline Word and Excel subject name in
Header and page
numbers in Footer
22. To format a Worksheet in a. Shade alternate rows of data a. Format Excel sheet
Excel, page setup and print b. Add currency and percentage b. Insert headers
symbols &footers and print
c. Change height of a row and
width of a column
d. Change data alignment
e. Insert Headers and Footers
f. Set Print Options and Print
23. To familiarize with Ribbon Use various options in Access required
layout &features of PowerPoint options in the tool bar
PowerPoint 2007. a. Home
b. Insert
c. Design
d. Animation
e. Slideshow
f. View
g. Review
24. To create a simple a. Insert a New Slide into a. Create simple
PowerPoint Presentation PowerPoint PowerPoint
b. Change the Title of a presentation with
PowerPoint Slide photographs/ClipAr
c. PowerPoint Bullets t and text boxes
d. Add an Image to a PowerPoint b. Use bullets option
Slide
e. Add a Textbox to a
PowerPoint slide
25. To Set up a Master Slide in a. Create a PowerPoint Design a. Setup Master slide
PowerPoint and add notes Template and format
b. Modify themes b. Add notes
c. Switch between Slide master
view and Normal view
d. Format a Design Template
Master Slide
e. Add a Title Slide to a Design
Template
f. The Slide Show Footer in
PowerPoint
g. Add Notes to a PowerPoint
Presentation
152
26. To Insert Text and Objects a. Insert Text and objects Insert Text and
b. Set Indents and line spacing Objects
c. Insert pictures/ clipart
d. Format pictures Use 3d features
e. Insert shapes and word art
f. Use 3d features
g. Arrange objects
27. To insert a Flow Chart / a. Create a Flow Chart in Create organizational

Organizational Charts PowerPoint charts and flow charts
b. Group and Ungroup Shapes using smart art
c. Use smart art
28. To insert a Table a. PowerPoint Tables Insert tables and

b. Format the Table Data format
c. Change Table Background
d. Format Series Legend
29. To insert a Charts/Graphs a. Create 3D Bar Graphs in Create charts and Bar
PowerPoint graphs, Pie Charts and
b. Work with the PowerPoint format.
Datasheet
c. Format a PowerPoint Chart
Axis
d. Format the Bars of a Chart
e. Create PowerPoint Pie Charts
f. Use Pie Chart Segments
g. Create 2D Bar Charts in
PowerPoint
h. Format the 2D Chart
e. Format a Chart Background
30. To Insert audio & video, a. Insert sounds in the slide and a. Insert Sounds and
Hyperlinks in a slide hide the audio symbol Video in
b. Adjust the volume in the appropriate
Add narration to the slide settings format.
c. Insert video file in the format b. Add narration to
supported by PowerPoint in a the slide
slide c. Use hyperlinks to
d. Use automatic and on click switch to
options different slides
e. Add narration to the slide and files
f. Insert Hyperlinks
31. To Practice Animation a. Apply transitions to slides Add animation effects

effects b. To explore and practice
special animation effects like
Entrance, Emphasis, Motion
Paths &Exit
153
32. Reviewing presentation a. Checking spelling and a. Use Spell check
grammar and Grammar
b. Previewing presentation feature
c. Set up slide show b. Setup slide show
d. Set up resolution c. Add timing to the
e. Exercise with Rehearse slides
Timings feature in PowerPoint d. Setup automatic
f. Use PowerPoint Pen Tool slide show
during slide show
g. Saving
h. Printing presentation
(a) Slides
(b) Hand-out
33 To familiarize with a. Open Adobe Photoshop Open a photograph

standard toolbox b. Use various tools such as and save it in
i. The Layer Tool Photoshop
ii. The Color& Swatches Tool
iii. Custom Fonts & The Text
Tool
iv. Brush Tool
v. The Select Tool
vi. The Move Tool
vii. The Zoom Tool
viii. The Eraser
ix. The Crop Tool
x. The Fill Tool
34 To edit a photograph a. Use the Crop tool a. Able to edit image

b. Trim edges by using
c. Change the shape and size of a corresponding tools.
photo
d. Remove the part of
photograph including graphics
and text
35 To insert Borders around a. Start with a single background Able to create a

photograph layer border or frame
b. Bring the background forward around an image to
c. Enlarge the canvas add visual interest to
d. Create a border color a photo
e. Send the border color to the
back
f. Experiment with different
colors
154
36 To change Background of a a. open the foreground and Able to swap
Photograph background image background elements
b. Use different selection tools to using the Select and
paint over the image Mask tool and layers.
c. Copy background image and
paste it on the foreground.
d. Resize and/or drag the
background image to
reposition.
e. In the Layers panel, drag the
background layer below the
foreground image layer.
37 To change colors of a. Change colors using:
Photograph i) Color Replacement tool Able to control color
ii) Hue/Saturation adjustment saturation
layer tool
38 To prepare a cover page for a. open a file with height 500 and
the book in subject area width 400 for the cover page. Able to prepare cover
page for the book
b. apply two different colors to
work area by dividing it into
two parts using Rectangle tool.
c. Copy any picture and place it
on work area→ resize it using
free transform tool.
d. Type text and apply color and
style
e. Apply effects using blended
options
39 To adjust the brightness a. open a file.
and contrast of picture to b. Go to image→ adjustments→ Able to control
give an elegant look Brightness/Contrast. brightness/contrast.
c. adjust the brightness and

contrast.
d. save the image.
40 To type a word and apply a. open a file Able to apply shadow
the shadow emboss effects b. Select the text tool and type emboss effects
text.
c. Select the typed text go to
layer→ layer style→ blended
option→ drop shadow, inner
shadow, bevel and emboss→
contour→ satin→ gradient
overlay
d. Save the image.
155
Unit test-1 From 1 to 8
156
I Year Internal Lab Examination
UNIT TEST - I
COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS LAB

MAX MARKS:40 Time:90Min
1. Identify the internal hardware components of a PC and assemble them.
2. Identify the external components or peripherals of a PC and connect them.
3. Identify the components on motherboard.
4. Perform the process of placing processor on CPU slot.
5. Perform the process of removing and placing the RAM in the corresponding slot.
6. Identify the CMOS battery and test whether it is working it or not.
7. Find details of following:
a) Operating System being used.
b) Processor name
c) RAM
d) Hard disk
8.Create a folder by your name, search a file or folder and find its path.
9. Draw the National Flag using MS Paint.
10. Create a word document that contains TEN names of your classmates (boys-5 & girls-5) and
perform the following tasks:
a) Save the document to your desktop.
b) Sort the names in each list alphabetically.
c) Set line spacing to 1.15.
d) Use bullet points for the names in both lists separately.
157
UNIT TEST - II
SCHEME: C-20 SUBJ CODE:CM-110 MAX

MARKS:40 Time:90Min
1. Write individually addressed letters to your friends about the Republic Day celebration
using Mail Merge.
2. Create a Word document about your college and insert page numbers in footer and College Name in
header.
3. Create your class time table using Tables in MS Word.
4. Create a 2-page document about your College& insert hyperlinks for courses offered in the college
and insert Bookmarks next to College Name.
5. Write individually addressed letters to your friends (at least 5 members) to intimate the External
Examination time table using Mail Merge.
(𝑥+𝑦)2 𝑥 2 +2𝑥𝑦 +𝑦 2
6. Write an equation = in MS word.
(𝑥−𝑦)2 𝑥 2 −2𝑥𝑦 +𝑦 2
7. Create the organizational structure of your college in MS Word.
8. Create a spreadsheet by totaling marks of 3 or more subjects, then calculate percentage and
hence find grade based on boundary conditions of FIVE students:
Grades O >= 90%, A >=80%, B >=70%, C >=60%, D >=50%, E >=40%, F <40%
9. Create a Excel spreadsheet for the following data, making sure that the cell marked with Category
(A1) is pasted in cell A1 in the spreadsheet and perform the questions below.
Category (A1) Product Name Quantity Inventory Price per Unit Total Price
Office Supplies Binder 2 20 12.99 25.98
Office Supplies Pencil 20 20 0.99
Electronics Samsung 4K Smart TV 1 5 399.00
Electronics Bluetooth Speakers 4 5 44.49
Computers Lenovo X230 12in Laptop 2 2 279.90
a). Change the format of the “Total Price” column to “Currency” format.
b) Calculate Total Price by writing formula.
c) Turn on filtering for the table.
d) Sort the table by column “Category” from A to Z.
10. Create a spreadsheet to calculate Cumulative monthly attendance for a period of Three months.
158
UNIT TEST - III

MAX MARKS:40 Time:90Min

1. Create a PowerPoint Presentation about your College in 5 slides only.
2. Create a PowerPoint Presentation on Computer Hardware in minimum 5 slides.
3. Create a PowerPoint Presentation on Computer Fundamentals with Entrance, Emphasis effects in
minimum 5 slides.
4. Create a PowerPoint Presentation on any topic with special animation effects like Entrance,
Motion Paths &Exit.
5. Resize the image using photoshop.
6. Change the background of a Photograph.
7. Edit an image by using
a) Crop tool.
b) Resize the image
c) Save the new image with new name keeping original image as it is.
8. A Picture of two parrots (parrots.jpg) is given to you. Make anyone of one of the parrots in Black &
White.
9. Convert a color image to monochrome and improve quality of photograph.
10. Copy three pictures and fit into the empty frames.
159
MODEL PRACTICAL QUESTION PAPER-YEAR END EXAM

MAX MARKS:60 TIME: 3 HOURS
1. Identify the internal hardware components of a PC and assemble them.
2. Identify the external components or peripherals of a PC and connect them.
3. Write the procedure to create the files and folders

4. Write the procedure to access Calculator, Paint and Notepad application
5. Write the procedure to perform the following in MS Word
(a) Change the Font Size
(b) Change the Font Style
(c) Change the Text Size
6. Write the procedure to perform the following in MS Word
(a)Change the Font Color.
(b)Use Various Text Alignment Options.
(c)Format text in Bold, Italicand Underline.
7. Create the hierarchy of your family in MS Word.
8. Write the procedure to perform the following in MS Word:
(a) Insert a Table
(b) Add a Row
(c) Add a column
(d) Delete a Row
(e) Delete a column
(𝑥+𝑦)2 𝑥 2 +2𝑥𝑦 +𝑦 2
9. Write the procedure to use Equation(𝑥−𝑦)2 = 𝑥 2 −2𝑥𝑦 +𝑦 2 and Symbols.
160
10. Write the procedure to perform the following in MS Excel
(a) To Modify Column Width
(b) To Modify Row Height
(c) Format text in Bold, Italic, and Underline.
11. Write the procedure to create charts and Graphs in MS Excel
12. Write the procedure to create simple Power Point Presentation on your college in Three
slides.
13. Write the procedure to perform Animation on Text and Objects in your presentation.
14. Take a photographic image. Give a title for the image. Put the border. Write your names.
Write the Name of Institution and Place.
15. Prepare a cover page for the book in your subject area. Plan your own design.
16. You are given a picture of a flower and associated background (Extract.jpg).Extract the
Flower only from that and organize it on a background. Select your own background for
organization.
17. You are given a picture (BrightnessContrast.jpg). Adjust thebrightness and contrast of the
picture so that it gives an elegant look.
18. You are given a picture (position.jpg). Position the picture preferablyon a plain background
of a color of your choice - Positioning includerotation and scaling.
19. Remove the arrows and text from the given photographic image (Filename: photo.jpg).
20. Type a word; apply the following effects. Shadow Emboss.
161
III SEMESTER
162
CURRICULUM-2020
(III Semester)
Instruction
Total Scheme Of Examinations
Periods/Week
Periods
(hrs) Marks Marks
Marks
THEORY SUBJECTS
CM-301 Mathematics –II 4 60 3 20 80 100
CM-302 Digital Electronics 5 - 75 3 20 100

80
CM-303 Operating systems 4 - 60 3 20 80 100
CM-304 Data Structures through C 6 - 90 3 20 80 100
CM-305 DBMS 6 - 90 3 20 80 100
PRACTICAL SUBJECTS
CM-306 Digital Electronics Lab - 3 45 3

40 60 100
Data Structures Through C 90

CM-307 - 6 3 40 60 100
Lab
CM-308 DBMS Lab - 4 60 3 40 60 100
CM-309 Multimedia Lab 4 60 3 40 60 100
Total 25 17 630 260 640 900

CM-303,304,305,307,308,309 common with DIT branch
163
C-20
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-II

Course Title
Code Periods/week periods FA SA
Engineering
CM-301 4 60 20 80
Mathematics-II
1 Indefinite Integration 22 CO1
2 Definite Integration and its applications 24 CO2
3 Differential Equations of first order 14 CO3
Total Periods 60
Course (i) To understand the concepts of indefinite integrals and definite

integrals with applications to engineering problems.
Objectives
(ii) To understand the formation of differential equations and
learn various methods of solving them.
Upon completion of the course the student shall be able
CO1 Integrate various functions using different methods.
Course CO2 Evaluate definite integrals with applications.

Outcomes
CO3 Obtain differential equations and solve differential equations of
first order and first degree.
164
C-20
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – II
Learning Outcomes
Unit-I
C.O. 1 Integrate various functions using different methods.
L.O.1.1. Explain the concept of Indefinite integral as an anti-derivative.
1.2. State the indefinite integral of standard functions and properties of Integrals  (u + v) dx
and ku dx where k is constant and u, v are functions of x.
1.3. Solve integration problems involving standard functions using the above rules.
1.4. Evaluate integrals involving simple functions of the following type by the method of
substitution.
i)  f(ax + b) dx where f(x)dx is in standard form.
ii)  [f(x)]n f (x) dx
iii)  f (x)/[f(x)] dx
iv)  f {g(x)} g (x) dx
1.5. Find the integrals of tan x, cot x, sec x and cosec x using the above.
1.6. Evaluate the integrals of the formsinmxcosnx dx where m and n are suitable positive
integers.
1.7. Evaluateintegrals of suitable powers of tan x and sec x.
1.8. Evaluate the Standard integrals of the functions of the type
1 1 1
i) , 2 , 2
a  x a  x x  a2
2 2 2
1 1 1
ii ) , ,
a2  x2 a2  x2 x2  a2
iii ) x 2  a 2 , x 2  a 2 , a 2  x 2
165
1.9. Evaluate the integrals of the type
1 1 1
 a  bSin d ,  a  b cos d and  a cos  b sin   cd .
1.10. Evaluate integrals using decomposition method.
1.11. Solve problems using integration by parts.
1.12 Use Bernoulli’s rule for evaluating the integrals of the form  u.vdx .
1.13. Evaluate the integrals of the form ex [f(x) + f (x)] dx.
Unit-II
C.O.2 Evaluate definite integrals with applications.
L.O.2.1. State the fundamental theorem of integral calculus
2.2. Explain the concept of definite integral.
2.3. Solve problems on definite integrals over an interval using the above concept.
2.4. State various properties of definite integrals.
2.5. Evaluate simple problems on definite integrals using the above properties.
2.6. Explain definite integral as a limit of sum by considering an area.
2.7. Find the areas under plane curves and area enclosed between two curves using
integration.
2.8. Obtain the mean value and root mean square value of the functions in any given
interval.
2.9. Obtain the volumes of solids of revolution.
2.10.Solve some problems using Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3 rule for approximation of
integrals.
166
Unit -III
C.O. 3 Form differential equations and solve differential equations of first order and first
degree.
L.O.3.1. Define a Differential equation, its order and degree
3.2 Find order and degree of a given differential equation.
3.3 Form a differential equation by eliminating arbitrary constants.
3.4Solve the first order and first degree differential equations by variables separable
method.
3.5 Solve Homogeneous differential equation of first order and first degree.
3.6 Solve exact differential equation of first order and first degree.
3.7 Solve linear differential equation of the form dy/dx + Py = Q, where P and Q are
functions of x or constants.
3.8 Solve Bernoulli’s differential equation reducible to linear form.
3.9 Solve simple problems arising in engineering applications.
167
C-20
Engineering Mathematics – II
CO/PO – Mapping
CM-301 PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 2 2 2 3 1 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Avg 3 2.6 2.6 2.6 3 2.3 2.6
concerned teacher.

PSO1: An ability to understand the concepts of basic mathematical techniques and to apply them in
PSO2: An ability to solve the Engineering problems using latest software tools, along with analytical
applications.
168
C-20
Mapped with Level
PO no column I Remarks
CO no (1,2 or 3)
Number %
1 CO1, CO2, CO3 60 100% 3 >40% Level 3
2 CO1, CO2, CO3 60 100% 3 Highly addressed
3 CO1, CO2, CO3 60 100% 3
4 CO2, CO3 38 63.3% 3 25% to 40%

Level 2
5 Moderately
addressed
6
7
5% to 25% Level
PSO 1 CO1, CO2, CO3 60 100% 3
1 Low addressed
PSO 2 CO1, CO2, CO3 40 66.6% 3
PSO 3 CO1, CO2, CO3 48 75% 3 <5% Not

addressed
169
C-20
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – II
COURSE CONTENTS
Unit-I
Indefinite Integration .
1. Integration regarded as anti-derivative – Indefinite integrals of standard functions.

Properties of indefinite integrals. Integration by substitution or change of variable. Integrals
 sin
m
of tan x, cot x, sec x, cosec x. Integrals of the form x.cos n x dx, where at least one of
m and n is odd positive integers. Integrals of suitable powers of tanx. secx and cosecx.cotx
by substitution.
Evaluation of integrals which are reducible to the following forms:
1 1 1
i) , 2 , 2
a  x a  x x  a2
2 2 2
1 1 1
ii ) , ,
a2  x2 a2  x2 x2  a2
iii ) x 2  a 2 , x 2  a 2 , a 2  x 2
Integration by decomposition of the integrand into simple rational, algebraic functions.
Integration by parts, Bernoulli’s rule and integrals of the form  ex [f(x) + f (x)] dx.
Unit-II
Definite Integral and its applications:
2. Definite integral-fundamental theorem of integral calculus, properties of definite integrals,

evaluation of simple definite integrals. Definite integral as the limit of a sum. Area under plane
curves – Area enclosed between two curves. Mean and RMS values of a function on a given interval
Volumes of solids of revolution. Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3 rule to evaluate an approximate
value of a define integral.
170
Unit -III
Differential Equations:
3. Definition of a differential equation-order and degree of a differential equation-

formation of differential equations-solutions of differential equations of first order and first
degree using methods, variables separable, homogeneous, exact, linear differential
equation, Bernoulli’s equation.
Textbook:
Engineering Mathematics-II, a textbook for third semester diploma courses, prepared &
prescribed by SBTET, AP.
Reference Books:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.
2. Schaum’s Outlines Differential Equations, Richard Bronson & Gabriel B. Costa
3. M.Vygodsky, Mathematical Handbook: Higher Mathematics, Mir Publishers, Moscow.
171
BLUE PRINT
Marks wise Question

S. Chapter/ No of Weightage COs
distribution of wise distribution
No Unit title Periods allotted mapped
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Unit – I:
1 Indefinite 22 28 11 11 06 0 2 2 2 0 CO1
Integration
Unit – II:
Definite
2 24 33 11 03 11 08 2 1 2 1 CO2
Integration and
its applications
Unit – III:
Differential
3 14 19 03 03 03 10 1 1 1 1 CO3
Equations of
first order
Total 60 80 25 17 20 18 5 4 5 2
C-20
Unit Test Syllabus
Unit Test Syllabus
Unit Test-I L.O 1.1 to L.O 2.5

Unit Test-II L.O 2.6 to L.O 3.9
172
UNIT TEST MODEL PAPERS
First Year
Subject name: Engineering Mathematics-II

Sub Code: CM-301
Part-A 16Marks
each
 x dx
8
a. Evaluate (CO1)
1
b. Evaluate  4  x2
dx. (CO1)
 e  f ( x)  f ( x)  dx  e f ( x)  c is true/false
x ' x
c. (CO1)

2
d. Evaluate  cos xdx (CO2)
0
 1
2. 
Evaluate  3cos ec 2 x  2 tan x sec x   dx.
x
(CO1)
sin  log x 
3. Evaluate  x dx. (CO1)

x
4. Evaluate e sin 2 xdx. (CO1)

2
 sin
2
5. Evaluate xdx (CO2)
0
173
Part-B 3×8=24
1
6. A) Evaluate  dx. (CO1)
5  4 cos x
or

4 3
B) Evaluate sin x cos xdx. (CO1)
 1  x2 

1
7. A) Evaluate cos  2 
dx. (CO1)
 1 x 
or

4 2x
B) Evaluate x e dx. (CO1)

2
8. A) Evaluate  cos 4 x cos xdx
0
(CO2)
or

2
sin10 x
B) Evaluate  dx (CO2)
0
sin10 x  cos10 x
-o0o-
174
Unit Test II C –20, CM-301
First Year
Subject name: Engineering Mathematics-II

Sub Code: CM-301
Part-A 16Marks
each
a. Volume of the curve y  f ( x) over the interval  a, b  when rotated about X-axis is
____________ (CO2)
b. Mean value of f ( x) over the interval  a, b  is____________ (CO2)
d2y
c. Order of differential equation 2
 p 2 y  0 is__________ (CO3)
dx
dy
d. Integrating factor of  Py  Q is________________
dx
(CO3)
2. Find the mean value of x 2  2 x  1 over the interval 1, 2 (CO2)
Find the area enclosed by curve x  4 y between the lines x  2 and x  4

2
3. (CO2)
4. Form the differential equation by eliminating the arbitrary constants from
y  A cos 2 x  B sin 2 x.
(CO3)
dy 1 y2
5. Solve  . (CO3)
dx 1  x2
175
Part-B 3×8=24
A) Find the area bounded between the curve y  x  5x and the line y  4  2 x (CO2)
2
6.
Or
B) Find the R.M.S value of log x between the lines x  e to x  e2 (CO2)
x2 y 2
7. A) Find the volume of the solid obtained by revolving the ellipse   1 about x axis
16 25
(CO2)
or
6
1
B) Calculate the approximate value of  1  x dx by taking n  6 using Trapezoidal rule
0
(CO3)
8.    
A) Solve y 2  2 xy dx  2 xy  x 2 dy  0. (CO3)
or
dy y
B) Solve x   x3 y 6 . (CO3)
dx x
-o0o-
176
END EXAM MODEL PAPERS
PART-A
 4 
1. Evaluate   2sin x  3 e x   dx. CO 1
 1  x2 
2. Evaluate  e x sin e x dx. CO 1
3. Evaluate  sin 3x cos 2 xdx. CO 1
4. Evaluate  xe x dx. CO1

1
1
5. Evaluate  dx. CO 2
0
1  x2
6. Find the mean value of y  x from x  0 to x  1 CO 2

2
7. Find the area of the region bounded by the curve y  sin x from x  0 to x  
CO 2
2
 d3y 
2
 dy 
8. Find the order and degree of the differential equation  3   3    x 2  1
 dx   dx 
CO3
dy 1  y 2
9. Solve  CO3
dx 1  x 2
   
10. Solve x 2  y dx  y 2  x dy  0. CO3
177
PART-B
3x  1
11. A) Evaluate   x  1 x  3 dx. CO1
Or
1
B) Evaluate  5  4 cos x dx. CO1
12. A) Evaluate  x sin 3xcosxdx. CO1

Or
x
3
B) Evaluate cos xdx. CO1
1
x3
13. A) Evaluate  dx. CO2
0
1  x8
Or

2
1
B) Evaluate  dx. CO2
0
1  tan 3 x
14. A) Find the area of the region bounded by the curves y  4 x and x  4 y .
2 2
CO2
Or
B) Find the R.M.S values of 27  4x 2 from x  0 to x  3 CO2
x2 y 2
15. A) Find the volume of the solid generated by revolution of the ellipse  1
16 25
about X-axis CO2
Or
178
11
 x dx by using Simpson’s 1/3rd rule by

3
B) Calculate the approximate value of
1
dividing the range into 10 equal parts. CO2
PART-C
dy
16. Solve 2sin x  y cos x  xy 3e x . CO3
dx
179
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS CM-301
TIME : 3 HOURS MODEL PAPER-II MAX.MARKS : 80M
PART-A
 3
1. Evaluate   3 e x  2cos x   dx. CO 1
 x
2. Evaluate  cos2 2 xdx. CO 1
tan 1 x
3. Evaluate  dx. CO 1
1  x2
4. Evaluate  x cos xdx. CO1

2
1
5. Evaluate  dx. CO2
0 4  x2
6. Find the mean value of i  a sin t over the complete wave.CO2
7. Find the volume generated by revolving the circle x  y  9 from x  0 to x  2

2 2
about x-axis CO2

8. Obtain the differential equation by eliminating the arbitrary constants A and B
x
from the curve y  Ae  Be
x
CO3
dy
9. Solve  e2 x  y CO3
dx
dy y
10. Solve   x CO3
dx x
180
PART-B
1
11. A) Evaluate  2x 2
 3x  5
dx. CO1
Or
B) Evaluate  sin 3 x cos5 xdx. CO1
 2  sin 2 x 
12. A) Evaluate  e x   dx. CO1
 1  cos 2 x 
Or
B) Evaluate  e2 x x 4 dx. CO1
1
sec2 x
13. A) Evaluate  dx. CO2
0 1  tan x 
2
Or

2
B) Evaluate  log 1  tan   d . CO2
0
14. A) Find the area bounded between the curves y  x and the line y  3x  4 .
2
CO3
Or
B) Find the R.M.S value of log x between the lines x  e to x  e2 CO2
15. A) Find the volume of right circular cone using integration. CO2
Or
181
1
1
B) Find the approximate value of  from  1 x
0
2
dx using Trapezoidal rule by
dividing  0,1 into 5 equal sub-intervals. CO2
PART-C
16. Solve xy 2 dy   x3  y 3  dx  0 CO3
Curriculum Gaps identified in this subjects:
1 Unit-I: Indefinite Integration and part of Unit-II: Definite Integration are required for CME
branch
2 Part of Unit-II: Appliocations of Definite Integration and Unit-III are not required
3 Instead of Part of Unit-II: Appliocations of Definite Integration and Unit-III , Concepts of
Discrete Mathematical Structures may be included which is essential for CME branch students.
182
Course Course Title No. of Periods/ Total No. of Marks Marks for
code Weeks periods for FA SA
CM-302 Digital 5 75 20 80
Electronics
S. No. Chapter/Unit Title No. of Periods CO’s Mapped

1. Number systems 15 CO1
2. Logic Gates, Boolean Algebra 17 CO2
and basic Combinational circuits
3. Flip-Flops 15 CO3
4. Counters and registers 17 CO4
5. Additional Combinational 11 CO5
Circuits
Total Periods 75
Course Upon completion of the course the student shall be able

Objectives i)To acquire the basic knowledge of digital logic levels and apply of knowledge to
understand digital logic circuits.
ii)To prepare students to perform the analysis and design of various digital
electronic circuits.

CO1 CM-302.1 Explain the structure of various number systems.
CO2 CM-302.2 Describe fundamental concepts and techniques used in

digital electronics, the switching algebra theorems and logic
gates and apply them to design logic circuits using K-Maps
Course CO3 CM-302.3 Explain the operation of flip flops
Outcomes
CO4 CM-302.4 Design the counting circuits, Registers using flipflop
operations.
CO5 CM-302.5 Analyse various sequential circuits and combinational circuits
CO-PO/PSO Matrix:
CM-302.1 3 3 3 2 3 2 3
CM-302.2 3 3 3 2 1 1 3 2 2
CM-302.3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3
183
CM-302.4 2 2 3 1 2 1 2 2 1
CM-302.5 2 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 1
Average 2.4 2.2 2.6 2.25 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.4 1.75 2
3=Strongly mapped, 2=moderately mapped, 1=slightly mapped

Learning Outcomes:
1.0 Number systems

1.1 List the various number systems used in digital Computer.
1.2 Explain Decimal number system
1.3 Explain Binary number system
1.4 Explain octal number system
1.5 Explain Hexadecimal number system
1.6 Convert decimal number to other base conversion.
1.6.1 Decimal to Binary
1.6.2 Decimal to Octal
1.6.3 Decimal to Hexadecimal
1.7 Convert binary number to other base conversion.
1.7.1 Binary to Decimal
1.7.2 Binary to octal
1.7.3 Binary to Hexadecimal
1.8 Convert Octal number to other base conversion.
1.8.1 Octal to Decimal
1.8.2 Octal to Binary
1.8.3 Octal to Hexadecimal
1.9 Convert hexadecimal other base conversion.
1.9.1 Hexadecimal to Decimal
1.9.2 Hexadecimal to Binary
1.9.3 Hexadecimal to Octal
1.10 Binary number representation.
1.10.1 Define Binary numbers representation.
1.10.2 List the types of Binary numbers representation.
1.10.3 Explain Unsigned binary number representation.
1.10.4 Explain Signed binary number representation.
1.10.5 Explain Signed binary arithmetic.
1.10.6 Illustrate addition of two signed binary numbers.
1.10.7 Illustrate subtraction of two signed binary numbers.
1.10.8 Illustrate binary multiplication.
1.10.9 Illustrate Binary division.
1.11 Binary coded decimal (BCD) coding scheme.
1.11.1 Define Binary coded decimal (BCD) coding scheme.
1.11.2 List the types of Binary coded decimal (BCD)
1.11.3 Draw and explain 8421 codes.
1.11.4 Draw and explain 2421 code.
1.11.5 Draw and explain 8 4-2-1 code.
1.11.6 Draw and explain Excess 3 code.
1.11.7 Draw and explain Gray code.
1.11.8 Explain Character representation
1.11.9 List character representation codes
1.11.10 Explain the ASCII coding scheme.
1.11.11 Explain the EBCDIC coding scheme.
184
2.0 Boolean Algebra, Logic gates and Basic Combinational Circuits
2.1 Define Boolean algebra
2.2 Explain AND, OR, NOT operations with truth tables.
2.3 Explain the working of EX-OR and EX-NOR operations with truth tables.
2.4 List the different postulates in Boolean algebra.
2.5 State De-Morgan ‘s theorems.
2.6 Prove De-Morgan’s theorems using truth tables.
2.7 Apply De-Morgan ‘s theorems and other postulates of Boolean algebra
to simplify the given Boolean expression.
2.8 Generate Boolean expression for given truth table.
2.9 Use Sum-Of-Products (SOP) method
2.10 Use Product-Of-Sums (POS)method
2.11 Use K – map to simplify Boolean expression (up to 4 variables).
2.12 Use Two variable K-Map, Three variable K-Map and Four variable K-Map
2.13 Logic Gates
2.13.1 Define Logic gate
2.13.2 List basic gates
2.13.3 Define OR gate
2.13.4 Explain OR gate with logic symbol and truth table.
2.13.5 Define AND gate
2.13.6 Explain AND gate with logic symbol and truth table.
2.13.7 Define NOT gate
2.13.8 Explain NOT gate with logic symbol and truth table.
2.13.9 What is universal gate? List universal gates
2.13.10 Define NOR gate
2.13.11 Explain NOR gate with logic symbol and truth table.
2.13.12 Define NAND gate
2.13.13 Explain NAND gate with logic symbol and truth table.
2.13.14 Define EX-OR and EX-NOR gates
2.13.15 Explain the working of EX-OR and EX-NOR gates with truth tables.
2.13.16 Implement AND, OR, NOT, EX-OR gates using NAND gates only
2.13.17 Implement AND, OR, NOT, EX-OR gates using NOR gate only.
2.14 Basic Combinational Circuits
2.14.1 Define the Half Adder. Explain the function of Half Adder.
2.14.2 Draw Half-Adder circuit using an exclusive OR and an AND gate.
2.14.3 Draw a Half–Adder using only NAND gates or only NOR gates.
2.14.4 Define the Full Adder. Explain the function of Full Adder.
2.14.5 Construct Full Adder using two Half-Adder and an OR gate
2.14.6 Define the parallel Adder
2.14.7 Explain the function of parallel Adder using logic symbol.
2.14.8 Draw and explain 4-bit parallel adder using full adders.
2.14.9 Draw and explain 4-bit parallel adder/ 2‘s complement subtractor circuit.
2.14.10 Explain the working of a serial adder with a block diagram.
2.14.11 List the advantage and disadvantages of a serial adder
2.14.12 List the advantage and disadvantages of a parallel adder.
2.14.13 Distinguish between serial adder and parallel adder.
2.14.14 Explain the operation of a digital comparator circuit for two 4-bit words.
3.0 Flip Flops
185
3.1 List the details of different logic families.
3.2 Define positive and negative logic levels.
3.3 Define Flip flop.
3.4 Draw and explain the basic principle of operation of a Flip-flop.
3.5 Define Latch.
3.6 Explain the working of a NAND latch circuit with truth table and Timing diagram.
3.7 Explain the working of a NOR latch circuit with truth table and Timing diagram.
3.8 Differentiate between Latch and Flip-flop.
3.9 Define Triggering.
3.10 List the types of Triggering.
3.11 Draw and explain the concept of edge triggering (positive, negative)
3.12 Draw and explain the concept of level triggering. (Positive, negative)
3.13 Explain with block diagram, waveforms and truth tables the working of RS Flip-flop.
3.14 Explain with block diagram, waveforms and truth tables the working of RST Flip-flop.
3.15 Explain with block diagram, waveforms and truth tables the working of D Flip-flop.
3.16 Explain with block diagram, waveforms and truth tables the working of JK Flip-flop.
3.17 Explain with block diagram, waveforms and truth tables the working of T Flip-flop.
3.18 Distinguish between synchronous and asynchronous inputs of a flip- flop and state
the its functions.
3.19 Draw and explain the need for a Master-Slave flip-flop.
3.20 Explain the working of a Master-Slave flip-flop using suitable circuit diagram and truth
table.
4.0 Counters and Registers
4.1 Counters
4.1.1 Define Counter
4.1.2 List the types of counters.
4.1.3 Define Synchronous counter
4.1.4 Define Asynchronous counter
4.1.5 Distinguish between asynchronous and synchronous counters.
4.1.6 Draw and explain module-8 ripple counter circuit diagram with waveforms and truth
tables
4.1.7 Draw and explain module-16 ripple counter circuit diagram with waveforms and truth
tables
4.1.8 Draw and explain module-10 (decade) Asynchronous counter circuit diagram with
Waveforms and truth tables
4.1.9 Draw and explain module-8 synchronous counter circuit diagram with waveforms and
truth tables
truth tables
truth tables
4.1.12 List the draw backs of ripple counters.
4.1.13 List the advantages of synchronous counters
4.1.14 Explain the operation of a up/down counter circuit diagram with waveforms and truth
tables
4.1.15 Define Programmable counter
4.1.16 Draw and explain the need for a Programmable counter
4.1.17 Explain how to design Programmable counter circuit diagram
4.1.18 Draw and explain the operation of a 4-bit ring counter.
4.1.19 List the applications of counter.
4.2 Register
4.2.1 Define Register
186
4.2.2 State the need of Register.
4.2.3 List the methods of data transfer in register.
4.2.4 List the types of Registers
4.2.5 Define Serial in – Serial out register
4.2.6 Define Serial in – Parallel out register
4.2.7 Define Parallel in – Serial out register
4.2.8 Define Parallel in – Parallel out register
4.2.9 Explain the working of serial in – serial out register with circuit diagram.
4.2.10 Explain the working of serial in – parallel out register with circuit diagram.
4.2.11 Explain the working of shift left Register with circuit diagram.
4.2.12 Explain the working of shift right registers with circuit diagram.
4.2.13 Explain the working of universal shift register.
4.2.14 Draw and explain the use of shift register as memory.
5.0 Additional Combinational Circuits

5.1 Define data selector and state its importance.
5.2 Define the terms Multiplexer and Demultiplexer.
5.3 Draw and explain the operation of a Multiplexer circuit diagram with truth table.
5.4 Draw and explain the operation of Demultiplexer circuit diagram with truth table.
5.5 List the applications of Multiplexers.
5.6 List the applications of Demultiplexers.
5.7 Define the terms Encoder and Decoder.
5.8 Draw and explain the operation of a 4 to10 line decoder circuit diagram with truth table.
5.9 Draw and explain the operation of an 8 to 3 encoder circuit diagram with truth table.
5.10 List applications of Decoders.
5.11 List applications of Encoders.
5.12 Define Programmable logic Devices.
5.13 List the types of Programmable logic Devices.
5.14 Draw and explain the Programmable Logic Array (PLA).
COURSE CONTENTS
1. Number Systems: Number Systems, Decimal, Binary, Hexadecimal and Octal codes,
Conversion from one number system to another number system, Binary numbers
representation, Binary Arithmetic, BCD, Character representation-ASCII and EBCDIC code for
characters.
2. Boolean algebra and Logical Gates: AND, OR, NAND, NOT, NOR & EX-OR gates. Logical
definitions – Symbols – truth tables. Boolean theorems, Boolean simplifications of Boolean
expressions, Using De-Morgan ‘s theorems, Formation and implementation of Logic
expressions, Karnaugh ‘s mapping, Applications involving developing of combinational logic
circuits. Half-Adder, Full-adder, Subtractor series – Parallel Binary adder – Parallel
adder/subtractor circuits.
3. FLIP FLOP: Different logic families, Basic principles of Flip Flop operation (with help of wave
form & truth tables) of RS, T, D, JK and Master Slave JK flip flop, concept of Edge Triggering and
Level Triggering, Synchronous and Asynchronous flip flop.
4. Counters: Basic Asynchronous, Synchronous Binary and Decade counter and the Ripple
counter, their use Decade counter, Up and Down counters, Ring counter.
Registers: Shift registers, Serial, Parallel register, Serial-in Parallel out, Parallel-in– serial out
devices, Universal shift registers, Applications.
5. Additional Combinational Circuits Multiplexers, Demultiplexers and Encoders, Decoders-
operation of a multiplexer with a circuit diagram - operation of a demultiplexer with a circuit
187
diagram - applications of multiplexers and demultiplexers-operation of a 4-to-10-line decoder -
operation of an 8-to-3-line encoder, Programmable logic array.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Digital principles and applications, Malvino and leach- SIE publications.

2. Digital Electronics, Bignell- Delmar Cengage Learning.
3. Modern Digital Electronics, R.P Jain- Tata Mc Graw Hill Education.
4. Computer System Architecture, Morris Mano -Pearson Edition
5. Introduction to Digital Systems, James Palmer, David Perlman- Tata Mc Graw Hill Education.
MODEL BLUE PRINT

No.of Weightage CO’s
S.No. Chapter/Unit title Distribution of Distribution of
periods Allocated Mapped
Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
1 Number systems 15 14 3 11 1 2 CO1
Logic Gates, Boolean
Algebra and basic
2 17 14 6 11 * 2 2 * CO2
Combinational
circuits
3 Flip-Flops 15 14 3 11 * 1 2 * CO3
Counters and
4 17 14 3 11 * 1 2 * CO4
registers
Additional
5 Combinational 11 14 3 8 * 1 1 * CO5
circuits
Total 75 70+10 (*) 18 52 10* 6 9 1
Note: Part-C: 10 marks single analytical question may be chosen from any one of the chapters
marked with *.

188
MODEL PAPER
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
UNIT TEST-1
PART-A 16Marks

2) First question carries 4 marks, and remaining carries 3 marks each.
1. a) K-map is not used to simplify Boolean expression (True/False) (CO2)
b) --------------------is the base of octal number system (CO1)
c) logic gate gives---------------------number of outputs (CO2)
d) TTL stands for ------------------------------------------ (CO3)
2) Convert 1010102into decimal number (CO1)
3) State and prove Demorgan’s theorems using truth table (CO2)
4) Implement OR gate using NAND gate only. (CO2)
5) Define positive and negative logic levels of FLIP FLOP (CO3)
PART-B 3X8=24Marks

6. a) Explain addition and subtraction of two signed binary numbers. (CO1)

Or
b) List and explain any two character representation codes. (CO1)
7. a) Derive the Boolean expression using Karnaugh map if F (A, B, C, D) =∑ (0,2,5,7,8,10,13,15) (CO2)
Or
b) Draw and explain 4-bit parallel adder using full adders. (CO2)
8. a) Define Half Adder, give its truth table and draw the Half–Adder using only NOR gates. (CO2)
Or
b) Explain the working of a NAND latch circuit with truth table and Timing diagram. (CO3)
189
MODEL PAPER – END EXAMINATION
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

PART-A 10X3=30Marks
1. Convert (34.56)10 into binary number system. (CO1)

2. List the types of Binary Coded Decimal (BCD). (CO1)
3.Write about De-Morgan’s theorems. (CO2)
4.Draw the logic symbols for AND gate and OR gate with truth tables. (CO2)
5. Define full adder. (CO2)
6. Define positive and negative logic levels. (CO3)
7. Distinguish between Latch and Flip-flop. (CO3)
8. Distinguish between asynchronous and synchronous counters. (CO4)
9. List the types of Registers (CO4)
10. Define Programmable logic Devices. (CO5)
PART-B 5x8=40Marks
11.A. Illustrate subtraction of two signed binary numbers. (CO1)

OR
11.B Explain Signed binary number representation. (CO1)
12.A. Draw and explain 4-bit parallel adder using full adders. (CO2)
OR
12.B Implement AND, OR, NOT, EX-OR gates using NAND gate only. (CO2)
13.A. Explain the working of a NAND latch circuit with truth table and Timing diagram. (CO3)
OR
13.B Explain the working of a Master-Slave flip-flop using suitable circuit diagram and truth table.
(CO3)
14.A. Draw and explain mod-10 (decade) Asynchronous counter circuit diagram with waveforms.
and truth tables. (CO4)
OR
14.B. Explain the working of shift left register with circuit diagram. (CO4)
15.A. Draw and explain the operation of a Multiplexer circuit diagram with truth table. (CO5)
OR
15.B Draw and explain the operation of an 8 to 3 encoder circuit diagram with truth table. (CO5)
PART-C
1X10=10Marks
190
16. Can it be possible to achieve same operation by replacing latch with flipflop? Give the reasons.
(CO3)
No. of Total No. of Marks for

Course code Course Title Marks for FA
Periods/Weeks periods SA
Operating
CM-303 4 60 20 80
Systems
S.No. Chapter/Unit Title No. of Periods CO’s Mapped
1. Introduction to Operating system 12 CO1
2. Process management 12 CO2
3. Synchronization & Deadlocks 12 CO3
4. Memory management 12 CO4
5. Disk scheduling and File management 12 CO5
Total Periods 60
i) To know about the basics of Operating Systems
ii)To familiarize with process management, Scheduling algorithms,

Course Objectives
Synchronization and deadlock techniques
iii)To understand various Memory management techniques
iv)To familiarize with File management
CO1 CM-303.1 Explain basic concepts of Operating System
CO2 CM-303.2 Analyse a given process scheduling algorithm

Course
Out CO3 CM-303.3 Describe Semaphores, synchronization and Deadlock handling techniques
comes
CO4 CM-303.4 Use memory management techniques and page replacement algorithms
CO5 CM-303.5 Use Disk scheduling algorithms and File allocation methods with respect to
191
different operating systems
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CM-303.1 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2
CM-303.2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2
CM-303.3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 3
CM-303.4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CM-303.5 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 2
CM-303.6 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
Average 3 3 2.5 2 2.5 3 3 3 2.5 2.5
Learning Outcomes:
1.0 Introduction to operating systems
1.1 Define an operating system
1.2 Discuss history of operating system
1.3 Discuss about various types of operating systems
1.4 Distinguish spooling and buffering
1.5 Explain the concepts of multiprogramming and timesharing
1.6 Differentiate between distributed and real time systems
1.7 Describe multiprocessor systems
1.8 Describe the operating system components
1.9 Discuss operating system services
1.10 Define system call with an example
1.11 List and explain different types of system calls
1.12 Define single user, multi user operating system structure
2.0 Process management
2.1 Define process and process control block
2.2 Explain process state diagram
2.3 Describe process creation and termination
2.4 Discuss the relation between processes
2.5 Define Thread and describe multithreading
2.6 Explain scheduling concepts
2.7 Describe scheduling queues and schedulers
2.8 Explain CPU scheduling and scheduling criteria
2.9 Explain various scheduling algorithms
2.9.1 FCFS
192
2.9.2 SJF
2.9.3 Round Robin
2.9.4 Priority
2.9.5 Multilevel Scheduling
3.0 Synchronization & Deadlocks
3.1 Define Process synchronization
3.2 Describe semaphores
3.3 Explain inter process communication
3.4 Define Deadlock
3.5 State the necessary conditions for arising deadlocks
3.6 State various techniques for deadlock prevention
3.7 Discuss Deadlock avoidance and detection
3.8 Describe the process of recovering from deadlock
4.0 Memory management

4.1 Discuss Memory Hierarchy.
4.2 Describe briefly address binding, dynamic loading, dynamic linking
4.3 Define overlays
4.4 Describe briefly on swapping
4.5 Explain single partition allocation
4.6 Explain multiple partition allocation
4.7 Explain the concept of fragmentation
4.8 Explain paging concept
4.9 Explain how logical address is translated into physical address
4.10 Explain segmentation and segmentation with paging
4.11 Define and explain virtual memory techniques
4.12 Describe demand paging
4.13 Describe page replacement
4.14 Discuss on page replacement algorithms
4.14.1 FIFO
4.14.2 LRU
4.14.3 Optimal
4.15 Explain the concept of thrashing
4.16 Explain working set model and page fault frequency
5.0 Disk scheduling and File management
5.1 List and define various disk performance parameters like Capacity, Latency time, Seek Time,
transfer rate, Access time, reliability, and average transfer time.
5.2 Calculate Latency time, Seek Time, transfer rate, transfer time with numerical examples on
disk structure.
5.3 Disk allocation methods.
5.4 Disk scheduling policies
5.2.1 FIFO
5.2.2 SSTF
5.2.3 SCAN methods
5.5 Define file management
5.6 List and explain various file operations
5.7 List and explain various access methods
5.8 List and explain various allocation methods
193
5.9 List and explain directory structure
5.10 Explain disk organization and structure
COURSE CONTENT
1.0 Introduction to operating systems

Operating System –Evolution of operating system-Types of Operating Systems - Multi Programming
and Time Sharing - Distributed and Real time Systems - spooling and buffering - Multi processor
systems-Components of Operating Systems - operating System Services - system Calls - single User
and Multi user operating System Structure.
2. Process management
Processes - Sequential Processes - Process State Diagram - Process Control Block - Process Creation
and Termination - Relations between Processes - Threads and Multi-Threading - Scheduling Concepts
- Schedulers - CPU scheduling and Scheduling criteria - scheduling algorithms.
3. Synchronization & Deadlocks

Inter Process Communications - semaphores – monitors Deadlocks - principal of deadlock - deadlock
prevention - deadlock detection - deadlock avoidance.
4. Memory management
Memory Hierarchy, Address binding -Dynamic Loading- dynamic linking-overlays-swapping- memory
allocation-fragmentation-paging-segmentation- segmentation with paging-Benefits of virtual
memory - virtual memory techniques - demand paging - page replacements - page replacement
algorithms – thrashing.
5.Disk scheduling and File management

Disk performance parameters - Disk Allocation methods-Disk scheduling policies –Introduction to file
systems - File Management-File Operations - Access methods - Directory structure organization - File
Protection.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Operating Systems,Silber Schatz and Galvin- Wiley

2. Operating Systems, William Stallings-Prentice Hall
3. Operating Systems, Dietel and Dietel -Pearson
4. Operating Systems, Dham here -TMH
5. Advanced Operating Systems, Tanenbaum- Prentice Hall
194
MODEL BLUE PRINT

Chapter/Unit No. of Weightage CO’s
S. No. Distribution of Distribution of
title periods Allocated Mapped
Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Introduction to
1 Operating 12 14 6 8 2 1 CO1
system
Process
2 12 14 6 8 2 1 CO2
management
Synchronization
3 12 14 3 3 8 * 1 1 1 * CO3
& Deadlocks
Memory
4 12 14 6 8 2 1 CO4
management
Disk scheduling
5 and File 12 14 3 11 * 1 2 * CO5
management
Total 60 70+(10*) 24 38 8 10* 8 6 1 1
Note: Part-C: 10 marks single analytical question may be chosen from chapters marked with *.

195
MODEL PAPER
OPERATING SYSTEMS
UNIT TEST-1
PART-A 16Marks

2) First question carries 4marks, and remaining carries 3marks each.
1. a) Operating system is a Hardware. (True/False) (CO1)

b) Operating system is also known as ___________ manager. (CO1)
c)Full form of FCFS is ___________. (CO2)
d) Which one of the following is not a process state [ ] (CO2)
I) New II) Scheduling III) Suspend IV) Running
2) List any three types of Operating Systems. (CO1)
3) Define spooling and buffering. (CO1)
4) Draw Process state diagram. (CO2)
5) Define Process Synchronization. (CO3)
PART-B 3X8=24Marks
6. a) Explain the concept of Multiprogramming and Time sharing. (CO1)
(Or)
b) Explain various system calls with an example. (CO1)
7. a) Differentiate Distributed and Real-time systems. (CO1)

(Or)
b) Explain SJF scheduling algorithm with an example. (CO2)
8. a) Explain Round Robin CPU scheduling algorithm. (CO2)

(Or)
b) Explain Inter process communication. (CO3)
196
OPERATING SYSTEMS

Instructions:
1) Answer all questions
2) Each question carries Three marks
1. Define Operating system. (CO1)
2. List different types of system calls. (CO1)
3 Define the terms program and process? (CO2)
4 Write about multithreading? (CO2)
5 List the necessary conditions for deadlock? (CO3)
6 Define Semaphore. (CO3)
7 State the need of Virtual Memory? (CO4)
8 Define Overlay. (CO4)
9 Define Latencey Time and Seek time. (CO5)
10 List the file allocation methods. (CO5)
PART-B 5x8=40Marks
Instructions:
1)Answer all questions
2) Each question carries Eight Marks

11.A. Differentiate multiprogramming and time sharing? (CO1)

OR
11.B Explain in detail about OS services? (CO1)
12.A. Draw and explain process state diagram? (CO2)
OR
12.B Explain various scheduling algorithms (CO2)
13.A. Explain inter process communication (CO3)
OR
13.B Explain Deadlock avoidance and detection (CO3)
197
14.A. Explain paging concept (CO4)
OR
14.B Explain virtual memory techniques (CO4)
15.A Calculate the average access time for transferring 512 bytes of data with the data rate 40KB
per second. The average seek time is 5msec, the disk rotation is 6000RMP, and the controller
overhead is 0.1 msec. (CO5)
OR
15.B Explain disk organization and structure (CO5)
PART-C 1x10=10Marks
16. Consider the situation, "There are two teams, team A and team B. Both want to play cricket
and went to playground but the problem is , team A has just Bat but no ball and team B has just ball
and no bat ( both team don't care about it as they are assuming there would be some shop nearer
and they will purchase the missing item). They reach the playground at the same time and now
inquired if there is any sport shop but they come to know there is no shop. Somehow, they come to
know about each other problem, now Team A requested team B to provide them their Ball and team
but requested team A to provide them their Bat. But both teams are not ready to share their bat or
ball as already they have sufficient 11 players and both want to play cricket.”
Is there any deadlock situation occurs? Justify the answer. (CO3)
198
No. of Total No. of Marks for
Course code Course Title Marks for FA
Periods/Weeks periods SA
Data
CM-304 Structures 6 90 20 80
Through C
Introduction to Data structures,

1. 30 CO1
Searching and Sorting
Linked Storage Representation-Linked

2. 18 CO2
Lists
3. Linear Data Structures-Stacks 12 CO3
4. Linear Data Structures-Queues 10 CO4
5. Non-Linear Data Structures-Trees 20 CO5
Total Periods 90
i)To know the various types of Data Structures
Course Objectives ii)To familiarize with the representation of Data Structures
iii)To use various Data structures in organizing data
iv)To reinforce theoretical concepts by writing relevant programs
CO1 CM-304.1 Illustrate various techniques of sorting and searching
CO2 CM-304.2 Explain the operations on Various Linked Lists

Course
Out comes CO3 CM-304.3 Apply the operations of Stack.
CO4 CM-304.4 Explain the operations of different types of Queue.
CO5 CM-304.5 Apply Binary tree traversal techniques.
199
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CM-304.1 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
CM-304.2 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 3 2
CM-304.3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2
CM-304.4 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2
CM-304.5 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
Average 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 2.5 2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Introduction to Data Structures, Searching and Sorting

1.1 Understand various types of Data Structures
1.1.1.Define Data Structure and classify them.
1.1.2.Explain Linear Data Structures.
1.1.3.Describe Non-Linear Data Structures.
1.1.4.Explain Data Types and Abstract Data Types.
1.1.5.Explain about Space and Time Complexity.
1.2 Searching and Sorting

1.2.1 Various Sorting Techniques
1.2.1.1 Define Sorting.

1.2.1.2 State the need of Sorting.
1.2.1.3 List the methods of Sorting.
1.2.1.4 Explain the procedure, algorithm, program and time complexity of the following
Sorting techniques:
a) Bubble Sort,
b) Selection Sort,
c) Insertion Sort,
d) Quick Sort, and
e) Merge Sort.
1.2.2 Various Searching Techniques
1.2.2.1 Define searching

1.2.2.2 State the need of searching.
1.2.2.3 List two types of searching.
1.2.2.4 Explain the procedure, algorithm, program and time complexity of the following
Searching techniques:
200
a) Linear Search,
b) Binary Search,
2. Linked Storage Representation –Linked Lists
2.1.List the advantages & disadvantages of Linked Lists over Arrays.
2.2.State the purpose of Dummy Header.
2.3.Explain the following for Singly Linked List
 Structure
 Creation
 How to represent a node using ‘C’ Structure
 Perform insertion, deletion, traverse and sort operations
 Perform search and replace an element
 C Program with all operations.
2.4. Explain the following for Singly Circular Linked List.
 Structure
 Creation
2.5. Explain the following for Doubly Linked List.
 Structure
 Creation
2.6. Explain the following for Doubly Circular Linked List.
 Structure
 Creation
2.7. List the advantages of a Singly Circular Linked List over a Singly Linked List
2.8. Describe the changes require in a singly linked list program to make it the Singly Circular List.
2.9. List the advantages of a Doubly Circular Linked List over a Doubly Linked List
2.10. Describe the changes require in a Doubly Linked List program to make it the
Doubly Circular List.
3. Linear Data Structures-Stacks
3.1 Define Stack

3.2 Explain the push, pop and display operations of a Stack
3.3 Explain array implementation of a Stack & its operations.
3.4 Write the program for Array implementation of a Stack & its operations.
3.5 Explain Linked List implementation of a Stack & its operations.
3.6 Write the program for Linked List implementation of a Stack & its operations.
3.7 List the applications of Stacks
3.8 Convert Infix expression to Postfix expression
3.9 Write the program for Conversion of Infix expression to Postfix expression
201
3.10 Evaluate Postfix expression
3.11 Write the program for Evaluating Postfix expression
4. Linear Data Structures-Queues
4.1 Define Queue

4.2 Explain the insertion, deletion and display operations on Queues
4.3 Explain array implementation of a Queue & its operations.
4.4 Write the program for Array implementation of a Queue & its operations.
4.5 Explain Linked List implementation of a Queue & its operations.
4.6 Write the program for Linked List implementation of a Queue & its operations.
4.7 Know about Circular Queues
4.8 Explain array implementation of a Circular Queue & its operations
4.9 Write the program for Array implementation of a Circular Queue & its operations
4.10 Explain Linked List implementation of a Circular Queue & its operations.
4.11 Write the program for Linked List implementation of a Circular Queue & its operations.
4.12 List the application of Queues
4.13 Know about Priority Queues
5. Non-Linear Data Structures-Trees
5.1 Define a Tree

5.1.1 Explain the terminology related to Tree (Root, Edge, Parent, Child, Siblings, Leaf, Internal
nodes, Degree, Level, Height, Depth, Path, Sub tree, Forest).
5.2 Define Binary Tree
5.3 Write the differences between General Tree and Binary Tree.
5.4 Convert General Trees to Binary Trees
5.5 Explain the linear representation and linked list representation of a Binary Tree.
5.6 Define Binary Search Tree
5.7 Write differences between Binary Search Tree and Binary Tree
5.8 Perform various traversals on Binary Trees
5.9 Construct a Binary Tree using In-order and Preorder Traversals
5.10 Construct a Binary Tree using In-order and Post-order Traversals
5.11 Know the importance of Binary Search Trees over General Trees
5.12 Perform insertion, deletion, search and various traversal operations on a Binary Search
Tree.
5.13 Write the program to implement Binary Search Tree operations.
5.14 List the Applications of trees
COURSE CONTENT
1. Introduction to Data Structures
Data structures – Linear & Non- linear, data types and abstract data types, algorithm analysis for
time and space requirements.
Searching & Sorting – Sorting - Introduction to different sorting techniques –Bubble, Selection,
Insertion, Quick & Merge Searching – Introduction to different searching techniques – Linear and
Binary Search.
202
2. Linear data structures-Linked Lists
Linked Lists – Types - Singly Linked Lists – Create, insert, delete, sort, search and replace
an element in a linked list – Singly Circular Linked Lists - Create, insert, delete, sort, search
and replace an element in a linked list–Doubly Linked Lists – Create, insert, delete, sort,
search and replace an element in a linked list, - Doubly Linked Lists – Create, insert, delete,
sort, search and replace an element in a linked list.
3. Linear data structures-Stacks
Stacks- Implementation of stacks, application of stacks, converting infix to postfix expression and
postfix expression evaluation.
4. Linear data structures-Queues
Queues–Implementation of queues- Application of queues- know about Circular queues, and Priority
queue.
5. Non-Linear data structures-Trees
Trees- Trees- Trees Terminology–Binary trees –Representation – Linear and Linked list
representation-Binary Search Tree-various operations-Tree Traversals-Tree Conversions&
Applications
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Data Structures: A Pseudocode Approach with C, Gilberg / Forouzan, Course technology Inc.
2. Data Structures using ‘C, Aaron m. Tanenbaum, Y Langsam and Augonstein (PHI).
3. Data structures through C, Yashwant Kanetkar, BPB Publications
4. An Introduction to data structures with applications, Tremblay & Sorenson, McGraw Hill
Education
5. Data structures, Seymour Lipschitz, McGraw Hill Education.
203
MODEL BLUE PRINT

Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Introduction to
Data structures,
1 Sequential 30 17 8 6 3 * 1 2 1 * CO1
Storage
Representation
Linked Storage
2 Representation- 16 14 3 8 3 * 1 1 1 * CO2
Linked Lists
Linear Data
CO1, CO2,
3 Structures- 14 14 3 3 8 * 1 1 1 *
CO3
Stacks
Linear Data
CO1, CO2,
4 Structures- 10 11 3 8 * 1 1 *
CO4
Queues
Non-Linear
Data CO1, CO2,
5 20 14 3 3 8 * 1 1 1 *
Structures- CO5
Trees
Total 90 70+10* 20 28 22 10* 5 6 4 1
Note: Part-C: 10 marks single analytical question may be chosen from the chapters marked *.

204
MODEL PAPER
Data Structures through C
UNIT TEST-1
PART-A 16Marks

2) First question carries 4marks, and remaining carries
3 marks each
1. a) Array is a non-linear Data Structure. (True/False) (CO1)

b) Re-arranging of adjacent elements followed in ________ type of sorting. (CO1)
c) Single Linked List node consists of ___________ number of fields. (CO2)
d) Which one of the following is not a sorting technique [ ] (CO1)
i) Merge II) Bubble III) Binary IV) Quick
2) Define the terms sorting and searching. (CO1)
3) List any three Linear Data Structures. (CO1)
4) Give the represent of Singly circular Linked list with three nodes. (CO2)
5) Distinguish between Singly Linked list and doubly linked list. (CO2)
PART-B 3X8=24Marks
3) Answer should be comprehensive and the criterion for valuation is the content but
not the length of the answer
6. a) Explain Bubble sort technique. (CO1)
(Or)
b) Explain Quick Sort technique. (CO1)
7. a) Explain Binary Search technique using Recursion. (CO1)

(Or)
b) Write a C program to implement Singly Linked list operations. (CO2)
8. a) Write a C program to implement Doubly Linked list operations. (CO2)

(Or)
b) Explain Circular Doubly Linked List operations. (CO2)
205
Data Structures through C

MAX MARKS: 80 TIMES: 3 HOURS
PART - A
Answer all the Questions. Each Question Carries 3 marks
1. Define the terms Linear Data Structure and Non-Linear Data Structure. (CO1)
2. List the abstract Data Types. (CO1)
3. Define Space and Time Complexities. (CO1)
4. List any three operations of Linked List. (CO2)
5. Write the structure code for declaring Doubly circular Linked List. (CO2)
6. Convert the following infix expression into postfix expression: a+b*c/d^e. (CO3)
7. List the applications of stacks. (CO3)
8. Define Priority Queue. (CO4)
9. Write differences between Binary Tee and Binary Search Tree. (CO5)
10. Define the terms root, Leaf and internal node. (CO5)
PART-B
11. Explain the method of Bubble Sort. (CO1)

Or
Write a C program for Binary Search using Recursion. (CO1)
12. Write a C Program to Implement Single Linked List operations. (CO2)

Or
Write a C Program to implement Double Linked List operations. (CO2)
13. Explain Linked list implementation of Stack operations. (CO3)

Or
Write a C program for Evaluation of Post Fix expression using Stacks. (CO3)
14. Explain all the operations of Circular Queues. (CO4)

Or
Write a C Program for implementation of Queues using linked lists. (CO4)
15. Explain the Linear representation and Linked representation of Binary Tree. (CO5)
Or
Explain the steps involving in converting a general tree into binary tree. (CO5)
PART-C 10 marks
16. Identify suitable data structure for representing a polynomial and justify your answer.
(CO5)
206
No. of Total No. of
Course code Course Title Marks for FA Marks for SA
Periods/Weeks periods
CM-305 DBMS 6 90 20 80
1. Concepts of DBMS & RDBMS 18 CO1
2. Concepts of SQL 22 CO2
3. Basics of PL/ SQL 18 CO3
4. Advanced PL/SQL 16 CO4
5. 16 CO5
Concepts of NoSQL & MongoDB.
Total Periods 90
i)To know the fundamentals of DBMS

Course Objectives ii)To familiarize insert, retrieve, update, delete data in database
iii)To familiarize programming skills for insert, retrieve, update, delete

data in database
CO1 CM-305.1 Describe fundamentals, types and Overall structure of DBMS.
CO2 CM-305.2 Apply SQL commands to create, retrieve, update, delete data from
Course the Relational data bases.
Out comes
CO3 CM-305.3 Describe PL/SQL programming constructs, control statements and
sub programs.
CO4 CM-305.4 Apply cursors, triggers and Exception handling concepts.
207
CO5 CM-305.5 Use NOSQL database concepts and MongoDB data base concepts
in designing database Schema.
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CM-305.1 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 1
CM-305.2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2
CM-305.3 3 2 2 2 1 3 2 2 1 1
CM-305.4 1 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3
CM-305.5 3 1 3 1 3 3 2 2 2 3
Average 2.4 2.2 2.6 2 2.2 3 2.8 2 2 2
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the syllabus students should be able to
1.0 Concepts of DBMS &RDBMS

1.1 Define Database Management System(DBMS)
1.2 List the advantages of DBMS
1.3 Explain Database Abstraction, Data Independence
1.4 Define Instances and Schemas
1.5 Explain Data Models.
1.6 Define Database languages DDL, DML, TCL
1.7 Explain Database Administrator, Users and Database System Architecture with diagram.
1.8 Define the terms Entity, Entity sets, Relationship, Relationship sets,
1.9 Explain Super Key, Candidate Key and Primary Key, Foreign Key
1.10 Explain Mapping Cardinalities.
1.11 List the symbols used in ER model.
1.12 Explain the Entity-Relationship Model.
1.13 Reduce the ER-diagrams to tables
1.14 Explain Generalization, Specialization &Aggregation.
1.15 Explain Function Dependencies, Normalizations– 1 NF, 2 NF and 3NF
1.16 Explain E.F.CODD‘s rules for RDBMS
2.0 Concepts of SQL

2.1 Explain SQL and benefits of SQL.
2.2 Describe about Embedded SQL and Lexical conventions
2.3 Describe Naming of the Objects and parts and how to refer them.
2.4 Explain literals &different data types like character, number, long, date, raw and long
raw etc.
2.5 Illustrate the comments within SQL Statement.
2.6 Explain SQL Operators.
2.7 Describe Data Definition Language commands CREATE, ALTER and DROP.
2.8 Explain integrity constraints in creating a table and altering table.
208
2.9 Describe Data Manipulation Language commands INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE
2.10 Explain SELECT statement with WHERE, ORDER BY, GROUP BY and HAVING clauses
with examples.
2.11 List and explain single row (Number, character, date and conversion) functions.
2.12 List and Explain group functions.
2.13 Explain Transaction Control Commands COMMIT, SAVEPOINT, ROLLBACK, GRANT, and
REVOKE with examples.
2.14 Explain Sub Queries with examples.
2.15 Explain Joins (Equi Join, Non-Equi Joins, Inner Join, Outer Join, cross join and Self join)
with syntax and examples.
3.0 PL/SQL
3.1 Explain PL/SQL Block structure.
3.2 List the features of PL/SQL
3.3 Explain the data types of PL/SQL
3.4 Illustrate declarations and naming conventions of variables
3.5 Explain PL/SQL tables and user defined records.
3.6 Explain Input/Output statements.
3.7 Explain decision making statements with examples (IF...
THEN,IF.THEN.ELSE,IF.HEN.ELSE.IF,CASE,GOTO)
3.8 Explain looping statements and illustrate (Simple loop, While loop, For loop).
3.9 Explain procedure with syntax and examples.
3.10 Explain function with syntax and examples.
3.11 Describe the advantages of subprograms.
3.12 Explain handling procedures with example programs.
3.13 Explain handling functions with example programs.
3.14 Explain the parameter modes in PL/SQL with examples (in, out and in out)
3.15 Define Recursion
3.16 Explain Recursion with example programs.
4.0 Advanced PL/SQL

4.1 Define cursor.
4.2 Classify cursors.
4.3 Explain implicit cursor with examples.
4.4 Explain explicit cursors with examples.
4.5 Define trigger.
4.6 List Advantages of triggers.
4.7 Explain database triggers.
4.8 Define the term Exception handling
4.9 List the advantages of Exception handling
4.10 List the types of Exceptions.
4.11 Illustrate built-in Exceptions
4.12 Illustrate User defined Exceptions
4.13 Explain propagation and re-raising of exceptions.
5.0 Concepts of No SQL& Mongo DB.

5.1 No SQL
5.1.1 Explain the classification of Databases: RDBMS, OLAP, NoSQL.
5.1.2 State the need of No SQL& its purpose
5.1.3 Compare RDBMS and No SQL
209
5.1.4 List the Advantages and Disadvantages of No SQL
5.1.5 Explain about the ACID and BASE system.
5.1.6 Compare ACID and BASE properties
5.1.7 Classify No SQL as Key-value stores, Column-oriented, Graph and Document
oriented Databases.
5.1.8 Explain about Key-value stores Databases, Column-oriented Databases, Graph
Databases, Document oriented Databases with examples.
5.2 Mongo DB
5.2.1 What is the purpose of mongoDB.
5.2.2 List the advantages of Mongo DB.
5.2.3 Explain the Creation, Dropping, Creation of Collection & Dropping of Collection
of Database in Mongo DB
5.2.4 Explain the Data types of Mongo DB.
5.2.5 Explain Inserting Document, Query Document, Update Document, Deleting
Document &Sorting Document with examples
COURSE CONTENT
1. Concepts of DBMS & RDBMS
Define DBMS –Purpose of DBMS - Data Abstraction – Data Models – Instances and Schemas
– Data Independence – Data Definition Language - Data Manipulation Language – Database
Administrator - Database Users – Database system Structure.
Entities – Relationships and Relationship sets – Mapping constraints – Entity – Relationship

Diagram – Super key , Candidate key and Primary key - Reducing E- R Diagrams to tables –
Generalization and Specialization – Aggregation – Functional Dependencies - Normal forms
1NF , 2 NF , 3 NF- E.F.CODD‘s rules for RDBMS
2. Concepts of SQL
Benefits of SQL – Embedded SQL – Lexical conventions – Naming objects and parts –
Referring objects and parts – Literals – Text –Integer – Number – Data types – Character
data types – Number data type – Long data type –Raw and Long Raw data types –Pseudo
columns – comments within SQL statements – comments on schema objects.
Operators – Unary and Binary operators – Precedence- Arithmetic operators – character

operators – comparison operators – logical operators- set operators – other operators –DDL
Commands – Integrity Constraints – DML Commands - functions – single row functions –
numeric functions – character functions – date functions – conversion functions – other
functions- Group functions. Transaction control commands-Sub queries - Joins.
3. Basics of PL/SQL
Main features – architecture – advantage of PL/SQL – fundamentals – character set – Lexical

units – Data types – data type conversion – declarations – naming conventions – scope and
visibility – assignments – expressions and comparisons – PL/SQL tables – user defined
records.
Conditional control- IF statement – sequential control- GOTO and NULL statements. SQL
support – national language support – Remote Access
210
Advantages of subprograms – procedures – Functions RETURN statement – forward
declarations – actual versus formal parameters – positional and named notation - parameter
modes – recursion
4. Advanced PL/SQL
Cursors – Implicit cursor – Explicit cursor – Triggers – Advantages - creating trigger – raising
trigger - Advantages of Exceptions – predefined Exceptions – user defined Exceptions .
5. Concepts of No SQL& Mongo DB
Classification of Databases : RDBMS, OLAP, No SQL.-Introduction to No SQL- need for No SQL

– Comparison of RDBMS and No SQL- Advantages and Disadvantages of NoSQL - BASE
system – ACID System – Comparison of ACID and BASE properties – Classification of NoSQL
as Key-value stores, Column-oriented, Graph and Document oriented Databases - Key-value
stores Databases - Column-oriented Databases - Graph Databases - Document oriented
Databases
Introduction to Mongo DB - advantages of Mongo DB - applications of Mongo DB -

Installation of Mongo DB - Creation of Database - Dropping of Database - Creation of
Collection - Dropping of Collection - Data types of Mongo DB - different Commands of
Mongo DB - Inserting Document - Query Document - Updating Document – Deleting
Documents - Sorting Documents
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Database System Concepts, Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudarshan- Mc Graw Hill

Publications.
2. Oracle Database 11g: The Complete Reference, Kevin Loney-Oracle Press.
3. Fundamentals of Database Systems, Shamkant B. Navathe-Pearson
4. Understanding ORACLE, James T. Peary & Joseph G. Laseer- SybexInc.U.S..
5. RDBM with ORACLE, Rolland- Addison Wesley.
6. ORACLE series books of ORACLE Press– TMH.
7. Starting out with Oracle, Covering Databases, John Day &CraigVan- Dream Tech.
8. PL/SQL, Developer Tools & DBA, Slyke-Dreamtech.
9. www.nosql-database.org
10. www.mongodb.org
211
MODEL BLUE PRINT

Chapter/Unit No.of Weightage CO’s
S.No. Distribution of Distribution of
Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Concepts of
1 DBMS & 18 14 6 8 * 2 1 * CO1
RDBMS
Concepts of
2 22 14 3 8 3 2 1 CO2
SQL
Basics of PL/
3 18 14 6 8 * 2 1 * CO3
SQL
Advance
4 16 14 6 8 * 2 1 * CO4
PL/SQL
Concepts of
5 16 14 6 8 * 2 1 * CO5
NoSQL &
MongoDB.
Total 90 70+(10*) 27 40 3 10* 10 5 1
Note: Part-C: 10 marks single analytical question may be chosen from any chapters marked with *.

212
MODEL PAPER
DBMS
UNIT TEST-1
PART-A 16Marks

2) First question carries 4marks, and remaining carries 3 marks each
1. a) File system is more advantageous than DBMS. (True/False) (CO1)

b) Entity is defined as ………. (CO1)
c) Full form of DML is ……….. (CO1)
d) Which one of the following is not a Database Language [ ] (CO1)
i) DML II) DDL III) TCL IV) TLL
2) Define Instance & Schema. (CO1)
3) List any three data types in SQL. (CO2)
4) Write the syntax for CREATE command in SQL. (CO2)
5) List the features of PL/SQL. (CO3)
PART-B 3X8=24Marks
3) Answer should be comprehensive and the criterion for valuation is the content but
not the length of the answer
6. a) Explain Database System Architecture (CO1)
(Or)
b) Explain Generalization, Specialization and Aggregation (CO1)
7. a) Explain ER diagram with an example. (CO1)

(Or)
b) Explain any two Joins in SQL. (CO2)
8. a) Explain CASE statement with syntax and example. (CO3)

(Or)
b) Explain FOR Loop with syntax and example PL/SQL program (CO3)
213
DBMS

MAX MARKS: 80 TIME: 3 HOURS
PART-A 10x3=30M
Instructions:
1.Answer all questions.
2.Each question carries Three marks.
3.Answers should be brief and straight to the point and should not exceed five simple sentences.
1. Define Database Management System. (CO1)

2. Define Primary Key. (CO1)
3. List DML commands. (CO2)
4. Write a SQL Query to retrieve maximum value from sal column of employee table. (CO2)
5. List any three features of PL/SQL. (CO3)
6. What is Recursion. (CO3)
7. Define Cursor. (CO4)
8. List any three Built-in Exceptions. (CO4)
9. Compare features of RDBMS with that of NoSQL. (CO5)
10. List any three advantages of MongoDB. (CO5)
PART-B 5x8=40M
Instructions : 1. Each question carries EIGHT marks.

2. Answers should be comprehensive and criteria for valuation is the content but not the length of the
answer.
11. A) Explain Database System Architecture (CO1)
OR
B) Explain Generalization, Specialization and Aggregation (CO1)
12. A) Explain group handling functions with syntax and example (CO2)
OR
B) Explain Joins in SQL (CO2)
13. A) Write a PL/SQL procedure to find biggest of three given numbers. (CO3)
OR
B) Write a PL/SQL program to find factorial of a given number using recursion. (CO3)
14. A) Explain Implicit cursors in PL/SQL (CO4)
OR
B) Explain Trigger in PL/SQL with example. (CO4)
15. A) Explain Column-oriented Databases in NoSQL. (CO5)
OR
B) Explain Inserting Document in MongoDB. (CO5)
214
PART – C 1x10 = 10M
16. Design a PL/SQL block that will keep track the audit information. (CO4)
Course No of Total no of Marks Marks
Course title
Code periods/week periods for FA for SA
CM-306 Digital Electronics lab 3 45 40 60
No. of
S No Chapter/ Unit Title COs Mapped
Periods
CO1
1 Logic Gates 10
CO1
CO2
2 Combinational logic circuits 10
CO3
3 Sequential Logic Circuits 15
CO4
4 Additional combination circuits 10
TOTAL 45
1. To construct different combinational, sequential logic circuits and

Course Objectives obtain truth tables.
2. To simulate combinational and sequential logic circuits using
simulation software
3. To learn the practical importance of Digital Electronic Circuits.
CO1 CM-306.1 Demonstrate the truth tables of logic gates

Course
CO2 CM-306.2 Design combinational logic circuits and verify truth tables.
Outcomes
CO3 CM-306.3 Design Sequential logic circuits and verify with truth tables.
CO4 CM-306.4 Construct Additional combinational circuits
215
CO-PO/PSO Matrix:
CM-306.1 2 2 3 3 1 2 1 2 3 1
CM-306.2 2 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 1
CM-306.3 2 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 1
CM-306.4 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2
Average 2 2 3 3 1.75 2 1.25 2 3 1.25
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
Logic Gates
1. Identification of Digital ICs and noting down pin details from data sheets.
Identify the given digital ICs and draw the pin diagrams. (Use TTL and CMOS
ICs of AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR and XOR gates with two and three inputs).
2. Verify the truth tables of AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, XOR Gates.
3. Realize AND, OR, NOT, XOR gates using 2 input NAND and NOR Gates.
4. Verify DE Morgan’s Laws using given digital trainer kit and given TTL gates.
Combinational logic circuits

5. Implement Half adder circuit using TTL/CMOS gates, and verify the truth tables.
6. Implement Full adder circuits using TTL/CMOS gates, and verify the truth tables.
7. Verify parallel adder using simulator software.
8. Verify the function of 4-bit magnitude comparator 7485 IC.
Sequential Logic Circuits

9. Verify the truth tables RS, JK, T and D Flip-flops.
10. Construct a ripple counter using JK-FFs and obtain its timing waveforms.
11. Verify the function of 7490 as decade and modulus counter, obtain timing waveforms.
12. verify the function of up/down counter using 74190/ 74193, change the modulus of the
counter and verify.
13. To construct and verify the function of mod-16 Synchronous counters.
14. Verify the function of shift register (ICs like 7495, 74194 etc.).
Additional Combinational logic circuits
216
15. Verify the truth table of Multiplexer IC 74153.
16. Verify the truth table of BCD to 7 segment Decoder 7448 IC.
17. Verify the Truth table of 74148 Encoder & 74138 Decoder IC.
Time Schedule:
Allotted
Sno Experiment Name
Periods
Identification of Digital ICs and noting down pin details from data sheets.
1 Identify the given digital ICs and draw the pin diagrams. (Use TTL and CMOS
ICs of AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR and XOR gates with two and three inputs).
3
2 Verify the truth tables of AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, XOR Gates.
3 Realize AND, OR, NOT, XOR gates using 2 input NAND and NOR Gates. 3
4 Verify DE Morgan’s Laws using given digital trainer kit and given TTL gates. 3
5 Implement Half adder circuit using TTL/CMOS gates, and verify the truth tables.
Implement Full adder circuits using TTL/CMOS gates, and verify the truth 3
6
tables.
7 Verify parallel adder using simulator software. 3
8 Verify the function of 4-bit magnitude comparator 7485 IC. 3
9 Verify the truth tables RS, JK, T and D Flip-flops. 3
10 Construct a ripple counter using JK-FFs and obtain its timing waveforms. 3
Verify the function of 7490 as decade and modulus counter, obtain timing
11 3
waveforms.
verify the function of up/down counter using 74190/ 74193, change the
12 3
modulus of the counter and verify.
13 To construct and verify the function of mod-16 Synchronous counters. 3
14 Verify the function of shift register (ICs like 7495, 74194 etc.). 3
15 Verify the truth table of Multiplexer IC 74153. 3
16 Verify the truth table of BCD to 7 segment Decoder 7448 IC. 3
17 Verify the Truth table of 74148 Encoder & 74138 Decoder IC. 3
217
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB OBJECTIVES AND KEY COMPETENCIES
Sl.No Name of the Experiment Objectives Key Competencies
1 Identification of Digital Identify various ICs and their  Familiarization of ICs

ICs and noting down specification
a. OR gate
pin details from data
b. AND gate
sheets. Identify the c. NAND gate
given digital ICs and d. NOR gate
draw the pin diagrams. e. XOR gate
(Use TTL and CMOS ICs
of AND, OR, NOT,
NAND, NOR and XOR
gates with two and
three inputs).
2 Verify the truth tables of Use various inputs and identify the  Verification of outputs as per
AND, OR, NOT, NAND, outputs of various gates the designated inputs for
NOR, XOR Gates. a. OR gate various gates
b. AND gate
 Familiarization of ICs
c. NAND gate
d. NOR gate  Usage of Bread boards
e. XOR gate  Usage of connectors
 Usage of simulator software
(or) Digital trainer kits
3 Realize AND, OR, NOT, Use NAND and NOR gates (known as  Verification of outputs as per
XOR gates using 2 input the universal gate) implementation the designated inputs for
NAND and NOR Gates. of : combinatorial circuits.
a. AND using NAND
 Familiarization of IC
b. AND using NOR
c. OR using NAND  Usage of Bread boards
d. OR using NOR  Usage of connectors
e. NOT using NAND  Usage of simulator software
f. NOT using NOR (or) Digital trainer kits
4 I. Make the connections according  Verification outputs as per the

Verify DE Morgan’s Laws to the circuit diagram. designated inputs for
using given digital trainer II. Verify De-Morgan’s theorem for demorgan’s theorem
kit and given TTL gates. two variables
 To verify POS and SOP
III. Realize sum of product(SOP) and
product of sum (POS)  To verify truth tables.
expressions  Usage of Bread boards
IV. Verify the truth table for  Usage of connectors
different values.  Usage of simulator software
218
5 Implement Half adder I. Design, realize and verify the  Verification of outputs as per
circuit using TTL/CMOS adder circuits using basic gates the designated inputs for Half
gates, and verify the truth and universal gates. adder circuits as per truth table
II. Verify the truth table.
tables.  Understand TTL , CMOS
families.
 Usage of Bread boards
 Usage of connectors
6 Implement Full adder I. Design, realize and verify the  Verification of outputs as per
circuits using TTL/CMOS adder circuits using basic gates the designated inputs for Full
gates, and verify the truth and universal gates. adder circuits as per truth table
II. Design, realize and verify full
tables.  Understand TTL , CMOS
adder using two half adders.
III. Verify the truth table. families.
7 Verify parallel adder using I. Make the connections as per  Verification of outputs as per
simulator software. the logic diagram. the designated inputs for
II. Connect +5v and ground Parallel adder circuits as per
according to pin configuration.
truth table
III. Apply diff combinations of inputs
to the i/p terminals.  Familiarization of IC 7483
IV. Note o/p for summation.  Usage of Bread boards
V. Verify the truth table.  Usage of connectors
8 Verify the function of 4- I. Make the connections according  Verification of outputs as per
bit magnitude comparator to the circuit diagram. the designated inputs for 4-bit
7485 IC. II. The output is high if both the magnitude comparator circuits
inputs are equal.
as per truth table
III. Verify the truth table for
different values.  Familiarization of IC 7485
219
9 Verify the truth tables RS, I. Connect the circuit  Usage of various flipflops
JK, T and D Flip-flops. II. Apply VCC & ground signal to  Usage of Bread boards
every IC.  Usage of connectors
III. Observe the input & output
according to the truth table.
10 Construct a ripple counter I. Connect the circuit  Verification of outputs of Ripple

using JK-FFs and obtain its II. Apply VCC & ground signal to clunter
timing waveforms. every IC.  Usage of JK FFs
IV. Obtain the timing waveform  Usage of connectors
11 Verify the function of I. Make the connections  Familiarization of IC 7490

7490 as decade and according to the circuit  Usage of Bread boards
modulus counter, obtain diagram.  Usage of connectors
II. Verify the truth table for
timing waveforms.  Usage of simulator software
different values.
III. Obtain the Timing waveform (or) Digital trainer kits
12 verify the function of I. Connect the circuit.  Usage of IC 74190/74193

up/down counter using II. Apply VCC & ground signal to  Usage of Bread boards
74190/ 74193, change the every IC.  Usage of connectors
modulus of the counter  Usage of simulator software
and verify.  (or) Digital trainer kits
13 I. Make the connections as per the  Implement mod-16

To construct and verify the logic diagram. synchronous counter
function of mod-16 II. Connect VCC and ground  Understanding the propose of
Synchronous counters. according to pin configuration.
VCC and Ground.
III. Apply diff combinations of inputs
to the i/p terminals.  Usage of Bread boards
IV. Note o/p for summation.  Usage of connectors
V. Verify the truth table.  Usage of simulator software
 (or) Digital trainer kits
14 Verify the function of shift I. Make the connections according  Implement shift register.
register (ICs like 7495, to the circuit diagram.  Demonstration usage d of
74194 etc.). II. Verify the truth table for ICs 7495,74194
different values.
 Usage of simulator
220
software
(Or) Digital trainer kits
15 Verify the truth table of I. Fix the IC's on the bread board  Implementing Multiplexers.
Multiplexer IC 74153. &give the input supply.  Familiarization of IC 74153
II. Make connection according to  Usage of Bread boards
the circuit.
 Usage of connectors (or) Digital
III. Give select signal and strobe
signal at respective pins. trainer kits
IV. Connect +5 v VCC supply at pin no
24 & GND at pin no 12.
V. Verify the truth table for various
inputs.
16 Verify the truth table of III. Make the connections according  Implementing BCD 7 segment
BCD to 7 segment Decoder to the circuit diagram. Decoder.
7448 IC. IV. Verify the truth table for  Familiarization of IC 7448
different values.
(Or) Digital trainer kits
17 Verify the Truth table of  Implementing Encoder and

74148 Encoder & 74138 I. Make the connections according Decoder.
Decoder IC. to the circuit diagram.  Familiarization of IC 74148
II. Verify the truth table for
&74138
different values.
NOTE: 1) The student can implement above experiments either by using hardware components
or by simulators to get acquaintance to various digital electronic experiments
2)Emphasis should be given to make use of IC trainers and bread boards to get acquainted with
experience of using individual physical components at least for 50 percent of above experiments
221
Course Code Course Title No. of Total No. of Marks for FA Marks for SA
periods/week periods
Data
CM-307 Structures 6 90 40 60
Through C Lab
1. Introduction to Data structures CO1

24
Sequential Storage Representation
2. Linked Storage Representation-Linked CO2

24
Lists
3. Linear Data Structures-Stacks 15 CO1, CO2, CO3
4. Linear Data Structures-Queues 18 CO1, CO2, CO4
5. Non-Linear Data Structures-Trees 9 CO1, CO2, CO5
Total Periods 90
At the end of the course students will be able to
i)To know the various types of Data Structures
Course ii)To familiarize with the representation of Data Structures

Objectives
iii)To use various Data structures in organizing data
iv)To reinforce theoretical concepts by writing relevant programs
CO1 CM-307.1 Execute C programs on sorting and searching techniques

Course
Outcomes CO2 CM-307.2 Develop C programs on the various Linked Lists operations.
CO3 CM-307.3 Design C programs on the operations of Stack data structure
222
CO4 CM-307.4 Execute C programs on the operations of Queue data structure
CO5 CM-307.5 Write C programs on the operations of Binary Trees
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CM-307.1 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2
CM-307.2 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 1 1
CM-307.3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3
CM-307.4 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2
CM-307.5 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 2
Average 3 3 3 1.8 2.8 2.6 2.4 2 2 2
Learning out comes:
Write C Program to Implement
1. BUBBLE SORTING using Functions.
2. SELECTION SORTING using Functions.
3. INSERTION SORTING using Functions.
4. MERGE SORTING on two sorted list using Functions.
5. QUICK SORTING using Functions.
6. LINEAR SEARCHING using Functions.
7. BINARY SEARCHING with-out RECURSION.
8. BINARY SEARCHING with RECURSION.
9. SINGLY LINKED LIST with insert, delete, display, sort, find and replace operations.
10. SINGLY CIRCULAR LINKED LIST with insert, delete, display, sort, find and replace operations.
11. DOUBLY LINKED LIST with insert, delete, display, sort, find and replace operations.
12. DOUBLY CIRCULAR LINKED LIST with insert, delete, display, sort, find and replace operations
13. STACK with insertion, deletion and display operations using arrays.
223
14. STACK with insertion, deletion and display operations using linked lists.
15. Conversion of arithmetic expression to post-fix expression using STACKS.
16. Evaluation of post-fix expression using STACKS.
17. QUEUES with insertion, deletion and display operations using arrays.
18. QUEUES with insertion, deletion and display operations using linked lists.
19. CIRCULAR QUEUE with insertion, deletion and display operations using arrays.
20. CIRCULAR QUEUE with insertion, deletion and display operations using Linked List.
21. BINARY SEARCH TREE with insertion, deletion, various traversals and search operations.
Time Schedule:
Allotted
Sno Experiment Name
Periods
1 BUBBLE SORTING using Functions. 3
2 SELECTION SORTING using Functions. 3
3 INSERTION SORTING using Functions. 3
4 MERGE SORTING on two sorted list using Functions. 3
5 QUICK SORTING using Functions. 3
6 LINEAR SEARCHING using Functions. 3
7 BINARY SEARCHING with-out RECURSION. 3
8 BINARY SEARCHING with RECURSION. 3
9 SINGLY LINKED LIST with insert, delete, display, sort, find and replace operations. 6
SINGLY CIRCULAR LINKED LIST with insert, delete, display, sort, find and replace
10 6
operations.
DOUBLY LINKED LIST with insert, delete, display, sort, find and replace
11 6
operations.
DOUBLY CIRCULAR LINKED LIST with insert, delete, display, sort, find and replace
12 6
operations
13 STACK with insertion, deletion and display operations using arrays. 3
14 STACK with insertion, deletion and display operations using linked lists. 6
15 Conversion of arithmetic expression to post-fix expression using STACKS. 3
16 Evaluation of post-fix expression using STACKS. 3
17 QUEUES with insertion, deletion and display operations using arrays. 3
18 QUEUES with insertion, deletion and display operations using linked lists. 6
19 CIRCULAR QUEUE with insertion, deletion and display operations using arrays. 3
CIRCULAR QUEUE with insertion, deletion and display operations using Linked
20 6
List.
BINARY SEARCH TREE with insertion, deletion, various traversals and search
21 9
operations.
224
DATA STRUCTURES LAB OBJECTIVES AND KEY COMPETENCIES
Name of the
Sl.No Objectives Key Competencies
Experiment
1 Exercise on bubble Write a C program for  Correct syntactical errors

sort  Debug logical errors
i. Implementing Bubble sort  Observe whether Bubble sort
ii. Printing the list after every pass algorithm is properly
iii. Printing the list after Bubble sort implemented
is performed  Check whether the sorted list
is generated after the Bubble
sort is performed for the given
unordered list
 Check the efficiency of the
program if the given list is
almost sorted
2 Exercise on Write a C program for  Correct syntactical errors

Selection sort  Debug logical errors
i. Implementing selection sort  Observe whether selection
ii. Printing the list after every pass sort algorithm is properly
iii. Printing the list after selection implemented
sort is performed  Check whether the sorted list
is generated after the
selection sort is performed for
the given unordered list
3 Exercise on Write a C program for  Correct syntactical errors

insertion sort  Debug logical errors
i. Implementing insertion sort  Observe whether insertion
ii. Printing the list after every pass sort algorithm is properly
iii. Printing the list after insertion implemented
sort is performed  Check whether the sorted list
is generated after the
insertion sort is performed for
the given unordered list
4 Implement a Write a C program for  Correct syntactical errors

program for merge  Debug logical errors
sort on two sorted i. Implementing merge sort  Check whether two separate
ii. Printing the list after every pass sorted lists are properly stored
lists of elements
iii. Printing the list after merge sort in separate arrays
is performed  Observe whether Merge sort
algorithm is properly
implemented
225
Name of the
Experiment
 Check whether the sorted list

is generated after the Merge
two separate lists
5 Exercise on Quick Write a C program for  Correct syntactical errors

sort  Debug logical errors
i. Implementing Quick sort  Observe whether Quick sort
ii. Printing the list after every pass algorithm is properly
iii. Printing the list after Quick sort is implemented
performed  Check whether the sorted list
is generated after the Quick
unordered list
 Check the efficiency of the
program if the given list is
almost sorted
6 Exercises on linear Write a C program for  Correct syntactical errors

search  Debug logical errors
i. Implementing Linear Search  Check whether Linear Search
ii. Print the proper result for algorithm is properly
successful and unsuccessful implemented
search  Observe the result for the
search element is present in
the list
 Observe the result for the
search element is not present
in the list
7 Exercise on binary Write a C program for  Correct syntactical errors

search with-out i. Implementing Binary Search  Debug logical errors
Recursion ii. Print the proper result for  Check whether Binary Search
successful and unsuccessful algorithm is properly
Binary search implemented
the list
in the list
8 Exercise on binary Write a C program for  Correct syntactical errors

search with I. Implementing Binary Search  Debug logical errors
II. Print the proper result for  Check whether Binary Search
226
Name of the
Experiment
Recursion successful and unsuccessful algorithm is properly

Binary search implemented
 Observe the Base Condition
 Observe the intermediate
results in stack

the list
in the list
9 Exercises on Write a C program for  Rectify syntactical errors

creation, insertion,  Debug logical errors
deletion, display, I. Creation of linked list  Study node structure
II. Inserting an element in Linked  Validate whether the memory
sorting, find and
list allocation is done for the node
replace of III. Check for deletion of a node if no  Confirm whether the addition
elements in a element is present and print of node is done at the end
singly linked list error message  Correct if deletion of an
IV. Delete an element from the element in an empty list
Linked list  Confirm whether deletion of
V. Display all the elements from the required node is done
linked list  Observe whether all the
VI. Sorting of elements elements of the linked list are
VII. Find and replace of element displayed in proper order
 Observe whether all the
elements of the linked list are
sorted in proper order
 Observe whether find and
replace of element in the
linked list

sorting, find and
singly circular error message  Correct if deletion of an
linked lists IV. Delete an element from the element in an empty list
227
Name of the
Experiment

linked list
sorting, find and
Double linked lists error message  Correct if deletion of an
IV. Delete an element from the element in an empty list
linked list
sorting, find and
doubly circular error message  Correct if deletion of an
linked lists IV. Delete an element from the element in an empty list
228
Name of the
Experiment

linked list
13 Write a program to Write a C program for  Correct syntactical errors
Implement a stack  Debug logical errors
usingArrays. i. Creation of Stack consisting of  Observe declaration of stack
elements using arrays using arrays
ii. Insertion of new element is done  Validate whether a new
by push() function call element is inserted at the top
iii. Deletion of last element is done by push() function call
by pop() function call  Check whether only the top
iv. Print error message for ‘empty element is deleted by pop()
stack’ if no elements are present function call
for pop() function call  Verify for empty stack
v. Print error message for ‘stack full’ condition in pop()
if number of elements exceed  Verify for stack full condition
size of Stack array in push()

Implement a stack  Debug logical errors
usingLinked List i. Creation of Stack consisting of  Study node structure
elements using Linked List  Validate whether the memory
ii. Insertion of new element is done allocation is done for the node
by push() function call  Observe declaration of stack
iii. Deletion of last element is done using Linked List
by pop() function call  Validate whether a new
iv. Print error message for ‘empty element is inserted at the top
stack’ if no elements are present by push() function call
for pop() function call  Check whether only the top
element is deleted by pop()
function call
 Verify for empty stack
condition in pop()
15 Write a program Write a C program for  Correct syntactical errors

for conversion of  Debug logical errors
giveninfix VI. Conversion of infix expression  Observe declaration of stack
into postfix expression using using arrays
arithmetic
stacks concept  Check whether the final
expression VII. Printing the postfix expression expression is postfix
intopostfix expression or not.
expression using
Stack.
16 Write a program Write a C program for  Correct syntactical errors

for Evaluation of  Debug logical errors
i. Evaluation of post-fix expression
229
Name of the
Experiment
post-fix expression using Stack.  Observe declaration of stack

using Stack. ii. Printing the evaluated result using arrays
 Check whether the result is
correctly evaluated or not.
implement a  Debug logical errors
queue usingarrays
i. Creation of Queue consisting of  Observe declaration of Queue
elements using arrays using arrays
ii. Insertion of new element is done  Validate whether a new
by insert method. element is inserted at the end
iii. Print error message for ‘empty of the array by insert method.
queue’ if no elements are present  Verify for empty Queue
for deletion of an empty queue. condition for deletion of an
iv. Print error message for ‘queue element
full’ if number of elements  Verify for Queue full condition
exceed size of Queue array upon upon insertion of a new
insertion of new element. element
v. Deletion of first element is done  Check whether only the first
by delete method. element is deleted by delete
method.
queue i. Creation of Queue consisting of  Study node structure
elements using Linked List  Validate whether the memory
usinglinkedlist
ii. Insertion of new element is done allocation is done for the node
by insert method.  Validate whether a new
iii. Print error message for ‘empty element is inserted at the end
queue’ if no elements are present of the Linked List by insert
for deletion of an empty queue. method.
iv. Deletion of first element is done  Verify for empty Queue
by delete method. condition for deletion of an
element
 Check whether only the first
element is deleted by delete
method.
circular queue
i. Creation of circular Queue  Observe declaration of circular
consisting of elements using Queue using arrays
usingarrays
arrays  Validate whether a new
ii. Insertion of new element is done element is inserted at the rear
by insert method. end of the array by insert
iii. Print error message for ‘empty method.
queue’ if no elements are present  Verify for empty Queue
for deletion of an empty queue. condition for deletion of an
iv. Print error message for ‘queue element
230
Name of the
Experiment
full’ if number of elements  Verify for Queue full condition

exceed size of Queue array upon upon insertion of a new
insertion of new element. element
v. Deletion of first element is done  Check whether only the first
by delete at the front end element is deleted by delete
at the front end

circular queue i. Creation of circular Queue  Study node structure
consisting of elements using  Validate whether the memory
usingLinkedLists
Linked List allocation is done for the node
ii. Insertion of new element is done  Observe declaration of circular
by insert method. Queue using Linked List
iii. Print error message for ‘empty  Validate whether a new
queue’ if no elements are present element is inserted at the rear
for deletion of an empty queue. end of the Linked List by
iv. Deletion of first element is done delete method.
by delete at the front end  Verify for empty Queue
condition for deletion of an
element
 Check whether only the first
element is deleted by delete
at the front end
21 Write a C program Write a C program for  Correct syntactical errors

to BINARY SEARCH i. Creation of Binary Trees  Debug logical errors
TREE with ii. Insertion of a node  Observe proper definition of
insertion, iii. Deletion of a node elements in a Binary Search
deletion, various iv. Perform In-order Traversal Tree
traversals and of the binary tree  Check whether the node is
search operations. v. Perform Pre-order properly inserted in the Binary
Traversal of the binary tree Tree
vi. Perform Post-order  Check whether the node is
Traversal of the binary tree properly deleted in the Binary
Tree
 Observe the root node after
deleting root node element
 Validate whether the Tree in-
order traversal is properly
done
 Validate whether the Tree pre-
order traversal is properly
done
231
CM-308 DBMS Lab 4 60 40 60
S.No. Chapter/Unit Title No. of Periods CO’s Mapped

1. Concepts of DBMS & RDBMS 8 CO1
2. Concepts of SQL 16 CO2
3. Basics of PL/ SQL 12 CO3
4. Advance PL/SQL 16 CO4
5. Concepts of NoSQL & MongoDB. 8 CO5
Total Periods 60
Upon completion of the course the student shall able to learn
1. Insert, update, delete and select data into/from Relation Database

COURSE 2. Develop PL/SQL programs
OBJECTIVES 3. Insert, update, delete and select data from Mongo DB

CO1 CM-308.1 Develop SQL Queries to Create, modify and drop tables and
Queries to Insert, update, delete data from tables.
CO2 CM-308.2 Execute SQL Queries to display data on different conditions from
different tables
Course CO3 CM-308.3
Outcomes Execute PL/SQL Programs
CO4 CM-308.4
Demonstrate the usage of cursors and triggers
CO5 CM-308.5 Execute commands to Insert, update, delete and select data in
NOSQL and Mongo DB databases
232
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CM-308.1 2 3 2 3 3 2
CM-308.2 2 2 1 2 2
CM-308.3 2 1 2 2
CM-308.4 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CM-308.5 2 3 3 3
Average 2 2.3 2 3 3 2.5 3 2.3 2 2
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1 Know installation of Oracle
2 Exercise on creating tables.
3 Exercise on inserting records
4 Exercise on updating records
5 Exercise on modifying the structure of the table
6 Exercise on Select command
7 Exercise on querying the table using clauses like WHERE, ORDER BY, IN, AND, OR,
NOT, IS NULL
8 Exercise on GROUP BY, HAVING
9 Exercise on Number functions, character functions, conversion functions and date
functions, group functions
10 Exercise on set operators
11 Exercise on sub queries
12 Exercise on Joins
13 Exercise on various date and number format models
14 Exercise on creating tables with integrity constraints
15 Write programs using PL/SQL control statements
16 Exercise on PL/SQL exception handling
17 Exercise on Procedures
18 Exercise on Functions
19 Exercise on Recursion
20 Exercise on Cursors
21 Exercise on Triggers
22 Exercise on Installation of Mongo DB
23 Exercise on Creation and Dropping of Database
24 Exercise on Creation and Dropping of Collections.
233
25 Exercise on Commands of Mongo DB- Insert, update, find, delete and sorting of
Documents.
Mini Project : Student has to develop a Mini project applying the skills acquired from the learning
outcomes of this course.
Time Schedule:
Sl. No Name of the Experiment Periods

1 Know installation of Oracle 1
2 Exercise on creating tables. 1
3 Exercise on inserting records 1
4 Exercise on updating records 1
5 Exercise on modifying the structure of the table 1
6 Exercise on SELECT command 2
7 Exercise on querying the table using clauses like WHERE, ORDER, IN,AND,
18
OR,NOT, IS NULL
8 Exercise on GROUP BY, HAVING 2
9 Exercise on Number functions, character functions, conversion functions
3
and date functions, group functions
10 Exercise on SET operators 2
11 Exercise on sub queries 3
12 Exercise on Joins 3
13 Exercise on various date and number format models 1
14 Exercise on creating tables with integrity constraints 1
14 Write programs using PL/SQL control statements 6
15 Exercise on PL/SQL built-in exception handling 2
16 Exercise on PL/SQL in user defined exception handling 2
17 Exercise on Procedures 2
18 Exercise on Functions 1
19 Exercise on Recursion 1
20 Exercise on Cursors 1
21 Exercise on Triggers 1
22 Exercise on Installation of Mongo DB 1
23 Exercise on Creation and Dropping of Database 1
24 Exercise on Creation and Dropping of Collections 1
25 Exercises on commands of Mongo DB 1
Total 60
234
KEY COMPETENCIES
Sl. No Name of the Objectives Key Competencies

Experiment
1 Know installation Perform the following:

of Oracle
i. To identify the version of  Observe Oracle version

Oracle being installed being installed
ii. To understand the RAM and  Observe the RAM & HDD
HDD requirements for requirements
Oracle installation  Rectify for any Oracle
iii. To comprehend the installation errors
installation steps correctly  Able to login as
iv. Setting up of Oracle Administrator and as
Administrative Password Oracle user account
v. Configuring the Oracle
database after post-
installation steps of Oracle
viz configuring
administrative rights for
performing
vi. To login to Oracle as
administrator account and
Oracle user account
2 Exercise on creating Perform the following:  Correct Table creation
tables. syntax errors
i. To login with Oracle user  Correct the wrong data
account types and inappropriate
ii. To give correct syntax for sizes for the respective
table creation fields
iii. To give correct data type for  Check for displaying the
the required fields with structure of the table
appropriate size
iv. To display the structure of the
table
3 Exercise on inserting Perform the following:  Correct syntax errors for
records Insertion of record
i. Check for the required table  Check for insertion of
present already proper values for the
ii. To insert the records correctly required fields
iii. To display the  Verify the correct values
records correctly pertaining to the record
are inserted in the
required table
 Check for displaying of
the records correctly
235
Experiment
4 Exercise on updating Perform the following:  Correct syntax errors for

records updating of record
i. Check for the required table  Check for updating of proper
present already  Check for displaying of
ii. To update the the updated records
records correctly correctly
iii. To display the
updated records
5 Exercise on modifying Perform the following  Correct syntax errors in
the structure of the modifying the structure
table i. To identify the required of the table
table, present in the system  Check whether required
already field is newly added to
ii. To add new column the existing table
iii. To display the  Check for displaying of
records correctly the modified table
correctly
6 Exercise on SELECT Perform the following  Check for syntax error in
command usage of Select command
i. To identify the required  Check whether Select
table, present already command is given
ii. To display the records in correctly to display all
the required table the records
7 Exercise on querying Perform the following:  Check for syntax error in
the table using clauses usage of Select command
like WHERE, ORDER, i. To use the Select command with appropriate clauses
IN,AND, OR,NOT, IS ii. To use the clauses WHERE,  Check whether Select
NULL ORDER, IN,AND, OR, NOT, IS command along with
NULL along with Select appropriate clause is
command on the given given correctly for the
records in the table required condition
 Check the usage of
clauses WHERE, ORDER,
IN, AND, OR, NOT along
with Select command
appropriately
8 Exercise on GROUP BY, Perform the following:  Check for syntax error in
HAVING the usage GROUP BY,
i. To use the Select command HAVING
To use the clauses GROUP BY,  Check for usage of
HAVING along with Select GROUP BY, HAVING
command on the given records  Verify output values
in the table based on certain
condition on few records
236
Experiment
9 Exercise on Number Perform the following  Check for syntax error of

functions, character various functions
functions, conversion i. To use functions  Check for usage of
functions and date ii. To use set command along various functions
functions, group with WHERE condition, GROUP  Verify output values
functions BY, HAVING based on certain
10 Exercise on SET Perform the following  Check for syntax error in
operators the usage of SET
iii. To use set command command
iv. To use set command along  Check for usage of SET
with WHERE condition command for updating
values based on certain
11 Exercise on sub queries Perform the following  Check for the syntax
error in usage of sub
queries
i. To use Select command  Check for the correctness
ii. To use appropriate Operators
IN of the usage of
appropriate operators
used
12 Exercise on Joins Perform the following  Check for the correctness
of the syntax used for
i. To create two tables joining
ii. To use the common field if  Check if the join is
two tables aroused created between two
iii. To know different types of tables
Joins  Check if self-join is created
13 Exercise on various Perform the following:  Check for the syntax of
date and number the date formats
format models i. To use date formats correctly  Check for the syntax of
ii. To use number the number formats
formats correctly
14 Exercise on creating Perform the following  Check for the syntax
tables with integrity i. Create Primary key errors in usage of all
constraints ii. Create Foreign key or types of Integrity
referential integrity constraints
constraint  Check whether different
iii. Create NOT NULL types of Integrity
constraint constraints are used
iv. Create UNIQUE Key
constraint
v. Create CHECK constraint
237
Experiment
14 Write programs using Perform the following  Check for the syntax of
PL/SQL control i. To use IF ... IF... ELSE statements
statements ELSE  Check for the syntax of
statements all iterative statements
ii. To use iterative statements
– Simple loop, While Loop, For
Loop
15 Exercise on PL/SQL Perform the following  Check for handling of
built-in exception built- in Exceptions
handling i. Know about types  Check for raising of user
of Exception defined Exception
handling  Check for handling of
ii. To handle built-in Exceptions user defined Exception
with appropriate
error messages
16 Exercise on PL/SQL in Perform the following  Check for declaration of
user defined exception user defined exception
handling i. To declare user  Check for proper raising
defined exception of exceptions
ii. To raise user  Check for proper
defined exception handling of user defined
iii. To handle user exception with
defined exception appropriate error
messages
17 Exercise on Procedures Perform the following  Check for
proper declaration of
i. To know the concept of stored procedures
procedures
ii. To declare procedures  Check for syntax of parameters a
iii. The type of parameters IN,  Check for proper calling
IN OUT, OUT of procedures
iv. To call procedures from
other procedures
18 Exercise on Functions Perform the following  Check for proper
declaration of function
i. To know the concept of  stored
Checkfunctions
for syntax of
ii. To declare function parameters and its data
with return data type
iii. To call functions from other  Check for proper return
functions data type from the
functions
 Check for variable
assignment to get the
returned value from the
function
238
Experiment
19 Exercise on Recursion Perform the following  Check for the syntax of

stored function or
i. To know the concept of procedure
stored functions and stored  Check for calling the
procedures function or procedure in
ii. To call the procedure and the same function /
function by itself procedure
iii. To place a condition to  Check for the condition
terminate from calling itself to terminate from calling
itself
20 Exercise on Cursors Perform the following  Check for the syntax of
cursor
i. To know the concept cursors  Check for open cursor,
ii. To know the fetch data from fetch data, close cursor
database  Check for the result
21 Exercise on Triggers Perform the following  Check for the syntax of

trigger
i. To know the concept of  Write a trigger which
triggers raises before insert data
ii. Validation before and after  Raise trigger
insert, before and after  Repeat the procedure for
update and , before and remaining
after delete data  Check for the result
22 Exercise on Installation Perform the following
of MongoDB  Observe Mongo DB
i. To download and install version being installed
MongoDB  Observe the RAM & HDD
requirements
 Rectify for any Mongo DB
installation errors
Able to login as
Administrator
23 Exercise on Creation Perform the following
and Dropping of  Know the use of create
Database i. Create the Database Database () and drop
ii. Drop the Database Database()
 Correct Database
creation syntax errors
 Check for displaying the

database name
239
Experiment
24 Exercise on Creation Perform the following

and Dropping of  Know the use of create
Collections i. Create the Collection Collection () and drop ()
ii. Drop the Collection
 Correct Database
creation syntax errors
 Check for collection

name
 Check for the collection

dropped
25 Exercises on Execute the following
commands of Mongo commands of Mongo DB  Know the syntax of insert
DB (), update (), find (),
i. Insert the Document remove (), sort ()
ii. update the Document functions.
iii. find the Document
iv. Delete the Document  Correct syntax errors.
v. sort the Documents
 Check out for different
input values.
240
CM-309 Multimedia 4 60 40 60
Lab
NO. OF CO’s mapped

S.NO MAJOR TOPICS
PERIODS
1 MS Access - create Database, create table with and 12 CO1

without constraints, Insert, delete, update records,
implement queries, create relationship between two
tables
2 Scribus/Page maker- Creation of publication using tools, 24 CO2

text, shapes, etc, Custom template, colors, text block,
Objects, Styles, Page elements, Printing the documents
3 Telugu typing Software /Telugu Software– Anu Script 8 CO3

Manager, Usage in SCRIBUS/ Page Maker., Key board
acquaintance
4 GIMP/Photoshop – Different tools, Working with Layers, 16 CO4

Working with painting tools, Colors, Brushes
TOTAL 60
Course Objectives (i) Familiarize with the features of MS Access.

(ii) Familiarize with the features of Adobe PageMaker/ Scribus.
(iii) Familiarize with Telugu Typing software/ Telugu Software
(iv) Familiarize with the features of Adobe GIMP/ Photoshop.

CO1 CM-309.1 Demonstrate the concepts of databases, tables, manipulating records,
queries and establishing relationship among tables.
CO2 CM-309.2 Design publication files such as Textbooks, Visiting Cards, Invitation Cards,
Course
etc. using Adobe PageMaker
Outcomes
CO3 CM-309.3 Use Telugu Typing software (Anu Script Manager) in SCRIBUS/ Adobe Page
maker.
CO4 CM-309.4 Use the Adobe GIMP/ Photoshop , Design and enhance the quality all types
of picture files
241
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CM-309.1 3 2 3 1 3 3 2 2
CM-309.2 2 2 3 2 2 2
CM-309.3 1 1 2 3 2 2 3
CM-309.4 3 3 2 2 2 2 2
Average 2 2 2.8 2 2 2.5 2.3 2 2.5 2
Learning Outcomes:
Practice with MS-Access
1. To create Database
2. To Create table with and without constraints
3. To Insert, delete, update records
4. To implement queries
5. To create relationship between two table
Practice with Adobe SCRIBUS/ Page Maker.
6. Exercise on Installation, invoking and familiarizing Adobe Page Maker.

7. Exercise on SCRIBUS/ Page Maker. Tools.
8. Exercise on pallets and formatting pages
9. Exercise on text formatting
10. Exercise on Advanced text formatting
11. Exercise on Graphics tools
12. Exercise on object transformations.
13. Exercise on color options.
14. Exercise on graphics with layers using photo shop plug-ins
15. Exercise on import and export options.
16. Exercise on creating visiting card
17. Exercise on creating book cover page
18. Exercise on creating hotel menu card
19. Exercise on creating invitation card
20. Exercise on creating brochure
21. Exercise on Anu script for preparing Visiting card, Brochure in telugu.
22. Exercise on Anu script for preparing telugu invitation card.
242
Practice with Adobe GIMP/ Photoshop.
23. Exercise on Installation, invoking and familiarizing Adobe GIMP/ Photoshop.

24. Exercise on Images
25. Exercise on Resizing & Cropping Images
26. Exercise on Working With Basic Selections
27. Exercise on Layers
28. Exercise on Painting In GIMP/ Photoshop.
29. Exercise on Photo Retouching
30. Exercise on Color Correction
31. Exercise on Quick Mask Mode
32. Exercise on Pen Tool
33. Exercise on Creating Special Effects
34. Exercise on Exporting Your Work
35. Exercise on Logo Creation
Mini Project : Student has to develop a Mini project applying the skills acquired from the learning
KEY COMPETENCIES
Exp Name of the Experiment Objectives Key Competencies

No
1 To create database a. Open MS Access Database creation

b. Create database
c. save
2 To create table a. Open MS Access Table creation
b. Create database
c. Create table
d. Use primary key
3 To insert/delete/update records a. Open MS access Able to insert/update/delete
into table b. Create database and delete and update
c. Crate table records into the table
d. Insert/delete/update
records
4 To implement queries a. Open MS access Able to display contents of
b. Create database the table based on the
Crate table user requirement
c. Use Select command
5 Create relationships between a. Create table Able to link tables
tables b. Create one more tables
c. Insert records
d. Use relationship option
6 Exercise on Installation, Installation, invoking and  Installing SCRIBUS/ Page

invoking and familiarizing familiarizing Adobe SCRIBUS/ Maker.
Adobe SCRIBUS/ Page Maker.. Page Maker..  Familiarize with SCRIBUS/
Page Maker. environment
243
7 Exercise on SCRIBUS/ Page SCRIBUS/ Page Maker. Tools.  Using Tool box, zero
Maker. Tools. position, pointer tool, text
tool, rotate tool, crop tool,
oblique line tool,
constrained line tool, box
tool, rectangle frame, circle
tool, circular frame,
polygon tool, polygon
frame, hand tool and zoom
tool,
8 Exercise on pallets and pallets and formatting pages  Use of paper size, page
formatting pages size, control pallet, color
pallet, styles pallet, layers
pallet, master page pallet,
hyperlink pallet and
measurement system,
grids, rulers and guides,
insert pages.
9 Exercise on text formatting text formatting  Know the purpose of

master pages, placing a
text, Formatting text (size,
styles), Paragraph setting,
tab setting, bullets,
numbering, hyphenation
setting, setting and
creating styles, rotating
text and color to text and
save the document.
10 Exercise on Advanced text Advanced text formatting  use spell check, divide the
formatting text into columns, work
with indexes and
pagination, use the find
feature and save the
document.
11 Exercise on Graphics tools Graphics tools  Create a document to
work with graphics with
the help of line tool, box
tool, ellipse tool, polygon
tool, rounded corners, fill,
stroke and to place various
graphics(at least 2 for each
graphic tool) and save the
document.
12 Exercise on object object transformations.  Transform the objects such
transformations. as transforming a
rectangle, resizing an
ellipse, inserting cropping
an image.
244
13 Exercise on color options. color options.  Adding color to a graphic
shape, creating own colors
with RGB, editing, copying,
removing and replacing
colors, grouping and
ungrouping objects, linking
objects, masking objects
and save the document.
14 Exercise on graphics with layers graphics with layers using GIMP/  Create a document of five
using GIMP/ Photoshop. plug- Photoshop. plug-ins pages containing text and
ins graphics and work with
layers, moving objects
between layers using layer
options, using stacking
order, using photo shop
plug-ins
15 Exercise on import and export import and export options.  Create a new document
options. and import text from
HTML, MS word,
spreadsheet, photo CD,
acquiring tif image,
managing linked files, to
use export options to
export text and graphics to
jpeg format and to print
the document, to publish
the document in internet
and save it,
16 Exercise on creating visiting card creating visiting card  Create visiting card with
text and graphics on both
sides with proper
formatting.
17 Exercise on creating book cover creating book cover page  Create front and back
page cover page of a book with
text and graphics with
proper formatting.
18 Exercise on creating hotel menu creating hotel menu card  Create a hotel menu card
card with text and graphics with
proper formatting.
19 Exercise on creating invitation creating invitation card  Create a invitation card

card with text and graphics with
proper formatting for
required no. of pages.
245
20 Exercise on creating brochure creating brochure  Create a brochure for the
firms like real estate
companies, hospitals,
educational institutions
etc..,
21 Exercise on Anu script for Anu script for preparing Visiting  Visiting card, Brochure
preparing Visiting card, card, Brochure preparation using Anu
Brochure script in Telugu
22 Exercise on Anu script for Anu script for preparing telugu  Invitation card preparation
preparing telugu invitation card. invitation card. using Anu script in Telugu
23 Exercise on Installation, Installation, invoking and  Exploring the Toolbox

invoking and familiarizing familiarizing Adobe GIMP/  The New CS4 Applications
Adobe GIMP/ Photoshop. Photoshop. Bar & the Options Bar
 Exploring Panels & Menus
 Creating & Viewing a New
Document
 Customizing the Interface
 Setting Preferences
24 Exercise on Images Working with Images  Zooming & Panning an
Image
 Working with Multiple
Images, Rulers, Guides &
Grids
 Undoing Steps with History
 Adjusting Color with the
New Adjustments Panel
 The New Masks Panel &
Vibrance Color Correction
Command
 The New Note Tool & the
Save for Web & Devices
Interface
 The New Auto-Blend &
Auto-Align Layers
Commands
 The New 3D Commands
25 Exercise on RESIZING & RESIZING & CROPPING IMAGES  Understanding Pixels &
CROPPING IMAGES Resolution
 The Image Size Command
 Interpolation Options
 Resizing for Print & Web
 Cropping & Straightening
an Image
 Adjusting Canvas Size &
Canvas Rotation
246
26 Exercise on WORKING WITH WORKING WITH BASIC  Selecting with the Elliptical
BASIC SELECTIONS SELECTIONS Marquee Tool
 Using the Magic Wand &
Free Transform Tool
 Selecting with the Regular
& Polygonal Lasso Tools
 Combining Selections
 Using the Magnetic Lasso
Tool
 Using the Quick Selection
Tool & Refine Edge
 Modifying Selections
27 Exercise on LAYERS Working on Layers  Understanding the
Background Layer
 Creating, Selecting, Linking
& Deleting Layers
 Locking & Merging Layers
 Copying Layers, Using
Perspective & Layer Styles
 Filling & Grouping Layers
 Introduction to Blending
Modes
 Blending Modes, Opacity &
Fill
 Creating & Modifying Text
28 Exercise on PAINTING IN GIMP/ PAINTING IN GIMP/ PHOTOSHOP.  Using the Brush Tool
PHOTOSHOP.  Working with Colors &
Swatches
 Creating & Using Gradients
 Creating & Working with
Brushes
 Using the Pencil & Eraser
Tools
 Painting with Selections
29 Exercise on PHOTO PHOTO RETOUCHING  Using The Red Eye Tool

RETOUCHING  The Clone Stamp Tool
 The Patch Tool & the
Healing Brush Tool
 The Spot Healing Brush
Tool
 The Color Replacement
Tool
 The Toning & Focus Tools
 Painting with History
30 Exercise on COLOR CORRECTION COLOR CORRECTION  Using Color Spaces & Color
Modes
 The Variations Command
 The Auto Commands
 Adjusting Levels
 Adjust Curves, Non-
247
Destructively, with
Adjustment Layers
31 Exercise on QUICK MASK MODE Using QUICK MASK MODE  Using Quick Mask Options
 Painting a Selection
 Saving & Removing a
Selection from the
Background
32 Exercise on PEN TOOL Working with the PEN TOOL  Understanding Paths & the
Pen Tool
 Creating Straight & Curved
Paths
 Creating Combo Paths
 Creating a Clipping Path
33 Exercise on CREATING SPECIAL CREATING SPECIAL EFFECTS  Getting Started with GIMP/
EFFECTS Photoshop. Filters
 Smart Filters
 Creating Text Effects
 Applying Gradients to Text
34 Exercise on Photo Shop Credits EXPORTING YOUR WORK  Saving with Different File
Formats
 Saving for Web & Devices
 Printing Options
 Photo shop Credits
35 Exercise on Logo Creation Logo Creation  To apply all the tools

 Prepare college logo
 Prepare logo for industry
248
IV SEMESTER
249
CURRICULUM-2020
(IV Semester)
InstructionPeriods/
Week Total
Periods
(hrs) Marks Marks
Marks
THEORY SUBJECTS
CM-401 Mathematics III 3 - 45 3 20 80 100

Web Technologies
CM-402 5 75 3 20 80 100
-
Computer Organization
CM-403 And Microprocessors 5 - 75 3 20 80 100
OOP through C++

CM-404 5 - 75 3 20 80 100
CM-405 Computer Networks 5 - 75 3 20 80 100
PRACTICAL SUBJECTS
CM-406 Web Technologies Lab 6 90 3 40 60 100

-
OOP through C++ Lab
CM-407 4 60 3 40 60 100
-
CM-408 - 3 45 3 40 60 100
Computer Hardware &

CM-409 - 6 90 3 40 60 100
Total 23 19 630 - 260 640 900
CM-401&408 common with all branches

CM-402,406, common with DIT branch
CM405 common with IT302
250
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-III

Code Course Title Periods/week periods FA SA
Engineering
CM-401 3 45 20 80
Mathematics-III
Higher order Linear Differential

1 15 CO1
equations with constant coefficients
2 Laplace Transforms 18 CO2
3 Fourier Series 12 CO3
Total Periods 45
Course Objectives (i) To learn the principles of solving differential equations of second
and higher order.
(ii) To comprehend the concept of Laplace transformations and
inverse Laplace transformations.
(iii) To understand the concept of Fourier Series expansion of
functions.
CO1 Solve homogeneous and non-homogeneous differential

Course
equations of second and higher order.
Outcomes
CO2 Find Laplace and inverse Laplace transforms of various
functions.
CO3 Expand given functions as Fourier series and half- range Fourier
Sine and Cosine series.
251
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – III
Learning Outcomes
Unit-I
Differential Equations of higher order
C.O. 1 Solve homogeneous and non-homogeneous differential equation of second and higher
order.
L.O 1.1 Solve Differential equations of the type (aD2 +bD + c) y = 0 where a, b, c are real numbers and
provide examples.
1.2 Solve higher order homogeneous differential equations with constant coefficients and provide
examples.
1.3 Define complementary function, particular Integral and general solution of a non-homogeneous
differential equation.
1.4 Describe the methods of solving f(D) y = X where f(D) is a polynomial of nth order and X is a
function of the forms k , eax , sin ax,cos ax, x, x n and their linear combinations where n is a
positive integer, with examples.
Unit-II
Laplace Transforms
C.O. 2 Find Laplace and inverse Laplace transforms of various functions.
L.O. 2.1 Define Laplace Transform and explain the sufficient conditions of existence of Laplace Transform
2.2. Obtain Laplace transforms of standard functions and solve simple problems.
2.3 Write the properties of Laplace Transform – Linearity property, First shifting theorem (without
proof) and Change of Scale property and solve simple problems.
2.4. Write the Laplace Transform of unit step function and second shifting theorem (without proof)
and solve simple problems.
n
2.5. Write formulae for Laplace transform of functions with multiplication by t and division by t,
Laplace transform of derivatives, evaluation of some definite integrals using Laplace Transforms and
solve simple problems.
2.6 Define inverse Laplace Transform, obtain inverse Laplace Transforms of standard functions and
solve simple problems.
2.7 Write linearity property, first and second shifting theorems (without proof), change of scale
property of inverse Laplace transform and solve simple problems.
2.8 Write inverse Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals and solve simple problems.
2.9 Write inverse Laplace transforms of functions with multiplication by s and division by s and solve
simple problems.
2.10 Write inverse Laplace transforms of functions using partial fractions and solve some simple
problems.
2.10 Define convolution of two functions, state convolution theorem (without proof) and solve
simple problems.
252
Unit-III
Fourier series
C.O. 3 Expand given functions as Fourier series and half- range Fourier Sine and Cosine
series
L.O. 3.1 Define the orthogonality of functions in an interval.
3.2 Define Fourier series of a function in the intervals (c, c  2 ) and (c, c  2l ) and write the
Euler’s formulae for determining the Fourier coefficients.
3.3 Write sufficient conditions for the existence of Fourier series expansion of a function.
3.4 Find Fourier series of simple functions in the range (0 , 2π) and (-π , π)
3.5 Write Fourier series for even and odd functions in the interval ( ,  ) and (l , l ) expand simple
functions.
3.6 Write Fourier series expansion of a function over the interval (0, 2l) and (l , l ) and expand
simple functions.
3.7 Write half-range Fourier sine and cosine series of a function over the interval (0, π) and (0, l )
and expand simple functions.
Engineering Mathematics – III

CO/PO - Mapping
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Avg 3 2.66 2.33 2.33 2.66 3 2.66

Note:
concerned teacher.
PSO1: An ability to understand the concepts of basic mathematical concepts and to apply them in
PSO2: An ability to solve the Engineering problems using latest software tool, along with analytical
253
applications.
C-20
column I
Mapped with Level
PO no Remarks
CO no (1,2 or 3)
No %
1 CO1, CO2, CO3 45 100% 3
2 CO1, CO2, CO3 37 82.2% 3 >40% Level 3
3 CO1, CO2, CO3 32 71.1% 3 Highly

addressed
4 CO1, CO2, CO3 32 71.1% 3
5
25% to 40%
6 Level 2
Moderately
7
addressed
PSO 1 CO1, CO2, CO3 37 82.2% 3
PSO 2 CO1, CO2, CO3 45 100% 3

5% to 25%
PSO 3 CO1, CO2, CO3 36 80% 3 Level 1 Low
addressed
<5% Not
addressed
254
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – III
(Common Subject)
Course Content
Unit I: Differential Equations of higher order
1. Solve Homogenous linear differential equations with constant coefficients of order two and
higher with emphasis on second order.
2. Solve Non-homogenous linear differential equations with constant coefficients of the form f(D)y
= X where X is in the form k(constant), eax, sinax, cosax, xn, where n is a positive integer, finding
complimentary function, particular integral and general solution.
Unit II: Laplace Transforms
3. Definition, sufficient conditions for existence of LT, LT of elementary functions, linearity property,
state first shifting theorem, change of scale property, multiplication by tn, division by t, LT of
derivatives and integrals, LT of unit step function, state second shifting theorem, inverse Laplace
transforms- state shifting theorems and change of scale property, multiplication by sn and division
by s, derivatives, integrals, examples of inverse LT using partial fractions, state convolution
theorem with simple examples.
Unit III: Fourier series

4. Orthogonality of trigonometric functions, Representation of a function in Fourier series over the
interval  c , c  2  and  c , c  2l  , Euler’s formulae , sufficient conditions for existence of
Fourier series expansion of a function, Fourier series expansion of basic functions limited to
k(constant), x, x2 ,sin ax,cos ax, eax and their combinations over the intervals
 0, 2  ,   ,   ,  0, 2l  ,  l , l  , Fourier series for even and odd functions over
  ,   and  l , l  , Fourier half-range sine and cosine series over  0,   and  0, l 
Textbook:
Engineering Mathematics-I, a textbook for first year diploma courses, prepared & prescribed
by SBTET, AP.
Reference Books:
1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers

2. M.R. Spiegel, Schaum’s Outline of Laplace Transforms, Schaums’ Series
3. M.Vygodsky, Mathematical Handbook: Higher Mathematics, Mir Publishers,
Moscow.
255
MODEL BLUE PRINT
Marks wise Question
S. Chapter/ No of Weightage COs
distribution of wise distribution
No Unit title Periods Allotted mapped
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Unit – I Higher
order Linear
Differential
1 15 28 11 11 3 3 2 2 1 1 CO1
equations with
constant
coefficients
Unit - II
CO2
2 Laplace 18 33 11 11 11 0 2 2 2 0
Transforms
Unit - III
3 12 19 3 3 3 10 1 1 1 1 CO3
Fourier Series
Total 45 80 25 25 17 13 5 5 4 2

C-20
Unit Test Syllabus
Unit Test Learning Outcomes to be Covered
Unit Test-I From LO 1.1 to 2.5
Unit Test-II From LO 2.6 to 3.7
256
IV SEMESTER
Subject name: Engineering Mathematics-III
Sub Code: CM -401
Part-A 16Marks
(2) First question carries four marks and the remaining questions carry three marks each
1. Answer the following:

a. Write the auxiliary equation for given differential equation D 2
 4 y  0 (CO1)
b. For given differential equation f ( D) y  0 , if roots of auxiliary equation are 1,-1,then
y  _____________ (CO1)
c. L e3t   ___________ (CO2)
d. L  f (t )  f (s) then L eat f (t )  f (s  a) : State TRUE/FALSE (CO2)
2. Solve D 2
 2D  1 y  0. (CO1)
3. Find the particular integral of D 2

 D  4 y  ex ( CO1)
4. Evaluate L t 1  2

(CO2)
5. Evaluate L t 2
 2cos t  3sin t (CO2)
Part-B 3×8=24
6. A) Solve D 4
 5D2  4  y  0. (CO1)
or
B) Solve D 2
 D  6  y  1  e3 x . (CO1)
7. A) Solve D 2
 3D  2  y  x 2  sin x. (CO1)
or
B) Solve D 2
 D  y  2e x  3cos x. (CO1)
8. A) Evaluate L e 3t
cos2 t (CO2)
or
257

B) Evaluate L et  t  1
2
 (CO2)
-o0o-
Unit Test II
C –20, CM-401
IV SEMESTER
Subject name: Engineering Mathematics-III
Sub Code: CM-401
Part-A 16Marks

(2) First question carries four marks and the remaining questions carry three marks each
1. Answer the following:
a. L  f (t )  f (s) then L tf (t )  

d
ds
 
f ( s) : State TRUE/FALSE (CO2)
 1 
b. L1  ? (CO2)
 s  3
 1 
c. L1  2 2
? (CO2)
s  a 
d. Write the Fourier series for the function f ( x) in the interval c  x  c  2 . (CO3)
2. Evaluate L te .
t
(CO2)

3. 
Evaluate e 3t sin 4tdt.
0
(CO2)
 3 1 2 s 
4. Evaluate L   2  2 . (CO2)
 s  4 s  16 s  4 
5. Evaluate Fourier coefficient a0 for f ( x) in the interval   ,   . (CO3)
Part-B 3×8=24

6. A) Evaluate L te t
cos t. (CO2)
or
 cos at  cos bt 
B) Evaluate L  . (CO2)
 t 
258

 s 

7. A) Evaluate L1  . (CO2)

  s  1  s 2
 1 

or

 s   (CO2)
B) Evaluate L1  4 
.

  s  1 

8. A) Obtain the Fourier series for the function f ( x)  e x in the interval  0, 2  . (CO3)
or
B) Obtain the half range Fourier cosine series of f ( x)  x 2 in  0,1 . (CO3)
-o0o-
259
END EXAM MODEL PAPER
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS –CM- 401

PART-A

1. Solve D2  3D  2 y  0. CO 1 
2. Solve  D 2
 D  1 y  0. CO 1
 
3. Find the particular integral of differential equation D2  4 y  sin 2 x. CO 1
4. Find the particular integral of differential equation  D 2
 3D  2  y  e3 x . CO 1
5. Find L 2e  sin 3t  cosh t. CO2
3t
6. Find L e cos 4t. CO2

t
1 4 3s 
7. Find L1  2  2  2  . CO2
s s  4 s 9
8. Find the value of a0 in the Fourier expansion of f ( x)  e in the interval  0, 2  . CO3
x
9. Find the Fourier coefficients of f ( x) in the interval   ,   . CO3

10. Find the value of a1 in the half range cosine series of f ( x)  k in the interval
 0,   . CO3
PART-B

11. A) Solve D  6D  11D  6 y  0. CO 1
3 2

Or
 
B) Solve D  9 y  e3 x  e3 x . CO 1
2
12. A) Solve  D  4D  4  y  sin 3x. CO1

2
Or
 
B) Solve D2  2D  2 y  x 2  x  1. CO1
13. A) Evaluate L te cos t. CO2 t
Or

B) Evaluate L t cos 2t . CO2 2

 sin 5t sin t 
14. A) Evaluate L   . CO2
 t 
Or
260

sin t
B) Evaluate  dt. CO2
0
t
 1 
15. A) Find L1   . CO2
 s  s  1 s  2  
Or
 
1  s
B) Using convolution theorem find L  2  . CO2
  s  1 s 2
 4  
PART-C
16. Find the Fourier expansion of f ( x)  x  x in the interval   ,   and hence deduce
2
1 1 1 1 2
that      . CO3
12 22 32 42 12
261
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – CM-401
TIME : 3 HOURS MODEL PAPER- 2 MAX.MARKS : 80M
PART-A

1. Solve D2  4D  4 y  0. CO 1 

2. Solve D2  9 y  0. CO 1 
 
3. Find the particular integral of differential equation D2  4D  3 y  e4 x . CO 1
 
4. Find the particular integral of differential equation D2  4D  5 y  cos 2 x. CO 1

5. Find L 2  e2t  sinh 6t . CO2 

6. Find L e2t t 2 . CO2 
1 4 3s 
7. Find L1  2  2  2  . CO2
s s  4 s 9
8. Find the value of a0 in the Fourier expansion of f ( x)  x  x 2
in the interval  1,1 . CO3
9. Write Euler’s formula of Fourier expansion of f ( x) in the interval  c, c  2  . CO3
10. Find the value of a1 in the half range cosine series of f ( x)   in the interval
 0,   . CO3
PART-B

11. A) Solve D  1 y  0. CO 1
3

Or
 
B) Solve D  D  6 y  e3 x  e3 x . CO 1
2

12. A) Solve D2  3D  2 y  cos3x. CO1 
Or

B) Solve D2  2D  1 y  2 x  x 2 . CO1 
13. A) Evaluate L e3t cos2 t . CO2 
Or

B) Evaluate L t cos 2t . CO2 2

262
 e at  ebt 
14. A) Evaluate L   . CO2
 t 
Or

B) Using Laplace transforms evaluate  cos 3tdt. CO2

0
  s 2  1  
1 
15. A) Find L log   .
2  CO2
 
   s  1  
Or
 
1  1
B) Using convolution theorem find L  2  . CO2
 
 s  1  s  1 
PART-C
16. Find the Fourier expansion of f ( x)    x  in the interval 0  x  2 and hence

2
1 1 1 2
deduce that        . CO3
12 22 32 6
263
Course No. of Total No. of Marks for
Course Title Marks for FA
code Periods/Weeks periods SA
CM-402 Web 5 75 20 80
Technologies
1. Principles of Web Designing and HTML 12 CO1

Introduction.
2. Understand various HTML tags and usage 14 CO2

of style sheets.
3. Understand XML and Client side scripting 14 CO3

using Java Script.
4. JavaScript Ajax and J Query 15 CO4
5. Web servers and 20 CO5
Server side scripting using PHP
Total Periods 75
i)Understand the basic elements of web page
ii) Know the working with HTML, CSS

Course Objectives
iii)Familiarize the various Technologies like Java Script AJAX, JQuery,
PHP.
iv)Understand Database connectivity Using PHP

CO1 CM-402.1 Design interactive web page(s) using HTML
CO2 CM-402.2 Describe the process to format and validate Web page elements
Course
using CSS,.
Outcomes
CO3 CM-402.3 Describe data in a web page using XML and JavaScript
CO4 CM-402.4 Use AJAX, JQuery and Angular JS in web page design.
CO5 CM-402.5 Develop Dynamic web site using server side PHP Programming
and database connectivity is using PHP.
264
CO-PO/PSO Matrix
CM-402.1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 2
CM-402.2 1 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 3 3
CM-402.3 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 3 3
CM-402.4 1 1 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3
CM-402.5 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3
Average 1.75 2 2.6 2.4 1.75 2.8 1.4 2.4 3 2.8
Learning Outcomes:
1.1 Principles of Web Designing and HTML Introduction.

1.2 Basic web Terminology.
1.3 Describe Anatomy of web page.
1.4 Understand different Web page elements.
1.5 Navigate through web pages
1.6 Narrate steps in building web site
1.7 Narrate steps in launching
1.8 Narrate maintaining web site.
1.9 Introduction and Overview of HTML
1.10 Discuss the rules for designing a HTML document.
1.11 Explain the structure of HTML document.
1.12 Define HTML element and Attribute.
1.13 Study the basic tags in HTML <html>, <head>, <title>, <body>.
1.14 Study the header tags <h1> to <h6>
1.15 Discuss the formatting tags <b>, <i>, <u>, <strike>, <sub>, <sup>, big>, <small>, <tt>
1.16 Discuss the Logical formatting tags <q>, <strong>, <cite>, <<ins>, <del>,<em>
1.17 Discuss the <marquee> with attributes.
1.18 List Character entities.
1.19 Explain the List tags like <ul>, <ol>, <li>, <dl>, <menu> with attributes.
1.20 Describe tables tags like <table>, <tr>, <td>, <th>,<tbody>, <thead>, <tfoot>
2.1 Understand various HTML tags and usage of style sheets.
2.2 Explain the link and imaging tags <a>, <img> with attributes.
2.3 Explain the tags, <form>, <input>, <button>, <label>, <select>, <options>, <textarea>,
<legend> with attributes.
2.4 Explain the tags, <frame>, <frameset>, <noframe>, <iframe> with attributes.
2.5 Illustrate about cascading style sheets
2.6 Understand the level of styles inline, internal and embedded style sheets.
2.7 Explain ID and Class selectors in CSS
2.8 Explain about Color and background properties
2.9 Explain about Box properties like Border, position, margin, padding of elements.
265
3.1 Understand XML and Java Script.
3.2 Describe how to organize data in the form of XML.
3.3 Explain the rules for designing XML document.
3.4 Understand the significance of Namespace.
3.5 List the various applications of XML.
3.6 Differentiate between Client-side and Server-side scripting.
3.7 List Client side and server side scripting languages.
3.8 Describe the features of Java Script.
3.9 Placing JavaScript code in HTML.
3.10 Understand functions
3.11 Know how to define and call a function.
3.12 Know how to pass parameters.
3.13 Understand the purpose of GetElementById method
3.14 Describe the global functions provided by JavaScript.
3.15 Form Handling in Java Script
3.16 Illustrate Arrays
3.16.1 Understand single and multi-dimensional arrays.
3.16.2 Design small programs using arrays.
3.17 Understand about various Objects provided by JavaScript
3.17.1 Math object
3.17.2 String object
3.17.3 Date object
3.17.4 Boolean and Number object
3.18 Describe events in java script.
4.1 JavaScript Ajax and JQuery

4.2 Define AJAX
4.3 List the steps for designing a web application using AJAX.
4.4 Explain XMLHttpRequest Object properties and methods of XMLHttpRequest
4.5 Explain sending Ajax request to server and receiving a response from server with
example program.
4.6 Define JQuery
4.7 List the features of JQuery
4.8 List JQuery plugins
4.9 Explain the steps for to includeJQueryin Web Pages
4.10 Explain JQuery Syntax with example program
4.11 Describe the jQuery Selectors-Accessing HTML elements by using
4.11.1 Element Selectors
4.11.2 ID, Class Selectors
4.12 Explain the JQuery Document Ready Event
4.13 Describe the JQuery Event handling methods(Mouse Events, Keyboard Events, Form
Events, Document/Window events)
4.14 Explain effects of JQuery ( like hide, show, fadeIn, fadeout, fadeToggle,fadeTo,
slideDown, SlideUp, SlideToggle)
4.15 Explain Functions in JQuery like text(),html(), val(), attr(),css().
4.16 Define AngularJS? Architecture, Advantages & Features.
4.17 List and Explain Angular JS Directives like ng-app,ng-init ,ng-model ,ng-repeat
4.18 Explain AngularJS Expressions like number, string,object,array.
4.19 Explain AngularJS Filters like lowercase,uppercase,filter,orderby,currency.
266
5.0 Web servers and Server side scripting using PHP.
5.1 Understand the architecture of a Web server.
5.2 List the various web servers.
5.3 Illustrate the various HTTP request types and their difference.
5.4 Compare the properties of IIS, and Apache.
5.5 Explain how to combine HTML and PHP.
5.6 Explain how to access HTML, PHP documents from web servers.
5.7 List various Data types and explain them with examples.
5.8 Explain how to declare Variables and Constants.
5.9 List and explain string manipulation functions.
5.10 Understand Arrays
5.11 Explain types of arrays.
5.12 Design small programs using arrays.
5.13 Explain form handling using $_GET,$_POST methods
5.14 List and explain mysql database functions in PHP.
5.15 Explain the steps of connecting to a Database.
5.16 Know about retrieving data from a table.
5.17 Know about inserting data into a table.
5.18 Know about updating the data in a table.
5.19 Know about deleting data from a table.
5.20 Design some simple programs to insert, delete, update and retrieve data from
database.
5.21 Define Cookie.
5.22 Know how to create and delete a cookie.
5.23 Know the purpose of cookie.
5.24 Define Session
5.25 Understand how to create a session.
5.26 Know how to destroy a session.
5.27 Know the purpose of session.
5.28 Differentiate Sessions and Cookies.
5.29 Explain how to pass data from one web page to other webpage.
COURSE CONTENTS
1. Principles of Web Designing and HTML Introduction

Principles of Web Designing: Anatomy of Web page, Format, Elements, Navigation, Building,
Launching and maintaining web site
HTML: Introduction to HTML, Format of web page, Tags and attributes, Formatting text, Adding
images, Positioning. Lists, Colors, Tables.
2. HTML & CSS:Connecting to hyperlinks and Imaging, Forms, Frames,IFrame

CSS : Introduction, Inline styles, Embedded style sheets, Conflicting styles, Linking external
Style sheets, Positioning elements, Backgrounds, Element dimensions
3. XML &JavaScript:XML-Introduction, Structuring Data, XML Namespaces, Applications of XML

JAVA SCRIPT-Introduction to Scripting, Client-Side versus Server-Side Scripting, JavaScript features,
Functions – Function definitions, Use of Get Element ById, Get Element By Name, Global functions,
Form handling, Arrays – Declaring and allocating arrays, References and reference parameters,
passing arrays to functions, sorting and Searching arrays, Multiple-Subscripted arrays, Objects –
Math object, String object, Date object, Boolean and Number object.
267
4. JavaScript-Ajax and J Query
Java script-Ajax-Introduction to AJAX, Steps for designing a web application using AJAX, XML Http
Request Object- Properties and methods of XML Http Request, Sending a request to the server,
receiving response from server using AJAX.
J Query:Introduction to J query, Features of J Query, Plugin used in J Query, steps for to include J
Query in Web Page, J Query Syntax, j Query Selectors- Element, Selectors, ID, Class, Document Ready
Event, J Query Event handling methods, effects of J Query, Functions in J Query
Angular JS:Introduction to Angular JS, Features, Advantages, Angular JS architecture, Directives,
Expressions, Filters, Sample programs.
5. Web servers and Server side scripting using PHP.

Web servers:Introduction, HTTP Request Types, System Architecture, Client-Side versus Server-Side
Scripting, Accessing Web Servers-IIS, Apache, Requesting HTML, PHP documents.
PHP:Fundamentals of PHP, Data types, String functions, Arrays, form handling, Databases, Cookies,
Sessions, Passing data from one web page to other web page.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1) Principles of Web Design, Sklar, TMH
2) HTML complete reference, Powell, TMH
3) Basics of Web Site Design, NIIT – PHI
4) WWW Design with HTML, Xavier (TMH)
5) Internet & World Wide Web,Dietel and Dietel, Pearson education Asia.
6) Complete Reference PHP, Steven Holzer-McGraw Hill
7) J Query Cook book,O'Reilly Media
268
MODEL BLUE PRINT

No.of Weightage CO’s
S.No. Chapter/Unit title Distribution of Distribution of
periods Allocated Mapped
Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Principles of Web
1 Designing and 12 14 6 8 2 1 CO1
HTML Introduction.
Understand various
HTML tags and
2 14 14 6 8 * 2 1 * CO2
usage of style
sheets.
Understand XML
and Client side
3 14 14 3 11 * 1 - 2 * CO3
scripting using Java
Script.
JavaScript Ajax and

4 15 14 3 3 8 * 1 1 1 * CO4
J Query
Web servers and

5 Server side scripting 20 14 3 3 8 * 1 1 1 * CO5
using PHP
Total 75 70+10* 21 6 43 10* 7 2 6 1

269
MODEL PAPER
Web Technologies
UNIT TEST-1
PART-A 16Marks

1. a) the external Java script file must contains <script> tag (True/False) (CO3)
b) --------------------is used to choose the client-side java script object. (CO2)
c) Which selector selects the element that is the target of a referring URI [ ] (CO1)
i) :target ii) :selection iii) :: selection iv) :URI
d) Which one of the following does not belongs to table tag [ ] (CO1)
i) <tr> ii)<td> iii) <tbody> iv) <th>
2. Write different steps involved in launching a website. (CO1)
3. Write any four formatting tags. (CO2)
4. List the application of XML. (CO2)
5. What is the significance of Namespace? (CO2)
PART-B
3X8=24Marks
6. a) Explain List tags with an example. (CO1)
Or
b) Write about any five table tags with example. (CO2)
7. a) Explain different Form tags with example. (CO2)
Or
b) Explain any five Box properties with sample code. (CO3)
8. a) Explain Math , String and Date objects in Java scripts (CO3)
Or
b) Describe how to define and call functions in java scripts. (CO2)
270
Web Technologies

PART-A 10X3=30Marks
1. Write the steps to launch a web site. CO1
2. Describe the following tags. CO1
a) <strong> (b)<cite> (c) <ins>
3. List any 3 attributes of <a>. CO1
4. What is the purpose of CSS? CO2
5. List the various applications of XML. CO2
6. Write a JavaScript program to print the message. CO2
7. Define AJAX. CO3
8. List any 3features of JQuery. CO3
9. List any 3 web servers. CO4
10. Define Cookie. CO4
PART-B 5x8=40Marks
11. (a)Explain various Table tags with attributes. CO1

(Or)
(b) Explain various formatting tags in HTML. CO1
12. (a) Design a student registration form using form elements. CO2
(Or)
(b) Explain different types of CSS. CO2
13. (a) Explain the rules for designing XML document with an Example CO2
(Or)
(b) Explain in detail about Objects in JavaScript. CO2
14. (a) Explain Properties and methods of XML Http Request Object. CO3
(Or)
(b) Explain j Query Selectors with example.
15. (a) Explain any 5 String functions in PHP with syntax and example. CO4
(Or)
(b) Explain how to pass data from one web page to other web page CO4
PART-C 1×10=10Marks
16. Design an application to generate electricity bill for APEPDCL as per the data required by them.
(CO5)
271
Course Title
Computer
CM-403 Organization And 5 75 20 80
Microprocessors
1. CPU Organization 11 CO1
Information representation and

2. 22 CO2,CO3
Arithmetic Operations
3. Memory Organization 15 CO1,CO4
4. I/O Organization 15 CO1,CO4
Fundamentals of 8086 and Advanced

5. 12 CO5
Processors
Total Periods 75
i) know about Processor organization
Course Objectives ii) familiarize information Representation and arithmetic operations
iii) understand how memory and i/o is organized in an effective way
iv) study Advanced processor concepts

CO1 CM-403.1 Explain the Basic computer organization techniques
Course CO2 CM-403.2 Analyse various information representations

Outcomes CO3 CM-403.3 Analyse various algorithms of Arithmetic operations
CO4 CM-403.4 Explain the peripheral organization
CO5 CM-403.5 Describe the Features of Microprocessors
272
CO-PO/PSO Matrix
CM-403.1 3 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1
CM-403.2 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 2
CM-403.3 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 3
CM-403.4 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2
CM-403.5 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1
Average 3 2.25 2.2 1.4 1.3 1.6 1.6 2.4 1.4 1.8
Learning Outcomes:
1.0 CPU ORGANIZATION

1.1 Draw the functional block diagram of Digital computer and explain the function of each unit.
1.2 Define Register
1.3 State the purpose of
1.3.1 Accumulator
1.3.2 Program counter
1.3.3 Instruction Register
1.3.4 Memory Buffer Register
1.3.5 Memory Address Register
1.4 Draw the block diagram of simple accumulator based CPU.
1.5 Explain the function of each unit.
1.6 Define the terms micro operation, macro operation,
1.7 Define instruction cycle, fetch cycle and execution cycle.
1.8 Define stored program concept
1.9 Describe the sequential execution of a program stored in memory by the CPU
2.0 Information representation and Arithmetic Operation
2.1 Explain the basic types of information representation in a computer
2.2 Define floating point representation and fixed point representation of numbers.
2.3 Illustrate the floating point and fixed point representations with example.
2.4 Distinguish between Fixed point and Floating point representations.
2.5 Explain various Instruction formats
2.6 Define Opcode, Operand and address.
2.7 Explain different types of instructions with examples
2.7.1 Zero address instructions
2.7.2 One address instructions
2.7.3 Two address instructions
2.7.4 Three address instructions
2.8 List and explain various addressing modes.
273
2.9 Illustrate fixed point addition, subtraction, multiplication and division with numerical
example
2.10 Explain the fixed point addition and subtraction operations with flowchart.
2.11 Explain the Fixed point multiplication operation with flowchart.
2.12 Explain the Fixed point division operation with flowchart.
2.13 Illustrate floating point addition, subtraction, multiplication and division with numerical
example
2.14 Illustrate Floating point normalization with numerical example
2.15 Explain floating point addition, subtraction operations with flowchart
2.16 Explain floating point multiplication operation using Booth’s algorithm
2.17 Explain floating division operation with flowchart.
3.0 Memory Organization
3.1 Distinguish between main and auxiliary memory.
3.2 State the need for memory hierarchy in a computer.
3.3 Explain memory hierarchy in a computer in detail
3.4 State the significance of various memory device characteristics: access time, access rate,
alterability, permanence of storage, cycle time.
3.5 Discuss Associative Memory
3.6 Explain the principle of virtual memory organization in a computer system
3.7 Explain virtual address and physical address organization.
3.8 State the principle of locality of reference
3.9 Explain Cache memory organization.
3.10 Analyse the importance of the principle of memory interleaving in a computer.
4.0 I/O Organization
4.1 List the any five peripheral devices that can be connected to a computer.
4.2 Define Interface.
4.3 Explain the need for an interface.
4.4 List modes of date transfer.
4.5 Explain synchronous and asynchronous data transfer.
4.6 Compare synchronous and asynchronous data transfer.
4.7 Explain hand shaking procedure of data transfer.
4.8 Explain programmed I/O method of data transfer.
4.9 Explain interrupted initiated I/O.
4.10 Explain DMA controlled transfer.
4.11 Explain priority interrupt, polling, and daisy chaining priority.
4.12 Explain about bus system
4.13 List various bus systems.
4.14 Differentiate between i/o bus and memory bus
5.0 Fundamentals of 8086 and Advanced Processors
5.1 Define Microprocessor and list different types of processors.
5.2 Features of 8086 microprocessor
5.3 Draw the pin diagram 8086 microprocessor and describe the Pins and signals of 8086.
5.4 Draw the functional block diagram of 8086 microprocessor and describe the function of
each block in 8086.
5.5 List the features of 80286, 80386, 80486 and Pentium processors.
5.6 Draw the functional block diagram of Intel Pentium processor and explain function of each
unit.
5.7 Distinguish between 8086,80286,80386,80486.
274
Course Contents
1. Processor Organization - functional block diagram of Digital computer -Simple accumulator based
CPU and function of each unit.-Stored program concept
2.Information representation and Arithmetic Operation- Basic types of information representation
- floating point representation and fixed point representation of numbers, Operand, Opcode and
address - zero address, one address, two address and three address instructions - different
addressing modes.-fixed point addition and subtraction, multiplication and division operations -
floating point addition, subtraction, multiplication and division operations with flowcharts.
3. Organization of Computer Memory system - Main and auxiliary memory -Need for memory
hierarchy in a computer -Significance of various memory devices characteristics: access time, access
rate, alterability , permanence of storage, cycle time - Associative Memory-Virtual memory
organization in a computer system - Virtual address and physical address organization.-Principle and
advantage of cache memory organization- Principle of memory interleaving in a computer
4. Input and output organization - Peripheral devices -Need for an interface-Three modes of date
transfer - Synchronous and asynchronous data transfer -Hand shaking procedure of data transfer -
Programmed I/O method of data transfer-Interrupted initiated I/O-DMA controlled transfer-Priority
interrupt, polling, and daisy chaining priority-Bus systems
5. Fundamentals of 8086 and Advanced Processors- Different types of processors.-Features of 8086
microprocessor- pin diagram 8086 microprocessor -Functional block diagram of 8086
microprocessor -Features of 80286, 80386, 80486 and Pentium processors. Functional block diagram
of Intel Pentium processor -Distinguish between 8086,80286,80386,80486.
Reference Books
1. Structured Computer Organization -- Andrews Tennenbaum.
2. Computer Organization -- Govindarajulu (TMH).
3. Computer Organization & Architecture -- William Stallings
4. Computer System Architecture --- Morris Mano
5.Computer Organization – Car Hamacher, ZvonksVranesic, SafwatZaky, V Edition, McGraw Hill,
2002.
6.Computer Architecture and Organization – John P. Hayes, Mc Graw Hill International editions,
1998.
7.Computer architecture and organization , 4th edition , P Chakraborty , JAICO publishers
8. Microprocessors & Interfacing -- Douglas V.Hall
275
MODEL BLUE PRINT

Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
CPU
1 10 14 6 8 2 1 CO1
Organization
Information
representation
2 25 14 6 8 * 2 1 * CO2,CO3
, Arithmetic
Operations
Memory
3 15 14 6 8 * 2 1 * CO1,CO4
Organization
I/O
4 15 14 6 8 2 1 CO1,CO4
Organization
Fundamentals
of 8086 and
5 10 14 6 8 * 2 1 * CO5
Advanced
Processors
Total 75 70+10* 30 40 10* 10 5 1

276
MODEL PAPER
Computer Organization And Microprocessors
UNIT TEST-1
PART-A 16Marks

1. a) Program counter is used to hold address of current instruction (True/False) (CO1)

b) No of bits transferred per sec is known as--------------------- (CO2)
c) Select one operand address instruction format [ ] (CO2)
i) PUSH ii) ADD R1 iii) MOV R1,R2 iv) SUB R1,R2
d) Normalization is required in fixed point arithmetic operations (True/False) (CO1)
2. Define micro and macro operations. (CO1)
3. List any three differences between Fixed point and Floating point representations (CO2)
4. Define access rate and access time. (CO3)
5. Define instruction cycle. (CO2)
PART-B 3X8=24Marks
6. a) Draw and explain accumulator based CPU. (CO1)

Or
b) Explain stored program concept. (CO1)
7. a) Explain any six addressing modes with examples. (CO2)
Or
b) Explain fixed point addition operation with flowchart. (CO2)
8. a) Explain memory hierarchy w.r.t speed, storage capacity, size and cost. (CO3)
Or
b) Explain floating point multiplication with flowchart. (CO2)
277
BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION
MODEL PAPER-END EXAM
Computer Organization And Microprocessors
PART-A 10X3=30Marks
1. Define Instruction Register (CO1)

2. State the purpose of Program counter (CO1)
3 Define Opcode, Operand and address (CO2)
4 Define fixed point representation of numbers. (CO3)
5 Draw the memory hierarchy diagram (CO1, CO2)
6 State the principle of locality of reference (CO1, CO2)
7 List various modes of date transfer (CO4)
8 List the four bus systems. (CO4)
9 Define Microprocessor, give an example. (CO5)
10 State the purpose of any three PINs of 8086. (CO5)
PART-B 5x8=40Marks
11.A Draw block diagram of simple accumulator based CPU and explain the function of each unit?
(CO1, CO2)
OR
11.B Explain the stored program concept? (CO1, CO2)
12.A. Explain floating point addition, subtraction operations with flowchart? (CO3)
OR
12.B List and explain various addressing modes? (CO2)
13.A. State the significance of access time, access rate, alterability and cycle time. (CO2)
OR
13.B Explain virtual address and physical address organization? (CO2, CO3)
14.A. Explain hand shaking procedure of data transfer in detail? (CO4)
OR
14.B Explain DMA controlled data transfer with neat block diagram. (CO4)
15.A Explain the Architecture of 8086 microprocessor with neat bock diagram (CO5)
OR
15.B Compare the features of 80286,80386 and 80486 processors (CO5)
PART-C 1X10=10Marks
16. How to perform floating point multiplication on MOTOROLA 6800. (CO3)
278
Course No. of Total No. of
Course Title Marks for FA Marks for SA
code Periods/Weeks periods
CM-404 OOP through C++ 5 75 20 80
Object oriented programming

1. 15 CO1, CO2
concepts & Introduction to C++
Functions, Arrays, Pointers &

2. 15 CO2, CO6
References
3. Constructors, Destructors & Operator 15 CO3, CO6

overloading
4. Inheritance& Virtual functions 15 CO4, CO6
5. C++ I/O & Templates 15 CO5, CO6
Total Periods 75
i) know about the Principles of Object oriented programming
ii) familiarize with classes, objects and functions

Course Objectives
iii) understand various C++ constructs
iv) familiarize with C++ I/O and Templates
v) To Analyse all OOP’s Principles

CO1 CM-404.1 Explain the Principles of object oriented programming
CO2 CM-404.2 Develop programs using classes, objects and functions
Write programs for constructors, destructors and
Course CO3 CM-404.3
operator overloading concepts.
Outcomes
Develop programs for different types of inheritances,
CO4 CM-404.4
virtual base class and virtual functions
CO5 CM-404.5 Define C++ I/O stream and Templates
CO6 CM-404.6 Use the features of OOP’s in designing applications
279
CO-PO/PSO Matrix
CM-404.1 3 2 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 3
CM-404.2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1
CM-404.3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 2
CM-404.4 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 3 3 2
CM-404.5 1 2 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 3
CM-404.6 2 3 2 3 2 1 3 3
Average 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.2 1.2 1.8 1.4 2.3 2.5 2.3
3=strongly mapped, 2=moderately mapped, 1=slightly mapped
Learning Outcomes:
1.0 Object oriented programming concepts & Introduction to C++

1.1 Evolution of OOP’s
1.2 Describe procedure oriented programming
1.3 Describe Object oriented paradigm
1.4 State Basic concepts of object oriented programming
1.5 List the Benefits of OOP’s
1.6 List different types of Object oriented programming languages
1.7 Write the structure of C++ program
1.8 Demonstrate to Create, compile, link and execute a C++ program.
1.9 Differentiate between C, C++
1.10 Explain C++ I/O operations with examples
1.11 Explain Syntax of comment statements in C++
1.12 List keywords of C++ other than C
1.13 Explain C++ Operators
2.0 Functions, Arrays, Pointers & References
2.1 Define function and its prototype
2.2 Explain the concept of Default Arguments
2.3 Explain the concept of function overloading
2.4 Explain inline function and write its advantages
2.5 Explain friend function and its use
2.6 Declare and use references
2.7 Define a class & object in C++
2.8 Define, Declare and use Class
2.9 Compare classes with structures
2.10 Explain Creation of objects
2.11 Declare and access array of objects
2.12 Explain the concept of passing objects to functions
280
2.13 Explain the concept of returning objects from functions
2.14 Describe pointers to object
2.15 State the use of pointer object in C++
2.16 Explain the process of declaring an object pointer and accessing date members of it with
an example.
2.17 State the use of ’this’ operator
2.18 Explain the operation of dynamic memory allocation using new and delete operators
2.19 Write a program to perform dynamic memory allocations with suitable example.
3.0 Constructors, Destructors and Operator Overloading
3.1 Define constructor and destructor
3.2 Explain Parameterized constructors
3.3 Describe Multiple Constructors in a class
3.4 Describe Constructors with default arguments
3.5 Describe Copy Constructor
3.6 Describe Dynamic constructor
3.7 Define Destructor and develop a program to demonstrate destructors
3.8 Describe Operator Overloading
3.9 Develop programs for Overloading of Binary Operators
3.10 Develop programs for Overloading of Unary Operators
3.11 Develop programs for Overloading of Binary Operators with ordinary member function
and friend function
3.12 Develop programs for Overloading of Unary Operators with ordinary member function and
friend function
3.13 List the rules for overloading of operators
3.14 Illustrate the above with small programs
4.0 Inheritance& Virtual functions
4.1 State the necessity of inheritance.
4.2 Explain the relation between base class and derived class.
4.3 Write the syntax for defining a derived class
4.4 Explain three types of access control – public, private & protected
4.5 List Types of Inheritances and explain them with examples
4.6 Write a program using C++ for Single inheritance
4.7 Develop a program using C++ for Multi level inheritance
4.8 Develop a program using C++ for Multiple inheritance
4.9 Develop a program using C++ for Hybrid inheritance
4.10 Develop a program using C++ for Multipath inheritance
4.11 Develop a program using C++ for Hierarchical inheritance
4.12 Describe Virtual base class
4.13 Explain concept of virtual functions and its applications
4.14 Write small programs to illustrate the above concepts.
5.0 C++ I/O &Templates
5.1 Write the basics of formatted I
5.2 Explain I/O manipulators and give examples.
5.3 Explain file I/O and classes of stream.h.
5.4 Explain the binary I/O functions like get ( ) and put ( ).
5.5 Write the format and working of file I/O functions like open ( ), read ( ), write ( ), count ( )
5.6 Explain the need for Templates.
5.7 List types of Templates.
5.8 Describe Function Templates
5.9 Develop a C++ program for Templates with Single Argument Types
5.10 Develop a C++ program to Create function based Templates
281
5.11 Develop a C++ program for Templates with multiple argument types
5.12 State the use of Class Templates
5.13 Mention the Syntax of Class Template
5.14 Develop a C++ program to Create Classes based on Template
5.15 Develop a C++ program using Class Template for Stack Data Structure
5.16 Develop a C++ program using Class Template for Queue Data Structure
COURSE CONTENT
1. Object oriented programming concepts & Introduction to C++:
Evolution of OOP’s - Procedure oriented programming - Object oriented paradigm - basic
concepts of object oriented programming - benefits of OOP’s-Structure of C++ program - I/O
Operations – statements – keywords -- Operators.
2. Functions, Arrays, Pointers & References
Class - object functions - classes & structures - friend function - inline functions - passing objects
to functions – pass by value and pass by reference - returning objects from functions - virtual
function - function overloading- Using Arrays - array of objects - pointers to objects - this
operator - dynamic memory allocations -references.
3. Constructors, Destructors and Operator Overloading
Constructor and destructor - Parameterized constructors - Multiple Constructors - Constructors
with default arguments - Copy Constructor – dynamic constructor - Destructors - Operator
Overloading - Overloading of Binary Operators - Overloading of Unary Operators - Rules for
overloading of operators - Example programs on Operator overloading.
4. Inheritance & Virtual functions
Base Class and derived class - access control - types of inheritance – Single, Multi level, Multiple,
Hybrid, Multipath, Hierarchical - virtual base class - virtual functions.
5. C++ I/O & Templates
C++ I/O operators - formatted I/O - I/O manipulators - file I/O - binary I/O functions - file I/O
functions - Need for Templates – classification of templates, function templates – single
argument and multiple argument - class templates.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Teach yourself C++ - Helbertschildt Osborne McG
2. Object-oriented Programming with C++ - PoornachandraSarang PHI
3. Programming with C++ - E. Balaguruswamy – TMH
4. Computer Science: A Structured Approach using C++ - Forouzan/Gillberg - Thomson
5. C++ & OOPS Paradigm - DebasishJana PHI
282
MODEL BLUE PRINT

title periods Allocatd Mapped
Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Object
oriented
programming
1 15 14 6 8 2 1 CO1, CO2
concepts &
Introduction to
C++
Functions,
Arrays,
2 15 14 3 11 * 1 2 * CO2, CO6
Pointers &
References
Constructors,
Destructors &
3 15 14 6 8 * 2 1 * CO3, CO6
Operator
overloading
Inheritance &
4 Virtual 15 14 3 11 * 1 2 * CO4, CO6
functions
C++ I/O&
5 15 14 3 11 * 1 2 * CO5, CO6
Templates
Total 75 70+10* 21 49 10* 7 8 1

283
MODEL PAPER
OOP through C++
UNIT TEST-1
PART-A 16Marks

1. a) new operator is used to dynamic de-allocation of memory. (True/False) (CO1)

b) Scope resolution operator is used to--------------------. (CO2)
c) Which of the following is not a OOP’s language [ ] (CO2)
i) Ada ii) C++ iii) C iv) Java
d) Which one of the following is used to initialise object [ ] (CO1)
i) destructor ii) compiler iii) constructor iv) delete
2. Write the advantages of OOP’s languages. (CO1)
3. Write the differences between class and structure (CO2)
4. State the use of ‘this’ operator. (CO3)
5. Define constructor and destructor. (CO3)
PART-B 3X8=24Marks
6. a) Write about Encapsulation and Abstraction.

(CO1)
Or
b) Explain C++ I/O operation with examples. (CO1)
7. a) Explain the concept of function overloading (CO2)
Or
b) Explain the concept of passing objects to functions (CO2)
8. a) Explain Parameterized constructors with example. (CO3)
Or
b) Explain how to declare and access pointers in objects. (CO3)
284
MODEL PAPER-END EXAM
OOP through C++
MAX MARKS: 80 TIME: 3 HOURS
PART-A 10X3=30Marks
1. List the Benefits of OOP’s. (CO1)

2. List the keywords of C++ which are not in C. (CO1)
3 Define function and its prototype. (CO2)
4 Define a class & object in C++. (CO1)
5 Define Parameterized constructor. (CO2)
6 List the rules for overloading of operators. (CO2)
7 Write the syntax for defining a derived class. (CO2)
8 List various types of Inheritances. (CO3)
9 List any three classes of iostream.h. (CO4)
10 Write the Syntax of Class Template. (CO5,CO6)
PART-B 5x8=40Marks
11.A. Explain basic concepts of object oriented programming? (CO1)

OR
11.B Explain C++ I/O operations with examples? (CO1,CO6)
12.A. Explain inline function and write its advantages? (CO2)
OR
12.B Explain the concept of returning objects from functions? (CO2, CO3)
13.A. Describe Operator Overloading? (CO3)
OR
13.B Define Destructor and develop a program to demonstrate destructors? (CO2, CO3)
14.A. Explain the concept of virtual functions and its applications? (CO2,CO5)
OR
14.B Explain three types of access control – public, private & protected? (CO5)
15.A. Explain I/O manipulators with examples? (CO4)
OR
15.B Develop a C++ program using function Templates. (CO5,CO6)
PART-C 1X10=10Marks
16. Can it be possible to implement multiple inheritance in C++? Suggest the method of
implementation. (CO4)
285
No. of
Course Total No. of
Course Title Periods/ Marks for FA Marks for SA
code periods
Weeks
CM-405 Computer Networks 5 75 20 80
1. Introduction to Networks 15 CO1,CO2
2. LAN components, Devices, tools, and 15 CO3

Network Topologies.
3. Network Addressing and sub-netting 15 CO3, CO4, CO6
4. Networks protocols and management 20 CO3, CO5,CO6
5. Basic Network administration 10 CO6
Total Periods 75
Course Objectives Upon completion of the course the student shall be able to
i. Know the different types of networks

ii. Know the Network components, devices and topologies.
iii. Understand managing Network using IP addresses and protocols
iv. Design and able to build network
v. Familiarise network administration

CO1 CM-405.1 Explain different types of networks, cables and connectors
CO2 CM-405.2 Explain ISO /OSI reference model and TCP/IP model
CO3 CM-405.3 Explain Network components, tools, devices and
Course topologies
Outcomes CO4 CM-405.4 Configure network using subnet technology using suitable
IP addresses
CO5 CM-405.5 Describe different types of network protocols
CO6 CM-405.6 Apply the techniques for Troubleshooting in monitoring
and administrating network
286
CO-PO/PSO Matrix
CM-405.1 1 3 3
CM-405.2 3 2
CM-405.3 3 3 2 3 2
CM-405.4 3 2 2
CM-405.5 3 1 1 2
CM-405.6 2 3 2 1 1 2
Average 1.5 3 3 3 3 2 1.5 2.3 1.75 2
3=stronglymapped, 2=moderately mapped, 1=slightly mapped
Learning Outcomes:
1.0 Introduction to Computer Networks.
1.1 Describe the Overview of Networking.
1.2 Discuss the Need and importance of Networking.
1.3 Classification and features of Networks–LAN, MAN,WAN
1.4 Importance of Wi-Fi, Bluetooth
1.5 List the Hardware and Software Components.
1.6 Explain Various Network Communication Standards.
1.7 Explain the OSI Reference Model with its architecture and layer functions.
1.8 Explain the functions of each layer of TCP/IP Reference Model
1.9 Compare TCP/IP and OSI reference models.
2.0 Network components, devices, tools, and Network Topologies.
2.1 Discuss the need and importance of LAN Cables, Connectors, wireless network
adapter
2.2 Explain about LAN Cables
2.2.1 Coaxial Cables,
2.2.2 Twisted-Pair Cables(Shielded, Unshielded)
2.2.3 Optical Fibre Cables,
2.3 Explain about LAN Connectors.
2.3.1 Registered Jack(RJ)-45
2.3.2 Straight Tip (ST)
2.3.3 Subscriber Connector (SC)0
2.3.4 Lucent Connector (LC)
2.4 Explain about LAN Devices
2.4.1 Repeaters
2.4.2 Hubs
2.4.3 Switches
2.4.4 Network Interface Cards(NICs)
2.4.5 Routers ( CISCO, DAX,Etc.)
2.4.6 Modem (56KBPS Internal or External, ADSLModems.)
2.4.7 Gateways.
287
2.5 Explain about Wireless network adapter
2.6 List and Explain the functions of LAN Tools
2.6.1 Anti-Magnetic mat
2.6.2 Anti-Magnetic Gloves
2.6.3 Crimping Tool
2.6.4 Cable Tester
2.6.5 Cutter
2.6.6 Loop back plug
2.6.7 Toner probe
2.6.8 Punch down tool
2.6.9 Protocol analyzer
2.6.10 Multi meter
2.7 Explain about Topologies with their merits and de-merits
2.7.1 Bus
2.7.2 Ring
2.7.3 Star
2.7.4 Mesh
2.7.5 Hybrid Topologies
3.0 Network Addressing and sub-netting
3.1 Introduction to Network Addressing.
3.2 Explain TCP/IP Addressing Scheme.
3.3 List and describe the Components of IP Address.
3.4 List and explain IP Address Classes.
3.5 Define subnet and describe the necessity of sub-netting.
3.6 Illustrate sub-netting
3.7 Explain sub-netting with a simple example
3.8 List the Advantages and disadvantages of sub netting
3.9 Describe the Internet Protocol Addressings
3.9.1 IPv4
3.9.2 IPv6
3.10 Statetheneed for IPv6.
3.11 Explain about Classful addressing and classless addressing inIPv4.
3.12 Describe Internet protocol version-6 (IPv6) addressing.
4.0 Networks protocols and management
4.1 Describe need of protocols in computer networks
4.2 Explain the protocols
4.2.1 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol(HTTP)
4.2.2 File Transfer Protocol(FTP)
4.2.3 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol(SMTP)
4.2.4 Address Resolution Protocol(ARP)
4.2.5 Reverse Address Resolution Protocol(RARP)
4.2.6 Telnet
4.3 Describe Simple Network Management Protocol(SNMP)
4.4 Explain about working of SNMP.
4.5 Explain about DHCP, DNS
4.6 Explain the Overview of Network Management.
4.7 Explain Network Monitoring and Troubleshooting.
4.8 Explain about Remote Monitoring (RMON).
288
5.0 Basic Network administration
5.1 Explain about Network administration.
5.2 Describe the need of Network Administration.
5.3 Responsibilities of Network Administrator.
5.4 Discuss User & Group Managements.
5.5 Analyze the working of Device Manager
5.6 Analyze Verification & Managing Ports.
5.7 Explain the procedure of Installing, Managing & Configuration of Printers,
5.8 Demonstrate Disk Management Tools &Tasks
5.9 Describe File Systems Management.
5.10 Demonstrate on NTFS (File and Folder) & Share Permissions.
COURSE CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Networks: Need for network - Network classification - network standards - -
Network Components - ISO reference model - TCP/IP model.
2. Network components, devices, tools, and Network Topologies: LAN Cables - connectors -
tools - LAN devices - wireless network adapter - LAN tools - Network topologies
3. Network Addressing and Subnetting: Network addressing - IP address components -
IPaddress classes - subnetting - internet protocols(IPv4,IPv6) addressings - need for IPv6 -
classsful and classless addressing in IPv4 - IPv6 addressing
4. Network protocols and management: need for protocols - different protocols - overview of
network management - monitoring and troubleshooting network - remote monitoring
5. Basic Network administration: need for network administration –user&group management -
working of device manager-verification&managing ports - installing, managing of printer
configuration - disk management tools - file system management - NTFS - share permissions.
Reference Books:
1. “Introduction to Data Communications and Networking”, B. Forouzan,TataMcGrawHill

2. “Computer Networks”, Tanenbaum, PHI,
3. “Data and Computer Communications”, Stallings, PHI,
4. “DataCommunication”, William Schewber, McGrawHill,1987
289
MODEL BLUE PRINT

Chapter/Unit No. of Weightage CO’s
Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Introduction to
1 15 14 8 6 1 2 CO1,CO2
Networks
LAN
2 components,
Devices, tools, 15 14 6 8 2 1 CO3
and Network
Topologies.
3 Network CO3, CO4,

Addressing and 15 14 3 11 * 1 2 *
CO6
sub-netting
Networks
CO3,
4 protocols and 20 14 3 8 3 * 1 1 1 *
CO5,CO6
management
Basic Network
5 10 14 6 8 * 2 1 * CO6
administration
Total * 75 70 +10* 17 31 22 10* 4 7 4 1

290
MODEL PAPER
Computer Networks
UNIT TEST-1
PART-A 16Marks

1. a) Transport layer is bottom layer of OSI reference model(True/False) (CO2)

b) MAN stands for ………………………………………. (CO3)
c) ------------------------tool is used to affix a connector at the end of cable (CO1)
d) The class of private address range 172.16.0.0 to 172.31.255.255 is (CO4)
i) Class A ii) Class B iii) Class C iv) Class D
2) State the need of Networking. (CO1)
3) List any six LAN devices (CO3)
4) Give the functions of cable tester (CO3)
5) Describe IP address. (CO4)
PART-B 3X8=24Marks
6. a) Explain OSI reference model in detail. (CO2)

Or
b) Compare TCP/IP and OSI reference models (CO2)
7. a) Explain coaxial and twisted pair cables (CO1)

Or
b) Explain IP address classes in detail. (CO4)
8. a) Explain Star and Mesh Topologies (CO3)
Or
b) Explain Ring and Bus Topologies (CO3)
291
MODEL PAPER – YEAR END EXAMINATION
Computer Networks

PART-A
Note: Answer all questions. Each question carries 3 marks 10 X 3=30M
1. Write the importance of networking CO1

2. Write any three differences between LAN and WAN CO1
3. List any thee network cables CO1
4. Write about RJ-45 jack CO1
5. What are the components of IP address CO4
6 What is the importance of sub-netting. CO4
7 Differentiate between ARP and RARP CO5
8 Write the importance of protocols in networking CO5
9 List any three responsibilities of network administrator CO6
10 Write about disk management tools CO6
PART-B 5x8=40Marks
11(a). Explain about ISO reference model with neat diagram CO2
OR
11(b). Explain TCP/IP architecture with neat diagram CO2
12(a). Explain any four LAN devices CO3
OR
12(b). Explain any four network topologies with neat diagrams CO3
13(a). Explain subnetting with a suitable example CO4
OR
13b). explain IPv4 address classes CO4
14(a). Explain any four network protocols CO5
(OR)
14(b). Write different steps involved in monitoring and troubleshoot the network CO6
15(a). Write the steps to create and manage user groups using any network Operating system
CO6
(OR)
15(b). Write the steps to install and configure laser printer using any OS CO6
PART-C 1 X10=10M
16. Compare VLSM and CIDR. CO4
292
Course Title
CM- 406 Web Technologies 6 90 40 60

Lab
1. 30
Exercises on HTML, CSS&XML CO1
2. Exercises on Java Script, AJAX, JQuery 30
CO2
and Angular JS
3. Exercises on PHP web applications and 30
CO3,CO4
Database Applications
Total Periods 90

CO1 CM-406.1 Design interactive web page(s) using HTML, CSS and
JavaScript.
CO2 CM-406.2 Demonstrate the Usage of AJAX, JQuery and Angular JS
Course CO3 CM-406.3 Design Dynamic web site using server side PHP
Outcomes Programming
CO4 CM-406.4 Design a simple web application with database
connectivity using PHP.
CO5 CM-406.5 Develop real world application with different web
designing tools.
i)Understand the principles of creating an effective web page
ii) To Know the working with HTML, CSS
iii) acquire knowledge and skills for creation of web site considering
Course Objectives both client and server side
iv) familiarize the various Technologies like Java Script AJAX, JQuery,
PHP.
V) understand Database connectivity Using PHP
293
CO-PO/PSO Matrix
CM-406.1 2 2 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
CM-406.2 1 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 3 3
CM-406.3 2 3 2 1 3 1 2 3 3
CM-406.4 1 1 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3
CM-406.5 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3
Average 1.75 2.2 3 2.6 1.5 2.8 1.4 2.4 3 2.8
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Exercises on basic HTML tags.

2. Design a HTML page using suitable table tags and attributes.
3. Design a HTML page with a form containing various controls.
4. Design a HTML page on iframes.
5. Exercises on CSS.
6. Exercises on designing a XML document.
7. Exercises on JavaScript functions.
8. Exercises on JavaScript arrays.
9. Write a JavaScript program using Ajax, to send the request to server and receive the
response from server with example program.
10. Write a program on mouse events using JQuery.
11. Design a webpage to apply the Effects of JQuery to HTML elements.
12. Exercises on changing background color using css() function in JQuery.
13. Write a JavaScript program using DatePickerJQuery UI plugin-(download from
https://jqueryui.com/datepicker/)
14. Write a Java Script program using Responsive Slides Jquery plugin-(download from
responsiveslides.com)
15. Exercises on Angular JS Directives.
16. Install the following on local machine:
 Apache Web server
 MySQL
 PHP and configure it to work with Apache Web server and MySQL.
17. Exercises on PHP arrays.
18. Design a form and access the elements of form using PHP.
19. Write PHP program to perform various operations on a database table using functions.
20. Write a PHP program to set a cookie.
Mini Project: Student has to develop a Mini project applying the skills acquired from the learning
294
OBJECTIVES AND KEY COMPETENCIES:
Exp. Name of the

Objectives
No. experiment Key Competencies
Exercises on basic Create the HTML page 1) Use any editor for writing HTML
HTML tags with a title, heading, 2) Add the tags with relevant content
formatting and list tags 3) Save the file
1 in the body. 4) Open the file in a browser
5) Test the results
Design a HTML page using Create the HTML page 1) Identify the tags for creating the table
suitable table tags and with a table and that table 2) Add header, body and footer to the
attributes should have a header, table.
3) Put some content in each section of
body and footer.
table
2 4) Save the file
5) Open the file in a browser
6) Test the results
Design a HTML page Create the HTML page with
1) Identify the tags to add a form and
with a form containing a form and add some controls
various controls controls like textbox, label 2) Add the form and put some controls in it.
3 to the form. 3) Save the file
5) Test the results
Design a HTML page Create the HTML page 1) Identify the tags for creating multiple
on frames with multiple frames so frames
that content in each 2) Add some content to the frames and
use different formats, colors for each
frame will have different
frame.
4 format and colors. 3) Save the file
5) Test the results
Create a style sheet which 1)Identify the editor required for creating
Design a style sheet to
contains selectors to set CSS
set the background 2)Add selectors to set the background
the background color,
color, position and color, position and dimensions of an
position and dimensions
dimensions of a HTML element.
of a HTML element. 3)Save the CSS file
element
5 4)Link the CSS file to a valid HTML page.
5)Save the HTML page
6)Open the HTML page in a browser
7)Test the results
Exercises on designing a XML Create a XML Document on 1) Identify the editor required for creating
document Student data XML
2) Add required elements for student
6 data
3) Save the XML file as .xml extension
4) Open the XML document in browser
5)Test the results
295
Exp. Name of the
Objectives
Exercises on JavaScript Write a JavaScript program 1) Create a HTML file

functions using function which 2) Write a JavaScript function which adds two
performs sum of two numbers.
numbers and function 3) Add HTML button tag and assign a
should call when button is function to on click attribute.
7 clicked. 4) Save the HTML file.
5) Open the HTML page in a browser
6) Test the results Resolve the errors if any
through debugging
Exercises on JavaScript arrays Write JavaScript code to 1) Create a HTML file
implement sorting like 2) Add elements to read array and to sort.
reading an array of ‗n‘ 3) Write the logic for sorting using iterative
numbers and sorting them and conditional statements.
in ascending order. 4) Save the HTML file.
8 5) Open the HTML page in a browser
6) Test the results
Resolve the errors if any through
debugging
Write a JavaScript program Write JavaScript program 1) Create a HTML file
using Ajax, to send the which sends a request to 2) Create a function which sends a request to
request to server and receive server using ajax, receives “https://www.w3schools.com/xml/ajax_info
the response from server information and display it. .txt” and receive the information and display
with example program in the body.
3) Create a button.
4) Call JavaScript function when button click.
9 5) Save the HTML file.
7) Test the results. Resolve the errors if
any through debugging
8) Observe that when button click that is
displayed without reloading the page.
Write a program on mouse Write a JavaScript 1) Create a HTML file
events using JQuery program using JQuery 2) Add a div tag with some content and border.
3) Write a JQuery functions which displays
which displays different
different messages when mouse enters in
messages for mouse div tag, mouse leaves div tag and clicks on
events like mouse enter, div tag.
mouse leave, click, 4) Save the HTML file.
dblclick
6) Test the results by moving moues over the
div tag.
7) Resolve the errors if any through
debugging
296
Exp. Name of the
Objectives
Design a webpage to apply Write a JavaScript 1) Create a HTML file

the Effects of JQuery program using JQuery 2) Add a div tag with some content and border.
3) Add some buttons
which performs effects
4) Write a JQuery functions which performs
like hide, show, some effect when click on respective button.
slideupfadeIn,fadeout,slid 5) Save the HTML file.
eDown, SlideUp
7) Test the results by click on the button.
debugging
Exercises on changing Write a JavaScript 1) Create a HTML file
background color using CSS program using JQuery 2) Add a div tag with some content
properties in JQuery 3) Add some buttons
which changes css
4) Write a JQuery functions which changes CSS
properties like color, properties like color, border when click on
background-color, border respective button.
etc.
debugging
Write a JavaScript program Write a JavaScript 1) Create a HTML file
using Date Picker JQuery UI program using JQuery 2) Add JQuery script tag.
plugin(download from 3) Add JQueryUI, which can be downloaded
which displays datepicker. from https://jqueryui.com
https://jqueryui.com/datepic
4) Add JQuery UI css file
ker/)
5) Add a textbox
6) Write JQuery code for display date picker
debugging
Write a JavaScript program Write a JavaScript 1) Create a HTML file
using Responsive program using JQuery 2) Add JQuery script tag.
3) Add slider plugin, which can be downloaded
SlidesJquery which displays date from http://responsiveslides.com
plugin(download from picker. 4) Add plugins file
responsiveslides.com) 5) Add images
6) Write JQuery code for display slideshow of
14 images
7) Save the HTML file.
debugging
297
Exp. Name of the
Objectives
Exercises On Angular JS Exercise On Angular JS 1) Create a HTML file

Directives Directives 2) Add
https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/angula
rjs/1.3.14/angular.min.js file in Script tag of
src.
Resolve the errors if any through debugging
Install the following on local Install a web server which 1) Identify version compatible to system
machine: supports PHP 2) Download the software(XAMP)
 Apache Web server 3) Install the server software(XAMP)
 MySQL 4) Configure the server
5) Write simple PHP program
16  PHP and configure it to
6) Test the result
work with Apache Web
server and MySQL.
Exercise on PHP arrays Write PHP program to
1) Create a PHP file.
implement searching like 2) Add elements to read array and to find
reading an array of ‗' n' the smallest number.
numbers and finding 3) Write the logic for sorting using iterative
17 smallest among them. and conditional statements.
4) Save and Run the page.
Test the result
Design a form and access the Write a php program 1) Create a HTML file
elements of form using PHP which displays sum of two 2) Add form with two textboxes for enter
numbers submitted by two numbers
3) Write a PHP program, which adds two
the form
numbers submitted by form and
display the sum.
18
4) Place the files in server
5) Open the HTML file in browser
6) Test the results
Write PHP code to Write PHP code to 1) Understand the process of connecting to
perform various perform retrieval, database and execute commands.
operations on a insertion, modification 2) Create a PHP file.
3) Add required elements to the page.
database table using and deletion of data in a
4) Write the logic to retrieve, insert, update
19 functions. database table using and delete data in the table using
functions functions.
6) Test the result
Write a PHP program to Write PHP code to create a 1) Understand the significance of cookies.
set a cookie. cookie and put some 2) Create a PHP file.
information in it. 3) Write the logic to create and set a
20
cookie
5) Test the result.
298
Course Course Title No. of Total No. Marks for Marks
code Periods/Weeks of periods FA for SA
CM-407 OOP through C++ Lab 4 60 40 60

1. Exercise Programs on C++ basic constructs 10 CO1
2. Exercise Programs on Classes and Objects 15 CO1
3. Exercise Programs on Operator Overloading 10 CO2
4. Exercise Programs on Inheritance 15 CO3
5. Exercise Programs on Templates 10 CO4,CO5
Total Periods 60
Course Objectives i)Design programs on C++ basic constructs
ii) Implement C++ programs on all OOP’s principles.
iii) Able to design generic programs

CO1 CM-407.1 Execute programs using I/O operators, loops, Classes, objects
and functions.
Course
CO2 CM-407.2 Write programs using Constructors, Destructors and Operator
Outcomes overloading
CO3 CM-407.3 Execute programs using Derived classes and types of inheritance.
CO4 CM-407.4 Run generic programs using Templates
CO5 CM-407.5 Develop a project in real world problems.
CO-PO/PSO Matrix:
CM-407.1 3 2 3 3 1 3 2 3 2 3
CM-407.2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 3 3 3
CM-407.3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 2
CM-407.4 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 3 3 2
CM-407.5 1 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 3
Average 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.4 1.2 2 1.6 2.8 2.8 2.6
299
Learning Outcomes
1. Write programs using input and output operators and comments.

2. Write programs using if/ if – else/ nested if statement.
3. Write programs using loop statements – while/ do-while / for.
4. Write programs using arrays.
5. Write programs using classes & object.
6. Write programs using constructor and destructor.
7. Write programs working with two/more classes using Friend function.
8. Write programs using inline function.
9. Write a program to pass an object as a functions argument – pass object by
Value, pass object by reference.
10. Write a program to demonstrate the use of function overloading.
11. Write a simple program on array of objects and pointers to objects.
12. Write a program to demonstrate the operator overloading on unary &
binary operators
13. Write programs using new, delete with classes.
14. Write simple programs illustrating use of all types of inheritances.
15. Write a program to illustrate virtual base class.
16. Write a Program to illustrate virtual functions.
17. Write a Program to illustrate class templates.
18. Write a Program to illustrate function templates
Reference Books:
1. Teach yourself C++ - Helbertschildt Osborne McG
2. Object-oriented Programming with C++ - PoornachandraSarang PHI
3. Programming with C++ - E. Balaguruswamy – TMH
4. Computer Science: A Structured Approach using C++ - Forouzan/Gillbert - Thomson
5. C++ & OOPS Paradigm - DebasishJana PHI
E-References:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cplusplus/index.htm
2. http://www.cplusplus.com/doc/tutorial/
3. https://www.programiz.com/cpp-programming
4. https://beginnersbook.com/2017/08/c-plus-plus-tutorial-for-beginners/
5. http://www.cplusplus.com/files/tutorial.pdf
300
Exp. Name of the

Objectives Key Competencies
No. experiment
(a) Identify the header files required
(c) Use cin and cout.
Write programs using (a) Write a program to (d) Write comments.
input and output
accept input and display it. (e) Compile the program.
1 operators and
(b) Write comments in a (f) Rectify the errors in the program.
comments.
program. (g) Run the program.
(h) Test the output with various input data.
(i) Save the file.
(b) Use various conditional control
Write programs using statements.
Write programs using
if/ if – else/ nested if (c) Compile the program.
2 conditional control
statement. (d) Rectify the errors in the program.
statement.
(e) Run the program.
(f) Test the output with various input data.
(g) Save the file.
(b) Use various loop statements.
(a) Write a program using
(c) Compile the program.
loop statements.
Write programs using (d) Rectify the errors in the program.
(b) Write the same program
loop statements – (e) Run the program.
3 using other loops.
while/ do-while / for. (f) Observe the output with various input
data.
(g) Save the file.
(h) Write the same program using while/ do
– while/ for statement.
(b) Declare array.
Write programs using Write programs using
(c) use appropriate loop statements to
4 arrays. arrays.
input and process arrays.
(d) Compile and Rectify the errors if any.
(d) Execute and Test the output.
(a) Create a class
(a) Write a program using
(b) Identify data members required and
classes and objects and
define methods to a class.
define the methods within
Write programs using (c) Declare methods within the class and
the class.
5 classes & object. outside the class.
(b) Write a program using
(d) Use scope resolution operator.
classes and objects and
(e) Create objects of a class.
define the methods outside
(f) use objects to develop code
the class.
(f) Execute the program.
301
(a) Write a program using (a) use appropriate type of constructors &
default constructor. destructor.
Write programs using (b) Write a program using (c) develop the code for the required
constructor and parameterized constructor. concept using initiations done by
6
destructor. (c) Write a program using constructors
copy constructor. (d) Compile ,execute and test the result
(d) Write a program using
constructor and destructor.
(a) Develop classes to access data members
Write programs using proper access specifiers
working with Write a program using (b) Declare friend function.
7
two/more classes using friend function. (c ) develop code using friend functions and
friend function. related objects
(d) Compile ,execute and test the result
Write programs using (a) Declare inline function with syntax.
Write a program using inline
8 inline function. (b) use infile functions as required
function.
(c) Compile ,execute and test the result
Write a program to pass an
Write a program to
object as a functions (a) Pass objects by value.
pass an object as a
9 argument (a) pass object by
function argument. (b) Pass objects by reference.
value,
(b) pass object by reference.
Write a program to Write program to illustrate (a) Use function overloading.
10 demonstrate the use of the usage of function (b) Declare methods in function
function overloading. overloading. overloading.
Write a simple Write a simple program on
program on array of array of objects and (a) Create array of objects.
11
objects and pointers to pointers to objects. (b) Create pointers to objects.
objects.
Write a program to
demonstrate the use of (a) Write a program using (a) Use operator overloading for unary and
operator overloading unary operator. binary operators.
12 on unary operator &
(b) Write programs using (b) Declare methods for operator
binary operators like
++ operator and << binary operator. overloading.
operator.
Write programs using Write programs to illustrate
Use dynamic allocation operators.
13 new, delete with the use of new and delete
classes. with classes.
Write simple programs
Write simple programs illustrating use of (a) Create base class and derived class.
14 illustrating use of all (a) single inheritance. (b) Use: operator.
types of inheritances. (b) multiple inheritance. (c) Use access specifiers.
(c) multilevel inheritance.
Write a program to (a) Create virtual base class.
Program illustrating
15 illustrate the usage of
virtual base class. (b) Use virtual keyword.
virtual base class.
302
Write a program to (a) Create virtual functions.
Program illustrating
16 illustrate the usage of
virtual functions. (b) Use virtual keyword.
virtual functions.
Write a program to
Programs illustrating (a) Use class templates
17 illustrate the usage of class
class templates. (b)Create class templates.
templates.
(a) Create function templates with single
Write a program to argument.
Programs illustrating
18 illustrate the usage of (b) Create function templates with multiple
function templates.
function templates. arguments.
303
Course Course Title No. of Total No. of Marks Marks for

Code Periods/Week Periods for FA SA
Common Communication
408 Skills 3 45 40 60

S. No. Unit Title
1 Listening Skills 6 CO1

2 Introducing Oneself 3 CO1, CO2, CO3
3 Short Presentation (JAM) 6 CO1, CO2, CO3
4 Group Discussion 6 CO1, CO2, CO3
5 Preparing Resume with Cover Letter 3 CO3
6 Interview Skills 9 CO1, CO2, CO3
7 Presentation Skills 9 CO1, CO2
8 Work place Etiquette 3 CO1, CO2
Total Periods 45
To comprehend the features of communication needed for professional

success and display the use of these competently
Course Objectives To present ideas, opinions in group discussions and presentations on

topics of general and technical interest
To prepare for job selection processes
CO No. Course Outcomes
Interacts in academic and social situations by comprehending what is listened to when

CO1
others speak.
Demonstrates effective English communication skills while presenting ideas, opinions
CO2
in group discussions and presentations on topics of general and technical interest
Exhibits workplace etiquette relevant in classroom situations for easy adaptation in
CO3
professional setting in the future
304
CO-PO Matrix
Common-408 Number of Course Outcomes: 3
POs Mapped CO Periods Addressing PO in Level of Remarks

with CO No. Column 1 Mapping
Number Percentage % (1,2,3)
PO1 Not directly applicable for Communication Skills Course however

interactive activities that use content from science and technology
PO2 relevant to the Programme taken up by the student shall be exploited
PO3 for communication in the Course.
PO4
PO5 CO1, CO2, 11 25% >60%: Level 3

CO3
PO6 CO1, CO2, 27 60% 16 -59%: Level 2

CO3
PO7 CO1, CO2, 7 15%

Up to 15%: Level 1
CO3

Mapping Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:
CO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7
CO 1   
CO 2   
CO3   
Blue Print for evaluation based on Course Outcomes for SA:

Note: Every Question based on CO has to be given marks for the following parameters of
communication in the rubric.
 Fluency and Coherence
 Lexical Resource (Vocabulary)
 Grammatical Range and Accuracy
305
*Rubric Descriptors ‘Good/ Competent / Fair /Poor' for Communication
Fluency and Coherence Lexical Resource Grammatical Range

LEVEL OF
(Vocabulary) and Accuracy
COMPETENCE
Speaks at length without
noticeable effort or loss of
coherence. May demonstrate Uses vocabulary
language-related hesitation at resources flexibly Uses a range of complex
times, or some repetition during discussion. Uses structures with some
GOOD and/or self-correction. paraphrase effectively. flexibility.
(9-10*) Uses a range of connectives
and discourse markers with Uses some less
some flexibility. Articulates common vocabulary
and adapts to near and shows some Mostly produces error-
naturalization. awareness of style and free sentences.
collocation
Is willing to speak at length, Has enough vocabulary
though may lose coherence at to discuss topics and
times due to occasional make meaning clear in Uses a mix of simple and
repetition, self-correction or spite of complex structures, but
COMPETENT
hesitation. inappropriacies. with limited flexibility.
(6-8)
Uses a range of connectives Generally paraphrases May make mistakes with
and discourse markers but not successfully complex structures
always appropriately. though these rarely cause
comprehension problems.
Manages to talk about
Tries to maintain a flow of familiar and unfamiliar
speech but t uses repetition, topics but uses Produces only basic
self correction and/or slow vocabulary with limited sentence forms, however,
speech to keep going. flexibility. errors persist.
FAIR Uses a limited range of
(3-5) more complex structures,
but these usually contain
Produces simple speech Attempts to use errors and may cause
fluently, but more complex paraphrase but with some comprehension
communication causes fluency mixed success. problems
problems.
Attempts basic sentence
Speaks with long pauses. Uses simple vocabulary forms but with limited
Pauses lengthy before most to convey personal success, or relies on
words. Merely imitates information apparently memorized
utterances
POOR
Has insufficient Makes numerous errors
(0 *-2)
Has limited ability to link vocabulary for less except in memorized
simple sentences familiar topics expressions
Gives only simple responses Only produces isolated
and is frequently unable to words or memorized Struggles to produce
convey basic message utterances basic sentence forms
306
s*10 marks to be awarded only if competence level shows flawless expertise in English.
*0 marks to be awarded when student shows incoherence and gives irrelevant responses.
Blue Print for evaluation based on Course Outcomes for SA of each student:
Note: Marks are awarded for each student as per the Rubric descriptors.
Periods Marks allotment for each Student in Mapping

Marks Wise of COs
Questions based on Allocate the Rubric*
S. Distribution
Course Outcomes d for Poor Fair Competent Good
No. of
practica 0-2 3-5 6-8 9-10
Weightage
l work
1 Describe the given CO 2
6 10
object in a minute
CO1, CO 2
Exchange ideas/
views in a group
discussion on
2 6 10
________ issue
(academic, technical
or social )
Present your ideas CO1, CO2,

/opinions on the CO 3
3 given issue/ topic 9 10
(individual to an
audience)
Role play an CO1, CO2,
4 imaginary work- 6 10 CO 3
place situation
Individual CO1, CO2,
interaction with the CO 3
Examiner duly
submitting Resume (
5 12 10
Facing the Interview)
– Introducing
oneself and
answering questions
*Listen to and CO1, CO2,
comprehend any CO 3
6 audio 6 10
communication/
content
TOTAL 45 60
*Listen to and comprehend the given audio content: Giving the Students time to read the questions
(Fill in the Blanks, Select from Alternatives, True or False, Table fill, etc.) in chunks before listening to
audio inputs also played in chunks.
307
Blue Print for evaluation based on Course Outcomes for Formative Assessment:
Note: Every Question based on CO has to be given marks for the following parameters in the
rubric.
 Fluency and Coherence
 Lexical Resource
 Grammatical Range and Accuracy
Periods Marks allotment for each Student Mapping

Marks Wise
Questions based on Allocated in the Rubric* of COs
S. Distribution
Course Outcomes for Poor Fair Competent Good
No. of
practical 0-2 3-5 6-8 9-10
Weightage
work
Formative Assessment - 1
Describe the given 10
1 3
object in a minute CO 2
Exchange ideas/ views
2 in a group discussion CO1, CO 2
on ________ issue 6 10
(academic, technical
or social )
Present your ideas
3 /opinions on the given CO1, CO2,
6 10 CO 3
issue/ topic (individual
to an audience)
4
*Listen to and
CO1, CO2,
comprehend any
3 10 CO 3
audio communication/
content
Total 18 40
Formative Assessment -2
Present your ideas
1
/opinions on the given
10
issue/ topic (individual 3
to an audience)
2 Role play an imaginary CO1, CO2,
6 10
work-place situation CO 3
Individual interaction
with the Examiner
duly submitting CO1, CO2,
3 Resume ( Facing the CO 3
15 10
Interview)
– Introducing oneself
and answering
questions
308
*Listen to and
comprehend any CO1, CO2,
4 10
audio communication/ 3 CO 3
content
TOTAL 27 40
Learning Outcomes
1. Listening Skills:
1.1 Listen to audio content (dialogues, interactions, speeches, short presentations) and
answer questions based on them
1.2 Infer meanings of words / phrases / sentences / after listening to audio content as
mentioned above
2. Introducing Oneself:
2.1 Prepare a grid different aspects for presentation about a person / oneself
2.2 Present a 1 or 2 minute introduction of oneself for an audience
3. Short Presentation:
3.1 Define an object
3.2 Describe an object, phenomenon, event, people
3.3 Speak on a topic randomly chosen
4. Group Discussion:
4.1 Practice Group Discussion. Techniques
4.2 Participate in group discussions
5. Resume Writing and Cover Letter:
5.1 Prepare resumes of different sorts – one’s own and others.
5.2 Write an effective cover letter that goes with a resume
6. Interview Skills:
6.1 Prepare a good Curriculum Vitae
6.2 Exhibit acceptable (Greeting, Thanking, Answering questions with confidence)
7. Presentation Skills:
7.1 Prepare Posters, Charts, PPT’s on issue of general and technical interest
7.2 Present one’s ideas before an audience with confidence using audio visual aids and
answer questions that are raised.
8. Workplace Etiquette:
8.1 Show positive attitude & adaptability / appropriate body language to suit the work
place
8.2 Display basic of etiquette like politeness, good manners.
309
No of
Course Total no of Marks Marks
Course title periods/
Code periods for FA for SA
week
Computer Hardware &

CM-409 06 90 40 60
S No Chapter/ Unit Title No. of COs Mapped

Periods
1. Computer Hardware 45 CO1,CO2,CO3
2. Computer Networking 30 CO3.CO4.CO5
3. Network Maintenance through server 15 CO4,CO5,CO6
Total 90
1. Identify all the components of mother board.

2. Modify CMOS settings as required
3. Troubleshoot desktop computer
4. Troubleshoot individual resources like keyboard, Monitor, Printers
5. Install drives, NIC cards, modems(internal, external)
COURSE 6. Install network devices, design and develop network.
OBJECTIVES 7. Understand ip address classes and sub netting
8. Prepare cross and straight Ethernet cables
9. Install and configure proxy server
10. Install any network operating system and Control/maintain the
network and network resources using server administration and
Troubleshoot the entire network

CO1 CM-409.1 Assemble the PC with suitable components.
CO2 CM-409.2 Troubleshoot desktop system and individual peripheral devices.
Course
CO3 CM-409.3 Demonstrate configuring computer network with subnetting
Outcomes
CO4 CM-409.4 Perform user and group management techniques through
CO5 CM-409.5 Network Server
Troubleshoot the computer network.
CO6 CM-409.6 Configure any network device.
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CM-409.1 2 1 2 2
CM-409.2 3 3 1 3 2
310
CM-409.3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2
CM-409.4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CM-409.5 3 3 1 3 2
CM-409.6 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2
Average 2.3 2.2 2 2.5 3 2 2 2 2 2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify various mother board Components
2. Perform various operations and modifications required for CMOS setup.
3. Print the summary of your system Hardware and verify for correctness
4. Upgrading memory and verify the effect after upgrading.
5. Hard drive, optical drive installation.
6. How to recover lost data on hard drive.
7. Trouble shooting keyboard and monitor
8. Trouble shoot Printer Problems
9. Installation of Network card.
10. Dis-assembling and assembling of working desktop.
11. Preparing the Ethernet cable for cross and direct connections using crimping tool and
test using LAN tester.
12. Installation of a switch and connecting systems to a network switch.
13. Installation of a modem (internal, external or USB) and connecting tointernet.
14. Using FTP for uploading and downloading files.
15. Installation and configuring the proxy server for internet access.
16. Setting of particular IP address to an existing terminal system
17. Installation of network operating system
18. Creating and managing user accounts through network server.
19. Configuration of DHCP and DNS
20. Exercise on File/Folder accessing rights for sharing
21. Exercise on remote desktop.
22. Exercise on setting up of VPN on network
311
S.N Name of the Objectives Key Competencies

o. experiment
1 Exercise on Identification and  Identify and note down mother board,

Identification and familiarization of various Components and Chips.
familiarization of components of computer  Identify various Internal and External slots
in the mother board and clean them with
various system.
blower/ Brush.
components of  Practice Inserting and Removing RAM with
mother board. care.
 Measure the Output voltages of SMPS.
2 Exercise on various Perform various operations  Identify location of CMOS battery on
operations and and modifications required mother board.
modifications for CMOS setup.  Know how to replace CMOS battery.
 Identify keyboard key for entering BIOS
required for CMOS
setup.
setup.  Setup CMOS settings
 Check the status of CMOS settings after
replacement.
3 Exercise on Print Print the summary of your  Know how to open system summary
the summary of system Hardware and window
verify for correctness  Check whether all the hardware peripherals
your system
are working properly or not.
Hardware and  Know how to install device drivers
verify for  Know how to enable and disable hardware
correctness peripherals.
 Print the hardware summary page.
4 Exercise on Upgrading memory and  Know the location of RAM slots
Upgrading memory verify the effect after  Know how to insert or replace RAM chips
 Check the system properties for confirming
and verify the upgrading.
the RAM up gradation.
effect after
upgrading.
5 Exercise on Hard Hard drive, optical drive Hard drive:

drive, optical drive installation.  Identify the Hard drive slot.
installation.  Know how to remove power supply and
SATA cables from hard drive.
 Unscrew Hard drive from computer case
 Replace new Hard drive and fix it in
computer case
 Know how to connect power supply cable
312
and SATA cables to Hard drive
 Check for the working condition of new
Hard Drive.
Optical drive:
 Identify the Optical drive slot.
 Know how to remove power supply and
SATA cables from Optical drive.
 Unscrew Optical drive from computer case
 Replace new Optical drive and fix it in
computer case
 Know how to connect power supply cable
and SATA cables to Optical drive
 Check for the working condition of Optical
drive.
6 Exercise on How to recover lost data  Verify the available recovery tools of
recovery of lost on hard drive. Operating system.
data on hard drive.  Know how to recover lost data on Hard
drive using Restore point.
 Know how to recover lost data on Hard
drive using Recovery Image.
7 Exercise on Trouble Trouble shooting keyboard  few keys do not work.
shooting keyboard and monitor.  keyboard does not work at all.
and monitor.  Key continuous to repeat after being
released.
 key produces wrong character.
 Power light (led) does not go on, no picture.
 Power LED light is on no picture power up.
 Power on but monitor display wrong
character.
 Monitor flickers has wary lines.
 Screen goes blank 30 seconds or minute
after the keyboard is left untouched
8 Exercise on Printer Printer Problems Laser printer:
Problems  Printer never leaves warm-up mode.
 Paper Jam message is displayed
 Printed messages are distorted
 RE-filling and replacing cartridge
 Replacing damaged drum with new one.
 Perform head cleaning
DMP
 Print head moves back and forth but
nothing prints.
 Print self-test works but printing from a
computer application does not work etc.,
9 Exercise on Installation of Network  Identify the slot for placing NIC card
Installation of card.  Know how to place NIC card
 Install required NIC driver
Network card.
 Check for working status of NIC card
10 Exercise on Dis- Dis-assembling and  Identify all the peripherals of Desktop
assembling and assembling of working computer.
313
assembling of desktop.  Check the working condition of system
working desktop. before dis-assembling it.
 Dis-assemble all the peripherals.
 Assemble all the peripherals.
 Check the working condition of system after
assembling it.
11 Exercise on Preparing the Ethernet  Know the color pattern of Ethernet cable for
Preparing the cable for cross and direct direct connection.
 Prepare UTP cable for direct connection
Ethernet cable for connections using crimping
using crimping tool.
cross and direct tool and test using cable  Check the working condition of cable using
connections using tester. LAN tester.
crimping tool and  Know the color pattern of Ethernet cable for
test using LAN cross connection.
tester.  Prepare UTP cable for cross connection
using crimping tool.
 Check the working condition of cable using
LAN tester.
12 Exercise on Installation of a switch and  Know the purpose of switch
Installation of a connecting systems to a  Run Ethernet cables from switch to
network switch individual nodes
switch and
 Connect Ethernet cables of nodes to switch.
connecting systems  Check the network status of the connection
to a network in computer system.
switch.
13 Exercise on Installation of a modem Internal modem

Installation of a (internal, external or USB)  Identify PCI slot for placing Internal modem
modem (internal, and connecting to internet.  Connect internal modem
 Install required modem driver
external or USB)
 Check for the working condition
and connecting to External modem
internet.  Connect External modem
USB modem
 Connect USB modem
14 Exercise on Using Using FTP for uploading  Know about FTP protocol
FTP for uploading and downloading files.  Know how to upload file using FTP
 Know how to download file using FTP
and downloading
files.
15 Exercise on Installation and configuring  Know about proxy server.
Installation and the proxy server for  Know how to install proxy server.
configuring the internet access  Know how to configure proxy server.
proxy server for
internet access
314
16 Exercise on Setting Setting of particular IP  Know about IP addresses
of particular IP address to an existing  Know how to set IP addresses to the
address to an computer systems in a LAN
terminal system
existing terminal
system
17 Exercise on Installation of network  Know about different network operating
Installation of operating system systems.
network operating  Install required Network operating systems
system  Configure the system with the proper
settings.
18 Exercise on Creating and managing  Know how to create user accounts
Creating and user accounts through  Know how to modify user accounts
managing user network server.  Know how to delete user accounts
accounts through
network server.
19 Exercise on Configuration of DHCP and  Know about static IP address, dynamic IP

Configuration of DNS. address
DHCP and DNS.  Know about DHCP
 Configure the DHCP
 Know about DNS
 Configure the DNS
20 Exercise on File/Folder accessing rights  Know the different accessing rights
File/Folder for sharing.  Know how to give access rights
 Know how to remove access rights
accessing rights for
 Know how to share file/folders
sharing
21 Exercise on remote Exercise on remote  Know about remote login
desktop. desktop.  Know how to login to the remote desktop
22 Exercise on setting Exercise on setting up of  Know about VPN
up of VPN on VPN on network  Know how to configure VPN service
network
315
V SEMESTER
316
CURRICULUM-2020
(V Semester)
Instruction
Periods/Week Total
Sub
Name of the Subject Periods Per End
Code Duration Sessional Total
(hrs) Marks Marks
Marks
THEORY SUBJECTS
Industrial Management
CM-501 5 - 75 3 20 80 100
and Entrepreneurship
CM-502 Java Programming 5 75 3 20 80 100

-
CM-503 Software Engineering 5 75 3 20 80 100

-
CM-504 Internet Of Things 5 75 3 20 80 100

-
CM-505 Python programming 5 75 3 20 80 100

-
PRACTICAL SUBJECTS
CM-506 Java Programming Lab - 4 60 3 40 60 100
Python Programming
CM-507 - 4 60 3 40 60 100
Lab
CM-508 Life Skills - 3 45 3 40 60 100
CM-509 Project work - 6 90 3 40 60 100
Total 25 17 630 - 260 640 900
Note:CM-501,502,503,506 common with DIT branch
317
No. of
Course Total No. of Marks for Marks for
Course Title Periods/
code periods FA SA
Weeks
CM-501 Industrial Management and 5 75 20 80

Entrepreneurship
Principles and functions of Industrial

1. 08 CO1
Management
Organisation structure &

2. 16 CO2
Organisational behaviour
3. Production Management 12 CO3
Materials Management, Maintenance

4. 19 CO4
management & Industrial Safety
Entrepreneurship Development &

5. 20 CO5
Quality management.
Total Periods 75
1. Understand the principles and functions of industrial management,

Course Objectives organization structure and organisationalbehaviour.
2. Understand the production management, materials management,
maintenance management and industrial safety.
3. Understand the entrepreneurship development and trends in
management.
At the end of the course the student will be able to:

Explain various principles and functions of industrial
CO1 CM-501.1
Course management.
Outcomes
CO2 CM-501.2 Explain organisation structure and organisational behaviour.
CO3 CM-501.3 Apply CPM and PERT techniques in production management.
318
Apply materials management techniques, maintenance
CO4 CM-501.4
management and industrial safety.
Describe Entrepreneurship Development and Quality
CO5 CM-501.5
management aspects.
CO-PO/PSO Matrix:
CM-501.1 2 2 2 2
CM-501.2 2 2 2 2 2
CM-501.3 1 3 3 2 3 3 3
CM-501.4 2 2 2 2 2 2
CM-501.5 3 1 2 2 3 2 2
Average 2 3 2 2 2 2.2 3 2 3 2.3
Learning outcomes:
Principles and functions of Industrial Management
1.1 Define industry, commerce (Trade) and business.

1.2 Know the need for management.
1.3 Understand the evolution of management
1.4 Understand functions of Management.
1.5 Explain the principles of scientific management.
1.6 Explain the principles of management.
1.7 Differentiate between management and administration.
1.8 Understand the nature of management as a profession
1.9 Differentiate between supervisory, middle and Top level management
1.10 Explain the importance of managerial skills (Technical, Human, Conceptual)
2.0 Organisation Structure & organisational behaviour

2.1 Explain the philosophy and need of organisation structure of an industry.
2.2 Discuss the line, staff and Functional organisations
2.3 Explain the Authority and Responsibility Relationships
2.4 List the differences between Delegation and decentralization
2.5 Explain the factors of effective organisation
2.6 Outline the communication process
2.7 State motivational theories.
2.8 State Maslow’s Hierarchy of needs.
2.9 List different leadership models.
2.10 Explain the trait theory of leadership
319
2.11 Explain behavioural theory of Leadership
2.12 Explain the process of decision making.
2.13 Assessing Human resource requirements
2.14 Describe the concept of Job analysis, Job description and specifications
2.15 Explain the process of recruitment, selection, training and development
2.16 List and explain types of business ownerships
2.17 Differentiate between the business ownerships
2.18 State the objectives of Employee participation
2.19 Give the meaning and definition social responsibilities
2.20 Explain corporate social responsibilities
3.0 Production management

3.1 Identify the factors of Plant Location
3.2 List the objectives of plant Layout
3.3 State the principles of plant Layouts
3.4 Explain the types of plant Layouts
3.5 Relate the production department with other departments.
3.6 State the need for planning and it‘s advantages.
3.7 State different types of production.
3.8 Explain the stages of Production, planning and control.
3.9 List the basic methods forecasting
3.10 Explain routing methods.
3.11 Explain scheduling methods.
3.12 Explain dispatching.
3.13 Explain Break Even Analysis
3.14 Define supply chain Management, competitive strategy, Supply chain strategy
3.15 Explain project scheduling.
3.16 Draw CPM and PERT networks.
3.17 Identify the critical path.
3.18 Simple numerical problems on CPM and PERT.
4.0 Materials Management, Maintenance management & Industrial Safety

4.1 Explain the importance and functions of materials management in Industry.
4.2 State an expression for inventory control.
4.3 Explain ABC analysis.
4.4 Define safety stock and reorder level
4.5 State an expression for economic ordering quantity.
4.6 State the functions of Stores Management,
4.7 Explain types of store layouts.
4.8 List out stores equipment and stores records.
4.9 Explain general purchasing procedures
4.10 Explain tendering, E-tendering and E-procurement procedures
4.11 List purchase records.
4.12 Explain the Bin card.
4.13 Describe Cardex method.
4.14 List the applications of RFIDin material management
4.15 Explain Objectives and activities of maintenance management

4.16 Explain the importance of maintenance management in Industry.
4.17 Explain the importance of Preventive maintenance
320
4.18 State the need for scheduled maintenance
4.19 Differentiate between scheduled and preventive maintenance
4.20 Know the principles of 5 s for good housekeeping
4.21 Explain the importance of safety at Work place.
4.22 List the important provisions related to safety.
4.23 Explain hazard and accident.
4.24 List any six different hazards in the Industry.
4.25 Explain any six causes of accidents.
4.26 Explain the direct and indirect causes of accidents.
4.27 Explain the types of emission from process Industries, their effects
environment and control
4.28 Describe the principles of solid waste management
5.0 Entrepreneurship Development & Quality management.

5.1 Define the word entrepreneur.
5.2 Explain the requirements of an entrepreneur.
5.3 Determine the role of entrepreneurs in promoting Small Scale Industries.
5.4 Describe the details of self-employment schemes.
5.5 Characteristic of successful entrepreneurs
5.6 Explain the method of site selection.
5.7 List the financial assistance programmes.
5.8 List out the organisations that help an entrepreneur
5.9 Know the use of EDP Programmes
5.10 Understand the concept of make in India, Zero defect and zero effect
5.11 Understand the importance for startups
5.12 Explain the conduct of demand surveys
5.13 Explain the conduct of a market survey
5.14 Evaluate Economic and Technical factors.
5.15 Prepare feasibility report study
5.16 Explain the concept of quality.
5.17 List the quality systems and elements of quality systems.
5.18 State the principles of quality Assurance.
5.19 Explain management information system (MIS)
5.20 Explain the basic concepts of TQM
5.21 State the Pillars of TQM
5.22 List the evolution of ISO standards.
5.23 Explain ISO standards and ISO 9000 series of quality systems.
5.24 List the beneficiaries of ISO 9000.
5.25 Explain the concepts of ISO 14000
5.26 Give the overview of PDCA cycle
5.27 State Kaizen strategy.
Course Content
1. Principles and functions of Industrial Management
Introduction: Industry, Commerce and Business; Definition of management; Functions of
management - Principles of scientific management byF.W.Taylor, Principles of Management
by Henry Fayol; Administration and management; levels of management; managerial skills;
2. Organisation Structure & organisational behaviour
321
Organizing - Process of Organizing; Line, Staff and functional Organizations, Decentralization
and Delegation, Communication, Motivational Theories; Leadership Models; Human
resources development; recruitment selection training and development, Forms of Business
ownerships: Types – Sole proprietorship, Partnership, Joint Stock Companies, Cooperative
Organization; objectives of employee participation, Corporate Social responsibility;
3. Production management
Definition and importance; objectives and principles of plant layout, Plant location and types
of layout; Types of production -job, batch and mass; production Planning and Control: basic
methods of forecasting, routing, scheduling, dispatching and follow up; Break even analysis;
Project scheduling; Application of CPM and PERT techniques; simple numerical problems;
4. Materials Management, Maintenance management & Industrial Safety

Materials in industry, Importance and functions of materials management, Basic inventory
control model, ABC Analysis, Safety stock, re-order level, Economic ordering quantity, Stores
Management: Stores layout, stores equipment, Stores records, purchasing procedures,
tendering, e-tendering, e-procurement; purchase records, Bin card, Cardex, RFID Applications
in materials management, Objectives and importance of maintenance management, Different
types of maintenance, Schedules of preventive maintenance, scheduled maintenance
Advantages of preventive maintenance, Advantages of scheduled maintenance, Importance of
Safety at work places; industrial hazards; Causes of accidents.5S Principles
5. Entrepreneurship Development& Quality Management.

Definition of Entrepreneur; Requirements of entrepreneur, Role of Entrepreneur;
Entrepreneurial Development, Details of self-employment scheme, financial assistant
programmes, organisations that help entrepreneurs (SSI, MSME, DIC, Banks) Concept of
Make In India, ZERO defect, Zero Effect, Concept of Start-up Company, Demand survey and
Market survey; Preparation of Feasibility study reports
Concept of quality, quality systems and its terms, principles of quality assurance,
Introduction to Management Information System (MIS); Total Quality Management (TQM),
ISO 9000 series , ISO-14000, Deming's PDCA Cycle (Plan, Do, Check and Action). Kaizen
Strategy (continuous improvement)
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Industrial Engineering and Management -by O.P Khanna

2. Production Management- by Buffa.
3. Engineering Economics and Management Science - by Banga &Sharma.
4. Personnel Management by Flippo.
5. Production and Operations Management –S.N. Chary
6. Converging_Technologies_for_Smart_Environments_and_Integ
rated_Ecosystems_IERC_Book_ Open_Access_2013pages-54-
76
7. Supply Chain Management –Sunil Chopra and Meindl, PHIpublishers
8 5 S made easy by David Visco
322
MODEL BLUE PRINT
Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Principles and
functions of
1 08 11 3 8 1 1 CO1
Industrial
Management
Organisation
structure &
2 16 14 3 11 * 1 2 * CO2
Organisational
behaviour
Production
3 12 14 3 11 * 1 2 * CO3
Management
Materials
Management,
4 Maintenance 19 14 6 8 * 2 1 * CO4
management &
Industrial Safety
Entrepreneurship
Development &
5 20 17 9 8 * 3 1 * CO5
Quality
management.
Total * 75 70 +10* 24 46 10* 8 7 1

323
MODEL PAPER
Industrial Management and Entrepreneurship
UNIT TEST-1
MAX MARKS: 40 TIME: 90 MINUTES
PART-A 16 Marks

2) First question carries 4 marks and remaining carries 3 marks each.
1. a) Management and Administration are synonyms (True/False) (CO1)
b) Maslow’s Hierarchy of needs states …………………………………………. (CO2)
c) CPM stands for………………………………….. (CO3)
d) Which one the following is not a managerial skill [ ] (CO3)
i) Technical II)Commercial III)Human IV) Conceptual
2) Define supervisory management. (CO1)

3) Differentiate delegation and decentralization. (CO2)
4) List the objectives of plant Layout. (CO3)
5) Define project scheduling. (CO3)
PART-B 3 X 8=24Marks
6.A. Explain the principles of management. (CO1)
(Or)
B.Explain the nature of management as a profession. (CO1)
7.A.Describe line, staff and functional organizations. (CO2)

(Or)
B.Explain the Concept of Job Analysis, Job Description & specification. (CO2)
8. A. Explain Break-Even Analysis. (CO3)

(Or)
B.In the table below a list of activities are there and their duration is given: (CO3)
Activity 1-2 2-3 4-3 1-4 2-5 3-5 4-5
Duration 2 1 3 3 3 2 4
324
(a) Prepare the network.
(b) Identify critical path.
(c) Calculate the project completion.

MODEL PAPER –END EXAMINATION
Industrial Management and Entrepreneurship

PART - A
1. Define industry, commerce and business. (CO1)

2. Write the advantages of line and staff organization. (CO2)
3. What are the types of leadership? (CO2)
4. Define the terms Routing and Scheduling. (CO3)
5. State the importance of materials management (CO3)
6. Differentiate between bincard and cardex methods. (CO4)
7. List any three important provisions related to safety (CO4)
8. Define the term Entrepreneur. (CO5)
9. List the financial assistance programs. (CO5)
10. State the benefits of ISO 9000 series. (CO5)
PART – B
11.A. Explain the principles of scientific management. (CO1)

OR
B. Explain the importance of managerial skills (CO1)
12.A.Define motivation. Explain Maslow’s need hierarchy theory. (CO2)

or
B. Explain the types of business ownerships. (CO2)
13. A. Explain the stages of production, planning and control (CO3)

Or
B.In the table below a list of activities are there and their duration is given : ( CO3)
Activity 1-2 1-3 2-4 2-5 2-3 4-7 5-7 3-6 6-7 7-8
325
Optimistic time 4 1 2 3 2 1.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 1
Most likely time 5 1.5 3 4 3 2 3 3.5 2 2
Permissible 11 2.5 7.5

12 5 4 4 4.5 2.5 3
time
(d) Prepare the network.

(e) Identify critical path.
(f) Calculate the project completion.
14. A. Explain ABC analysis with the help of neat sketch. (CO4)
Or
B. Explain the importance of maintenance management in industry. (CO4)
15. A. Explain the details of self-employment schemes. (CO5)

Or
B. Explain the role of entrepreneurs in promoting small scale industries. (CO5)
PART – C 1X10=10Marks
1. Among PERT and CPM which one is suitable for unpredictable activities justify? (CO4)
326
No. of Total No. of Marks for Marks for
Course code Course Title
Periods/Weeks periods FA SA
Java
CM-502 5 75 20 80
Programming
1. Basics of java and overloading 12 CO1,CO2
Concepts of inheritance, overriding,

2. 14 CO2
Interfaces and Packages
3. I/O Streams and Collections. 14 CO3
Exception handling and Multi-

4. 16 CO4
threaded programming.
5. Applets, AWT and Event Handling 19 CO4,CO5
Total Periods 75
Course Objectives i) To know applying object oriented programming paradigm in problem

solving on the platform of Sun Microsystems.
ii) Able to design multi-tasking application with the knowledge of multi-
threading.
iii) Familiarized to develop graphical user interface with event handling
mechanism.
Explain the fundamental concepts of JAVA and

CO1 CM-502.1
Course Overloading.
Outcomes
Apply reusability features like inheritance and
CO2 CM-502.2
polymorphism.
327
Analyze modular design for real time applications by
CO3 CM-502.3
using packages concept in projects.
Apply multithreading concepts to implement

CO4 CM-502.4
multitasking and multi programming applications.
Design effective dynamic user interface for any front end

CO5 CM-502.5
applications using Applets and events.
CO-PO/PSO Matrix
CM-502.1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2
CM-502.2 1 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 3 1
CM-502.3 2 3 2 2 3 1 1 3 3
CM-502.4 1 1 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2
CM-502.5 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3
Average 1.75 2 2.4 2.4 1.75 2.8 1.4 1.6 2.8 2.2
Learning Outcomes:
1.0 Basics of java and overloading
1.1 Describe history and importance of Java in Internet programming.
1.2 Compare Java & C++.
1.3 Explain features of Java.
1.4 Define Byte codes of Java and JVM.
1.5 Give the steps to write and execute a Java program.
1.6 Explain primitive data types of java.
1.7 Describe conversion and casting features.
1.8 Explain one-dimensional and two–dimensional arrays and give example programs.
1.9 Describe how to create classes and objects.
1.10 Apply the Usage of new operator and methods.
1.11 Explain usage of constructors with example programs.
1.12 Apply method overloading and constructor overloading in applications.
1.13 Describe usage of ‘this’ pointer,
1.14 Explain Usage of static in variables, methods, and blocks with example.
1.15 Know about string classes.
1.16 Usage of command-line arguments.
1.17 Describe the importance of final keyword.
2.0 Concepts of inheritance, overriding, Interfaces and Packages

2.1 Explain inheritance with an example program.
2.2 Illustrate how to implement multilevel inheritance with an example program.
328
2.3 Explain method overriding and usage of super keyword.
2.4 Describe concept of Interfaces.
2.5 Differences between abstract classes and interface.
2.6 Explain implementation of interfaces with sample program.
2.7 Define a package.
2.8 Explain the concept of class path.
2.9 Describe concept of Access protection.
2.10 Illustrate the mechanism of importing packages.
2.11 Develop simple application to design packages with sample programs.
3.0 I/O Streams and Collections.
3.1 List different types of I/O streams.
3.2 Explain how to read and write data through console input and output streams and write a
sample program.
3.3 Explain how to use DataInputStream and DataOutputStream to access primitive data types
and write a sample program.
3.4 Explain various file access operations by using File Streams and write a sample program..
3.5 What is a collection framework and Hierarchy of collection framework and write a sample
program.
3.6 Describe ArrayList, LinkedList
3.6.1 Constructors
3.6.2 Methods
3.6.3 Comparisons between above two classes.
3.6.4 Sample programs
3.7 Explain Iterator and List Iterator interface methods and write a sample program.
3.8 Describe List interface and HashSet and HashTable class
3.8.1Constructors
3.8.2Methods
3.8.3 Sample programs.
3.9 Describe Map interface and HashMap class for the following
3.8.1Constructors
3.8.2Methods
3.8.3 Sample programs
3.10 Explain EnumSet and EnumMap classes and write a sample program..
4.0 Exception handling and Multi-threaded programming.

4.1 Describe sources of errors.
4.2 Give advantages of Exception handling.
4.3 Explain types of exceptions Checked and Unchecked
4.4 Write sample programs to make use of Try, Catch, Finally, Throw, Throws
4.3 Explain concept of Multi-catch statements with example.
4.4 Explain how to write nested try in exception handling with example.
4.5 Describe built in exceptions.
4.6 Describe multithreading.
4.7 Explain Thread life cycle and states
4.5 Explain how to Creating single thread with example program.
4.6 Explain how to Creating multi thread with example program.
4.7 Illustrate thread priorities in multiple threads with an example.
4.8 Describe the concept of synchronization with example program.
4.9 Explain Inter thread communication with example program.
4.10 Explain dead lock.
329
5.0 Applets, AWT, Event Handling.
5.1 Describe the basics of Applets – Life cycle of an applet.
5.2 Describe steps for design and execute sample applet program
5.3 Explain Graphics class methods Update() Paint(),Drawing Lines, Rectangle, circles, polygons
5.4 Describe the process of Working with Color Font classes.
5.5 Describe AWT classes
5.6 Explain how to design Frame window with example.
5.7 Describe Types of Events
5.8 List and explain sources of events.
5.9 List and explain different event classes.
5.10 List and explain event listener interfaces
5.11 Demonstrate event handling mechanism.
5.12 Demonstrate handling mouse events with sample program.
5.13 Demonstrate handling keyboard events with sample program.
5.14 Explain how to use the following AWT controls in applet programming.
a. Labels.
b. Buttons.
c. Text Fields
d. Checkboxes.
e. Lists.
f. Choice
g. Scrollbars.
COURSE CONTENTS
1. Basics of java and overloading: Importance of Java to Internet – Byte codes.Features of Java:
OOPS concepts –Data types –type conversions – casting – Arrays. Usage of classes – objects – new –
methods – constructors – method overloading, string classes – command line arguments-static
members-this pointer
2. Concepts Inheritance Overriding Interfaces and Package:-Usages of Inheritance: inheritance

super class, sub classes – Multi level inheritance – super keyword -overriding –Abstract classes-
Interfaces-Packages.
3. Concepts of I/O Streams and Collections:I/O streams-Accessing data through console input and
output-DataInput Stream- DataInput Stream –Collection Frame work-Array List-Linked List-Iterator
and List Interface-Hash table-Hash Map-Enum Set-Enum Map
4. Exception Handling and Multi threading: – Exception handling: Source of errors – error handling –
Exception handling-Multi catch statements- Define thread – life cycle of thread - Multi threading –
Synchronization- Inter thread communication – Dead locks – Thread properties.
5. Applets, AWT and Event Handling: Basics of Applets – life cycle of an applet-Working with
Graphics-color-fonts-AWT classes-Event classes-Listener interfaces-keyboard and Mouse events-
AWT controls-Buttons-Text Fields-Check Box-List
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. The complete reference Java -- PattrickNaughten, Herbert Schildt TMH Company Limited, New
Delhi.
330
2. Programming in JAVA -- P. Radhakrishna, University Press
3. Programming in Java -- Muthu - Thomson
4. Java Foundations of Programming – NIIT, PHI
5. Programming with Java -- Balagurusamy, TMH
MODEL BLUE PRINT

Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Features and
1 14 14 3 11 1 2 CO1
Basics of java
Concepts of
overloading,
2 13 14 14 * 3 * CO2
inheritance,
overriding
Concepts of
I/O Streams,
3 13 14 3 3 8 * 1 1 1 * CO3
Interfaces and
Packages
Exception
handling and
4 Multi 16 14 6 8 * 2 1 * C04
threaded
programming.
Applets, AWT
5 and Event 19 14 3 11 * 1 2 * CO5
Handling
Total 75 70+10* 15 39 16 10* 3 10 2 1

331
MODEL PAPER
JAVA PROGRAMMING
UNIT TEST-1
PART-A 16Marks

1. a) is ‘this’ keyword is refers currently invoked object proprieties (True/False) (CO1)
b) --------------------is fully abstract class. (CO2)
c) Which of the following is not a java access specifier. [ ] (CO2)
I) public II) default III) private IV) super
d) Which one of the following are java translator [ ] (CO1)
I) interpreter II) compiler III) assembler IV) I &II
2. What is the use of constructor and list different types of constructors? (CO1)
3. Write the differences between abstract class and interface. (CO2)
4.List different types of I/O streams. (CO3)
5. What is the use of super keyword? (CO3)
PART-B 3X8=24Marks

6. a) Explain method over loading with an example program. (CO1)
Or
b) Explain how to use static members in java with example. (CO1)
332
7. a) Explain multilevel inheritance with example program. (CO2)
Or
b) How java implements multiple inheritance with interface? Explain with example. (CO2)
8. a) Explain how to create and import package. (CO3)
Or
b) Describe how to access primitive data types through keyboard with an example. (CO3)
Board Diploma Examination
Model Question paper-End Exam
Diploma in Computer Engineering
Java Programming

Part-A
Answer All Questions each carries three marks 10X3=30
1. Define Byte code and JVM CO1

2. State the purpose of final keyword. CO1
3. Define overriding and give the syntax. CO2
4. What is the use of ‘super’ keyword? CO2
5. List different file access operations in java. CO3
6. Write any three methods in DataInputStream and DataOutputStream. CO3
7. Write the advantages of exceptions. CO4
8. List different methods in thread life cycle. CO4
9. What is an event? List different event Listeners. CO5
10. Write different constructors in TextField. CO5
Part-B
Answer All Questions carries eight marks 5X8=40
11.(a ) Explain the features of Java programming CO1
(or)
(b) What is constructor? Describe usage of constructor with example. CO1
12. (a) Explain overloading with example program. CO2
333
(or)
(b) Explain how to implements multi-level inheritance with example. CO2
13. (a) Explain how to read and write primitive data using streams with an example. CO3
(or)
(b) Explain how to create and import packages in java. CO3
14. (a) Write a java program to apply multi catch statements. CO4
(or)
(b) Explain how to create multiple threads with an example. CO4
15. (a) Explain about keyboard events with sample program. CO5
(or)
(b) Explain how to use the following List AWT control in applet programming . CO5
Part-C
Answer the following Question
16. Can it be possible to replace Java Projects by JavaScript and justify your answer?
(CO5)
Can it be possible to replace Java Projects by JavaScript and justify your answer?
(CO5)
334
Course Course Title No. of Total No. Marks for Marks for SA
code Periods/Week of periods FA
s
CM-503 Software Engineering 5 75 20 80
1. Basics of Software Engineering 10 CO1

Designs & Life Cycle Models
2. Software Project Management 18 CO2
3. Requirement Analysis & Specifications 10 CO1,CO3
4. Software Design, Coding 22 CO1,CO3,CO5
5. Software testing,Debugging, 15 CO4,CO5

Reliability, Quality Management &
Maintenance
Total Periods 75
Course Objectives i)To know the fundamentals of software engineering life cycle modes
ii)To familiarize project managements
iii)To design software projects with the help of software engineering

principles and UML models
At the end of the course the student able to :
CO1 CM-503.1 Explain Software life cycle models and basics of software
engineering.
Course
Outcomes CO2 CM-503.2 Describe Software Project Management
CO3 CM-503.3 Prepare SRS document
CO4 CM-503.4 Apply Design ,coding& testing techniques.
CO5 CM-503.5 Apply quality and reliability metrics
335
CO-PO/PSO Matrix:
CM-503.1 3 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
CM-503.2 3 3 3 3 1 3 2 2 2 3
CM-503.3 3 3 1 3 1 2 2 3
CM-503.4 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3
CM-503.5 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3
Average 3 2.6 2.6 2.2 2 2 1.8 2 2.2 2.8
Learning Outcomes:
1.0 Basics of Software Engineering Designs & Life Cycle Models
1.1 Study the Evolution and Impact of the Software Engineering
1.1.1 Evolution of an Art to an Engineering Discipline
1.1.2 Explain Solution to the Software Crisis?
1.2 Write the difference between Programs and Software Products
1.3 Explain the following
1.3.1 Early Computer Programming
1.3.2 High Level Language Programming
1.3.3 Control Flow-Based Design
1.3.4 Data Structure-Oriented Design
1.3.5 Data Flow-Oriented Design
1.3.6 Object Oriented Design
1.3.7 Other Developments
1.4 Explain the Software Life Cycle Models
1.4.1 Classical Waterfall Model
336
1.4.2 Iterative Water fall Model
1.4.3 Prototyping Model
1.4.4 Evolutionary Model
1.4.5 Spiral Model
1.4.6 Comparison of Different Life Cycle Models
2.0 Software Project Management
2.1 Explain the Responsibilities of a Software Project Manager
2.1.1 Job Responsibilities of a Software Project Manager
2.1.2 Skills Necessary for Software Project Management
2.2 Know about Software Project Planning
2.3 Explain SPMP Document.
2.4 State the Metrics for Project Size Estimation: Lines of Code, Function Point Metric
2.5 Explain the three Project Estimation Techniques
2.5.1 Empirical Estimation Technique
2.5.2 Heuristic Technique
2.5.3 Analytical Estimation Technique
2.6. Explain the two different works of Staffing Level Estimations
2.6.1 Nordens Work
2.6.2 Putnam’s Work
2.7 Explain four ways of Scheduling
2.7.1 Work Break Down Structure
2.7.2 Activity Networks and Critical Path Method
2.7.3 Gantt Charts
2.7.4 PERT Charts
2.8 Describe how to do Staffing – “ Who is a Good Software Engineer?”
2.9 Explain Risk Management
337
2.9.1 Risk Identification
2.9.2 Risk Assessment
2.9.3 Risk Containment
3.0 Requirement Analysis & Specifications
3.1 Explain Requirements Gathering and Analysis.
3.2 Explain Software Requirement Specifications (SRS).
3.2.1Contents of the SRS Document
3.2.2 Functional Requirements
3.2.3 How to identify the Functional Requirements
3.3. Documenting the Functional Requirements
3.4 Explain requirements Traceability.
3.5. List Characteristics of a Good SRS Document
3.6. Give Examples of Bad SRS Document
3.7. Explain Organization of the SRS Document
4.0 Software Design, Coding & Testing
4.1 What is a good Software Design?
4.2 Define and Classify Cohesion and Coupling
4.2.1 Classification of Cohesiveness
4.2.2 Classification of Coupling
4.3 Approaches of Software Design
4.3.1 Explain Function-Oriented Design
4.3.2 Explain Object-Oriented Design
4.3.3 Function-Oriented vs Object-Oriented Design
4.4. User Interface Design
4.4.1 List the Characteristics of a good User Interface.
4.4.2 Explain the Basic Concepts - User Guidance and Online Help - Mode Based vs
Modeless Interface -Graphical User Interface (GUI) vs Text-Based User Interface.
338
4.4.3 List the two types of User Interfaces - Command Language Based Interface -
Menu Based Interface - Direct Manipulation Interfaces.
4.4.4 Explain Component Based GUI Development Window System and Types of
Widgets.
4.5. Unified Modeling Language
4.5.1. List the goals of UML

4.5.2. State the role of UML in Object oriented Design
4.5.3.List the building blocks of UML : Things, Relationships, and Diagrams
4.5.4. Explain the UML building blocks
4.5.5.List the different symbols used in UML notation
4.5.6. Classify and list standard UML diagrams
4.6. State the purpose of Class diagram and draw simple class diagrams.
4.7. Usecase diagram

4.7.1. Define the term Usecase
4.7.2. Know the purposes of Usecase diagram
4.7.3. Explain to draw the Usecase diagram
4.8. Interaction diagram
4.8.1. State the purposes of Interaction diagram
4.8.2. List the types of interaction diagrams: Sequence diagram
and Collaboration diagram
4.8.3. Illustrate drawing the Interaction diagrams
5.0 Testing, Debugging, Reliability, Quality Management & Maintenance
5.1. Explain the following Concepts of Software Coding and Testing.
5.1.1. Coding Standards and Guidelines - Code Review- Code Walk-Throughs - Code
Inspection.
5.1.2 Clean Room Testing - Software Documentation- Software Testing
5.1.3 What is testing?
5.1.4 Differentiate Verification and Validation.
5.1.5 List 3 Designs of Test Cases.
5.1.6 Differentiate Testing in the Large vs Testing in the Small.
339
5.1.7 Explain Unit Testing - Driver and Stub Modules.
5.1.8 Explain about Black box Testing and White Box Testing.
5.1.9 Explain Open source software testing tools – Selenium, Bugzilla
5.2 Concepts of Debugging
5.2.1 Explain the Debugging Approaches.
5.2.2 List the Debugging Guidelines.
5.3 List and Explain Program Analysis Tools (Static Analysis Tools, Dynamic Analysis Tools)
5.4 List and Explain types of Integration Testing.
5.5 Explain System Testing.
5.6 Explain Performance Testing.
5.7. Understand the concept of Software Reliability
5.7.1 Differentiate Hardware Reliability and Software Reliability
5.7.2 List the different Reliability Metrics
5.7.3 Understand the Reliability Growth Modeling
5.8. Define Statistical Testing
5.9. Define Software Quality
5.10. Explain Software Quality Management System
5.11 Explain the Evolution of Quality Systems.
5.12. Define SEI Capability Maturity Model
COURSE CONTENT
1. Introduction to Software Engineering- Life Cycle Models.
2. Software Project Management- Responsibilities of a Software Project Manager- Project planning –

Metrics-Project Estimation Techniques- Staffing Level Estimation - Scheduling – Risk Management
3. Requirement Analysis and Specification: Requirement Gathering and Analysis - SRS document
4. Software Design , Coding and Testing: Good software design, Cohesion and Coupling, Software
Design Approaches, User interface Design, Software Coding and Goals of UML - Role of UML in
Object oriented Design - Building blocks of UML : Things, Relationships, and Diagrams - Symbols used
340
in UML notation - Classify and list standard UML diagrams - Class diagram, purposes of class
diagram, draw the class diagram - Use case diagram, define the term Use case, purposes of Use case
diagram, draw the Use case diagram - Interaction diagram, purposes of Interaction diagram, the
types of interaction diagrams : Sequence diagram and Collaboration diagram, draw the Interaction
diagrams.
5. Software Testing, Debugging, Reliability, Quality Management and maintenance – Testing,

Debugging software Reliability- Statistical Testing, Software Quality, Software Quality Management
System, SEI capability Maturity Model
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Fundamentals of Software Engineering – Rajib Mall ( PHI)Second Edition.
2. Software Engineering - Jawadekar (TMH)
3. Software Engineering Concepts - Fairley (TMH)
4. Pankaj Jalote international approach to software engineering “:2nd edition
Narosal publishing house 1997
5. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/uml/
6. The Unified Modelling Language User guide…Grady Booch
341
MODEL BLUE PRINT

Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Basics of
Software
Engineering
1 10 11 3 8 1 1 C01
Designs &
Life Cycle
Models
Software
2 Project 18 14 3 3 8 * 1 1 1 * CO2
Management
Requirement
3 Analysis & 10 11 3 8 * 1 1 * CO1,C03
Specifications
Software
4 Design, 22 17 6 11 * 2 2 * CO1,CO3,CO5
Coding
Software
testing,
Debugging,
Reliability,
5 15 17 6 11 2 2 CO4,CO5
Quality
Management
&
Maintenance
Total 75 70+10* 21 41 8 10* 7 7 1 1*

342
MODEL PAPER
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
UNIT TEST-1
PART-A 16 Marks

1. a) Water fountain model is not a software life cycle model (True/False) (CO1)
b) Set of instructions is ……………………………………………………………. (CO1)
c) SPMP stands for --------------------- (CO2)
d) Which one the following is not an external interface requirement [ ] (CO3)
i) User Interface II) Hardware Interface III) personal interface IV) Software interface
2) What is software crisis and how do you solve it? (CO1)

3) List any three job responsibilities of software project manager. (CO2)
4) Describe Lines of code? (CO2)
5) What is the purpose of Requirements Traceabililty? (CO3)
PART-B 3 X 8=24Marks
6. a) Explain Classical water fall model in detail. (CO1)
Or
b) Explain spiral model in detail (CO1)
7. a) Explain the two different works of Staffing Level Estimations. (CO2)

Or
b) Explain Risk Management. (CO2)
8. a) Explain functional requirements in detail. (CO3)
Or
b) Explain Requirement gathering and analysis (CO3)
343
MODEL PAPER-END EXAMINATION
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

PART-A 10X3=30Marks
1. Define the term High Level Language Programming (CO1)
2. State the Responsibilities of a Software Project Manager (CO2)
3. State the Metrics for Project Size Estimation (CO2)
4. What is Requirement analysis (CO3)
5. Define Cohesion and Coupling (CO4)
6. List the Characteristics of a good User Interface (CO4)
7. Define the term usecase. (CO4)
8.List any three Debugging Guidelines (CO5)
9. Define Software Quality (CO5)
10. List the different Reliability Metrics (CO5)
PART-B 5x8=40Marks
11.A. Explain any two Software Life Cycle Models? (CO1)
OR
11.B Differentiate Data Structure-Oriented Design and Data Flow-Oriented Design (CO1)
12.A. Explain three Project Estimation Techniques? (CO2)
OR
12.B Explain different works of Staffing Level Estimations? (CO2)
13.A. Explain about Organization of the SRS Document? (CO3)
344
OR
13.B Explain in detail about Software Requirement Specifications ? (CO3)
14.A. Explain the two approaches of Software Design? (CO4)

OR
14.B Explain any two types of user interfaces. (CO5)
15.A. Explain the concept of Software Reliability? (CO5)
OR
15.B Explain in detail about Software Quality Management System? (CO5)
PART-C 1X10=10Marks
16. Assume that you had given a task of implementing ATM operations for that design a SRS
document? (CO4)
345
Course Course Title No. of Total No. of Marks for FA Marks for SA
code Periods/W periods
eeks
CM-504 Internet of Things 5 75 20 80
1. Introduction of IOT 10 CO1
2. Data Protocols 15 CO1,CO2
3. Communication Technologies 18 CO1,CO3
4. Wireless Sensor Networks 22 CO4
5. Cloud Computing 10 CO1,CO5
Total Periods 75
Course Objectives i)To assess the vision of IoT.
ii)To classify Real World IoT applications in various Domains.
iii)To understand design methodology for IoT platforms.
CO1 CM-504.1 Explain the basic concepts like usage of sensors

,components and frequently used technologies of IoT from
Course
a global context
Outcomes
CO2 CM-504.2 Apply Data protocols of IoT
CO3 CM-504.3 Describe various communication technologies of IOT
CO4 CM-504.4 Illustrate the use of sensor networks in applications of

various domains
CO5 CM-504.5 Explain Integrating IOT with cloud computing
346
CO-PO/PSO Matrix
CM-504.1 3 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 2
CM-504.2 2 1 3 2 2 1 3 2 3 3
CM-504.3 3 1 1 2 2 3 2 3 3
CM-504.4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3
CM-504.5 3 2 1 2 2 3 3 3 2 3
Average 2.8 1.6 1.8 2.2 2.2 2.3 3 2.2 2.6 2.8
Learning Outcomes:
1: Introduction of IOT
1.1. INTRODUCTION:
1.1.1.Define IOT and list its Features
1.1.2. List the components of IoT : hardware, software, technology and protocols
1.1.3.List Applications ,various Technologies of IOT
1.1.4.List advantages and disadvantages of IoT
1.1.5.Describe various connecting technologies
1.1.6.Sensors
1.1.6.1. Need of sensor
1.1.6.2. Features of Sensors
1.1.6.3. Classify Sensors based on output, on data types
1.1.7.Define actuator and list its types
1.1.8.List and explain functional Components of IOT
1.1.9.Explain service oriented architecture of IOT
1.1.10. List IOT challenges
1.2 Various Connectivity Technologies in IOT:

1.2.1 6LoWPANs Technologies
1.2.1.1 Features
1.2.1.2 Addressing
1.2.1.3 List and explain different packet formats
1.2.1.4 Explain 6LoWPAN protocol stack architecture
1.2.2 List and Explain Routing protocols(LOADng, RPL)
1.2.3 RFID Technologies
1.2.3.1 State the purpose of RFID
1.2.3.2 List the features
1.2.3.3 Explain Working principle
1.2.3.4 Applications
347
2. DATA PROTOCOLS
2.1. Message Queue Telemetry Transport(MQTT)
2.1.1.Define and explain MQTT
2.1.2.List components,Methods,Applications
2.1.3.Define and explain Secure MQTT
2.2. Constrained Application Protocol (CoAP)
2.2.1.Explain CoAP
2.2.2.Explain CoAP message types
2.3. Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol(XMPP)
2.3.1. List Features of XMPP
2.3.2.Explain XMPP
2.3.3.Describe core XMPP Technologies
2.3.4.List applications of XMPP
2.4. Advanced Message Queuing Protocol (AMQP)
2.4.1.List Features of AMQP
2.4.2.Explain AMQP in detail
2.4.3.List applications of XMPP
3. Communication Technologies
3.1. IEEE 802.15.4

3.1.1.List features of IEEE 802.15.4
3.1.2.Explain IEEE 802.15.4
3.1.3.List IEEE 802.15.4 Variants
3.1.4.List and explainIEEE 802.15.4 Types
3.2. ZIGBEE
3.2.1.What is ZIGBEE
3.2.2.List features,components,differenttopologies,types, applications of ZIGBEE
3.2.3.Explain different topologies of ZIGBEE
3.2.4.Explain ZIGBEE types
3.3. Near field communication(NFC)

3.3.1.What is NFC
3.3.2.List types and applications of NFC
3.3.3.Explain working principle of NFC
3.3.4.Describe modes of operation of NFC
3.4. Bluetooth
3.4.1.What is the purpose of Bluetooth
3.4.2.List features,functions,applicationsof Bluetooth
3.4.3.Explain Bluetooth technology in detail
3.4.4.Describe Pico Net
348
4. Wireless Sensor Networks
4.1. What is Wireless Sensor Network and list its Applications
4.2. Explain types of Sensor networks: Single Source Single Object Detection, Single Source
Multiple Object Detection, Multiple Source Single Object Detection, Multiple Source
Multiple Object Detection
4.3. What are the Challenges in Wireless Sensor Networks
4.4. Explain node Behaviour in WSNs
4.5. Explain Information theoretic self‐management in WSN
4.6. Applications of WSN
4.7. Explain Wireless Multimedia Sensor Networks(WMSN)
4.8. Explain Stationary Wireless Sensor Networks
4.9. Explain Mobile Wireless Sensor Networks
4.10. What is Machine to Machine Communications(M 2 M)
4.11. Lists applications ,features of M2M
4.12. List and explain M2M sensor nodes
4.13. Explain Role of IOT in automation of the following applications
4.13.1. Health care applications
4.13.2. Smart Home,
4.13.3. Smart Cities,
4.13.4. Smart class rooms
4.13.5. Smart Energy
4.13.6. Smart Transportation and Mobility
4.13.7. Smart Factory
5. Cloud Computing
5.1. What is cloud computing ,state its importance and Recent Trends in Computing
5.2. Evolution of cloud computing
5.3. Draw and explain NIST Visual Model of Cloud Computing
5.4. List features of Cloud computing
5.5. Explain components of cloud computing
5.6. Describe different service models in cloud computing
5.7. Compare different service models
5.8. Explain different deployment models or types of clouds
5.9. Differentiate between private cloud and public cloud
5.10. Compare traditional data centre and Cloud storage
5.11. Describe how data is managed in cloud(DBaaS)
5.12. Explain security concepts in cloud
5.13. What is cloud simulator and List different types
COURSE CONTENT
UNIT1 : Introduction of IOT
INTRODUCTION to IOT – Definition – Applications – Technologies – Sensor features –Types –

Actuator list – Components – Challenges Connectivity technologies - 6LoWPAN –Features –
Addressing –Routing -RFID – features – working principle – Applications
349
UNIT2: DATA PROTOCOLS
MQTT – Definition – features – components – applications – MQTT – SMQTT

CoAP- Definition – message types
XMPP – features – core technologies – applications
AMQP- Features-applications
UNIT3 : Communication Technologies
IEEE 802.15.4 – features – variants – types

ZIGBEE –features – components – technologies – types – applications
NFC – types –modes – applications
Bluetooth - purpose –features - Technologies- applications
UNIT4: Wireless Sensor Networks
Wireless Sensor Networks- Applications -Types-Challenges-node Behaviour-Information theoretic

self‐management-Applications-WMSN-.
Stationary Wireless Sensor Networks-Mobile Wireless Sensor Networks-M 2 M-applications -
features-sensor nodes- Role of IOT in automation of applications - Health care -Smart Home-Smart
Cities
UNIT5 : Cloud Computing
Cloud Computing-Evolution-NIST Visual Model-features -components - service models-Compare

different service models-deployment models -Differentiate between private cloud - Compare
traditional data centre and Cloud storage-DBaaS -security concepts - cloud simulators- applications
REFERENCE BOOKS
1)https://onlinecourses-archive.nptel.ac.in/
2) “Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach”, Vijay Madisetti, ArshdeepBahga, Orient

BlackswanPvt., Ltd., New Delhi, 2015.
3) "Fundamentals of Wireless Sensor Networks: Theory and Practice", WaltenegusDargie, Christian

Poellabauer, A John Wiley and Sons, Ltd., Publication, 2010.
4) “Internet of Things”, Jeeva Jose, (ISBN: 978-93-86173-591) KBP House,1st edition,2018.
5) Interconnecting Smart Objects with IP: The Next Internet, Jean-Philippe Vasseur, Adam Dunkels,
Morgan Kuffmann
6) Designing the Internet of Things , Adrian McEwen (Author), Hakim Cassimally
7) Internet of Things: Converging Technologies for Smart Environments and Integrated Ecosystems,
Dr.OvidiuVermesan, Dr. Peter Friess, River Publishers
8) Internet of Things (A Hands-on-Approach) , Vijay Madisetti , ArshdeepBahga
9) 6LoWPAN: The Wireless Embedded Internet, Zach Shelby, Carsten Bormann, Wiley
10) Building the internet of things with ipv6 and mipv6, The Evolving World of M2M
Communications, Daniel Minoli John Wiley & Sons
11) Recent research/white papers
350
MODEL BLUE PRINT

Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Introduction of
1 10 14 3 11 1 2 CO1
IOT
DATA
2 15 14 3 11 * 1 2 * CO1,CO2
PROTOCOLS
Communication
3 20 14 14 * 3 * CO1,CO3
Technologies
Wireless Sensor
4 20 14 3 11 * 1 2 * CO4
Networks
Cloud
5 10 14 3 11 1 2 CO1,CO5
Computing
Total * 75 70 +10* 12 58 10* 4 11 1*

Unit test-1 From 1.1 to3.2
351
MODEL PAPER
Internet of Things
UNIT TEST-1
MAX MARKS:40 TIME: 90 Minutes
PART-A 16Marks

1. a) Sensors are not used in IOT (True/False) (CO1)
b) IOT technology used in Fast Tag is----------------------- (CO1)
c) ---------------------,------------------------are two of CoAp message types (CO2)
d) Which one of the following is Communication Technology of IOT (CO1)
i) ZIGBEE II) XMPP III) AMQP IV) HTML
2) List any three IOT challenges (CO1)

3) List any three features of XMPP. (CO2)
4) Define Secure MQTT (CO2)
5) What is IEEE 802.15.4 (CO3)
PART-B 3X8=24Marks
6. a) Explain service oriented architecture of IOT (CO1)
Or
b) List and explain Routing protocols. (CO1)
7. a) Explain XMPP in detail (CO2)
Or
b) Explain AMQP in detail (CO2)
8. a) List and Explain IEEEE 802.15.4 types in detail (CO3)
Or
b) Explain different topologies of ZIGBEE. (CO3)
352
BOAR DIPLOMA EXAMINATIONS

MODEL PAPER –END EXAMINATION
Internet of Things

PART-A 10X3=30Marks
1. What is the need of Sensor? (CO1)
2. List any three applications of RFID. (CO1)
3. Define MQTT. (CO2)
4. List any three features of AMQP. (CO2)
5. List IEEE 802.15.4 types. (CO3)
6. List applications of Bluetooth. (CO3)
7. What is Wireless Sensor Network? (CO4)
8. List M2M features. (CO4)
9 List features of Cloud computing (CO5)
10 State the purpose of cloud simulator? (CO5)
PART-B 5x8=40Marks
11.A List and explain functional Components of IOT (CO1)
OR
11.B Explain 6LoWPAN protocol stack architecture (CO1)
12.A. List and explain CoAP message types (CO2)

OR
12.B Explain core XMPP Technologies. (CO2)
13.A. List and explain ZIGBEE types. (CO3)
OR
353
13.B Explain working principle of NFC. (CO3)
14.A. Explain Information theoretic self‐management in WSN. (CO4)
OR
14.B Explain Wireless Multimedia Sensor Networks. (CO4)
15.A. List and explain components of cloud computing (CO5)
OR
15.B Explain security concepts in cloud. (CO5)
PART-C 1X10=10Marks
16. Justify the role of IoT in Health care applications in detail by choosing appropriate case study.
(CO4)
354
CM-505 Python 5 75 20 80
Programming
1. Python Programming Introduction 10 CO1
2. Control Flow and Loops 15 CO2
3. Functions and Arrays 15 CO3
4. Data Structures 15 CO4
Object Oriented Programming in Python

5. 20 CO5
and File Handling and Exception Handling
Total Periods 75
Course Objectives i)To know the fundamentals Python programming
ii)To understand fundamental syntactic information about ‘Python’
iii) To develop various python programs

CO1 CM-505.1 Explain Basic constructs like operators, expressions and
components of python programming as well as Editing and
Debugging
CO2 CM-505.2 Write Python programs using Control statements, Loops
Course CO3 CM-505.3 Write python programs using Functions and arrays
Outcomes CO4 CM-505.4 Develop Python programs using Data structures
CO5 CM-505.5 Develop Python application programs using OOP Concept, FILES,
Exceptions
355
CO-PO/PSO Matrix:
CM-505.1 3 1 2 1 1 1 2 1
CM-505.2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CM-505.3 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2
CM-505.4 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 2 2
CM-505.5 3 1 2 1 1 3 2 2 2 2
Average 3 1.75 2 1 1.2 1.8 1.3 2 1.8 2
Learning Outcomes:
1.0 Introduction
1.1. History of Python.
1.2. List Python features.
1.3. Explain Applications of Python.
1.4. Describe Python Integrated Development and Learning Environment (IDLE)
1.5. Give the process of Running Python Scripts.
1.6. Explain Identifiers, Keywords, Indentation, Variables
1.7. Explain various datatypes (Int, float, Boolean, string, and list)
1.8. Explain declaration, initialization of variables.
1.9. Explain Input and Output statements.
1.10. Explain formatted input output.
1.11. State the usage of comments
1.12. Explain various Operators.
1.13. Explain Boolean values.
1.14. Explain Operator precedence rules.
1.15. State the purpose of modules.
1.16. Define functions.
1.17. List types of functions.(Built-in, User defined)
1.18. Explain Built-in Functions.
1.19. Give the Steps in Develop a simple python program and execution.
2.0 Control Flow and Loops

2.1. Explain various Control Flow constructs.
2.1.1 If
2.1.2 If-Else
2.1.3 if-elif-else
2.2 Explain various Loop Statements.
2.2.1 for Loop

2.2.2 while loop
356
2.2.3 break
2.2.4 continue
2.2.5 pass
3.0 Functions and Arrays

3.1 Introduction
3.2 Function Arguments: Default arguments, Variable Length arguments
3.3 Anonymous Functions
3.4 Return Statement
3.5 Scope of variables: Local Variables and Global Variables
3.6 Explain creation of modules.
3.7 Explain importing of modules.
3.8 Python Variable: Namespace and scoping
3.9 Python Packages
3.10 Explain Strings: String slices, immutability
3.11 Explain String functions and methods.
3.12 Explain about String module.
3.13 Explain about Python Arrays.
3.14 Explain accessing of elements in an Array.
3.15 Explain Array methods.
4.0 Data Structures

4.1. Explain Python Lists.
4.2. Describe Basic List Operations.
4.3. Explain List Slices.
4.4. Explain List methods.
4.5. Explain List loop.
4.6. Explain mutability.
4.7. Explain aliasing.
4.8. Explain Cloning lists.
4.9. Explain List parameters.
4.10. Explain List comprehension.
4.11. Tuples.
4.11.1. Explain Tuple assignment.
4.11.2. Explain Tuple as return value.
4.11.3. Explain Tuple Comprehension
4.12. Dictionaries
4.12.1. Explain creation of dictionary/assignment.
4.12.2. Explain Operations and methods.
4.12.3. Explain Dictionary Comprehension.
4.13. Explain Sets.
5.0 Object Oriented Programming in Python and File Handling and Exception Handling
5.1 Creating Classes
5.2 Creating Objects
5.3 Method Overloading and Overriding
5.4 Data Hiding
5.5 Data Abstraction
5.6 Opening files in different modes
357
5.7 Processing files
5.8 Closing a file
5.9 Exception Handling
COURSE CONTENT
UNIT – I:
Introduction: Introduction to Python and installation, data types: Int, float, Boolean, string,
and list; variables, Arithmetic Operators, Comparison (Relational) Operators, Assignment
Operators, Logical Operators, Bitwise Operators, Membership Operators, Identity Operators,
Boolean values, expressions, statements, precedence of operators, comments; modules,
functions--- function and its use, flow of execution, parameters and arguments.
UNIT – II:
Control Flow and Loops: Control Flow- if, if-elif-else, for, while, break, continue, pass
UNIT – III:
Functions and Arrays - Defining Functions, Calling Functions, Passing Arguments, Keyword
Arguments,Default Arguments, Variable-length arguments, Anonymous Functions, Fruitful
Functions(Function Returning Values), Scope of the Variables in a Function - Global and Local
Variables, Modules: Creating modules, import statement, from Import statement, name
spacing, Python packages, Introduction to PIP, Installing Packages via PIP, Using Python
Packages - Strings: string slices, immutability, string functions and methods, string module;
Python arrays, Access the Elements of an Array, array methods.
UNIT – IV:
Data Structures : Lists: list operations, list slices, list methods, list loop, mutability, aliasing,
cloning lists, list parameters, list comprehension; Tuples: tuple assignment, tuple as return
value, tuple comprehension; Dictionaries: operations and methods, comprehension-sets.
UNIT – V:
Object Oriented Programming OOP in Python: Classes, 'self variable', Methods, Constructor
Method, Inheritance, Overriding Methods, Data hiding,
File Handling: Open Files, File Processing and Closing a File
Error and Exceptions: Difference between an error and Exception, Handling Exception, try
except block, Raising Exceptions, User Defined Exceptions
358
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Python Programing by K. Nageswara Rao, Shaikh Akbar - Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2. Python Programming: A Modern Approach, Vamsi Kurama, Pearson
3. Learning Python, Mark Lutz, Orielly
4. Think Python, Allen Downey, Green Tea Press
5. Core Python Programming, W.Chun, Pearson.
6. Introduction to Python, Kenneth A. Lambert, Cengage
ModelBlue Print:
S.No. Chapter/Unit No.of Weightage Marks Wise Question wise CO’s Mapped
title periods Allocatd Distribution of Distribution of
Weightage Weightage
R U Ap An R U Ap An
Python
1 Programming 10 11 3 8 1 1 CO1
Introduction
Control Flow *
2 15 14 3 8 3 * 1 1 1 CO2
and Loops
Functions and *
3 15 14 3 3 8 * 1 1 1 CO3
Arrays
4 Data Structures 15 14 3 3 8 * 1 1 1 * CO4
Object Oriented *
Programming in
Python and File
5 20 17 3 6 8 * 1 2 1 CO5
Handling and
Exception
Handling
Total * 75 70+10* 20 23 27 10* 5 6 4 1*

359
MODEL PAPER
Python Programming
UNIT TEST-1
SCHEME : C-20 SUBJ CODE : CM-505
PART-A 16Marks

1. a) Mathematical operations can be performed on a string.(True/False) (CO1)
b) ________ has the highest precedence in the expression. (CO1)
c)~4 evaluate to _____________ (CO2)

d) Which of the following precedence order is correct in Python? (CO3)
i) Parentheses, Exponential, Multiplication, Division, Addition, Subtraction
ii) Multiplication, Division, Addition, Subtraction, Parentheses, Exponential
iii) Division, Multiplication, Addition, Subtraction, Parentheses, Exponential
iv) Exponential, Parentheses, Multiplication, Division, Addition, Subtraction
2. List features of Python. (CO1)

3. Write the rules for choosing names of variables. (CO1)
4) Define Local Variable. (CO3)
5) Write about if statement with an example. (CO2)
PART-B 3X8=24Marks
6. a) Explain about the need for learning python programming and its importance. (CO1)
Or
b) Explain the basics for executing a python program using REPL(Shell) with an example.(CO1)
7. a) What are the different loop control statements available in python? Explain with suitable
examples. (CO2)
360
Or
b) Explain various looping statements. (CO2)
8. a)Write a python program to find the reverse of a given number using functions. (CO3)
Or
b) List and explain different arithmetic operators supported by Python. Discuss about their
precedence and associativity. (CO1)
361
Python Programming
PART-A 10X3=30Marks
1. Write in brief about the applications of Python. CO1

2. State the importance of pass in Python. CO2
3. Demonstrate the use of continue in loop statement. CO2
4. List different types of arguments in Python. CO3
5. Can a Python function return multiple values? If yes, how it works? CO3
6. List different methods used in Python lists. CO4
7. Write in brief about sets in Python. CO4
8. List Object oriented features supported by Python. CO5
9. List different modes in File opening. CO5
10. Define Exception. CO5
PART-B 5x8=40Marks
11. A.Explain about Python IDLE. CO1

or
B. Explain about different data types in Python. CO1
12. A. Write a Python program to print sum of first 100 natural numbers using any loop. CO2
or
B.Explain different conditional control flow statements in Python with examples. CO2
13. A.Explain String functions and methods. CO3

or
B. Write a Python program to add two matrices using array methods. CO3
14. A.Explain in detail about dictionaries in Python. CO4

or
B.Write in brief about Tuple operations with suitable examples in python. CO4
15. A.Explain how to create a user defined exceptions. CO5

or
B.What are the two ways of importing a module? Which one is more beneficial? Explain. CO5
PART – C 1X10=10Marks
16. Is SQL better than Python or not justify. (CO3)
362
No. of Total No. of
Course code Course Title Marks for FA Marks for SA
Java
CM-506 Programming 4 60 40 60
Lab
1. Basics of java and overloading 12 CO1
2. Concepts of inheritance, overriding, 10 CO2

Interfaces and Packages
3. I/O Streams and Collections. 14 CO3
4. Exception handling and Multi 14 CO4

threaded programming.
5. Applets, AWT and Event Handling 10 CO5
Total Periods 60
i)Design object oriented programming paradigm

ii)Able to develop multi tasking application with the knowledge of multi
Course Objectives threading.
iii) Familiarized to develop graphical user interface with event handling
mechanism.

Perform object oriented programming concepts in problem
CO1 CM-506.1
solving, syntax and semantics of object oriented paradigm.
Design applications with reusability features like inheritance and
CO2 CM-506.2
polymorphism.
Course Develop modular programs for real time applications by using
CO3 CM-506.3
Outcomes streams and collections.
CO4 CM-506.4 Develop programs using threads and multithreading concepts
Design effective dynamic user interface for any front end
CO5 CM-506.5 applications using Applets and events.
363
CO-PO/PSO Matrix:
CM-506.1 2 1 3 2 2 1 2 3 3
CM-506.2 1 3 3 3 1 3 2 2 3 3
CM-506.3 1 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 3 3
CM-506.4 1 1 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3
CM-506.5 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3
Average 1.6 2 3 2.4 1.75 2.8 1.6 2 3 3
Learning Outcomes
1. Exercise programs using Java built-in data types.
2. Exercise programs on conditional statements and loop statements.
3. Exercise programs on I/O Streams
i) Reading data through Keyboard
ii) Reading and writing Primitive data types using DataInputStream and
DataOutputStream.
iii) Perform Reading and Writing operations on files using File Streams.
4. Exercise programs on Strings.
5. Exercise program to create class and objects and adding methods.
6. Exercise programs using constructors and construction over loading.
7. Exercise programs on command line arguments.
i) Input as command line arguments and perform operation on that data.
ii) Input as command line arguments and update manipulated data in Files.
8. Exercise programs using concept of overloading methods.
9. Exercise programs on inheritance.
10. Write a program using the concept of method overriding.
11. Exercise on packages.
i) Creation of packages
ii) Design module to importing packages from other packages.
364
12. Exercise programs on interfaces.
13. Exercise programs on Collections.

i) Write a java program to search a student mark percentage based on pin number
using Array list.
ii) Write a java program to create linked list to perform delete, insert, and update data
in linked list with any application.
iii) Write a java program to search an element from hash table.
iv) Write a java program to sorting employee details using hash map.
14. Exercise on exception handling.

i) Programs on try, catch and finally.
ii) Programs on multiple catch statements
iii) Programs on nested try statements.
15. Exercise on multithreading

i) Programs on creation of single and multiple threads.
ii) Programs on adding priorities to multiple threads.
iii) Programs on Inter thread communication.
16. Exercise on applets
i) Programs on Graphics and colors.
ii) Simple animations using threads and graphics.
17. Exercise on AWT controls
i) Program to handle mouse events.
ii) Program to handle keyboard events.
iii) Programs to illustrate Text Fields and Button control.
iv) Programs to illustrate Check Box and List control.
v) Write an application program to illustrate multiple controls.
365
Mini Project: Student has to develop a Mini project applying the skills acquired from the learning
KEY COMPETENCIES
Exp. Name of the Objectives Key Competencies

No. experiment
1 Exercise programs (a) Write programs using the (a) Identify the data types.
using Java built-in data primitive data types. (b) Use println() method.
types. (b) Display the data. (c) Compile the program.
(d) Rectify the errors.
(e) Observe the output.
2 Exercise programs on (a) Write program using if (a) Know the usage of IF and switch
conditional statements statement and switch statements.
and loop statements. (b) Write program using while, (b) Compile the program and rectify the
do and for constructs. errors.
(c) Observe the output.
3 Exercise programs on (a) Write a program to give (a) Use different data types.
I/O Streams values to variables (b) Use readLine() method.
interactively through the (c) Use println() method.
keyboard. (d) Use DataInputStreamand
(b) Write program to read and DataOutputStream.
write primitive data types. (e)use File Streams
(c) Write programs to handle Observe the output.
Files.
4 Exercise programs on (a) Write a programs to (a) Create String objects
Strings. manipulate Strings (b) Use string class methods
(b) Write a programs to (c) Observe the output.
arrange array of
strings in ascending
order
5 Exercise program to (a) Write a program to create (a) Create class.
create class and objects a class and create objects. (b) Declare methods.
and adding methods. (b) Write a program to create (c) Create objects.
class adding methods and (d) Write main method.
access class members. (e) Access class members.
6 Exercise programs (a) Write a program using (a) Declare and define constructor.
using constructors and default constructor. (b) Call default constructor.
construction over (b) Write a program using (c) Call parameterized constructor.
loading. parameterized constructor. (d) observe constructor overloading.
7 Exercise programs on (a)Write a program to (a) Use command line arguments.

command line illustrate usage of command (b) Run the program.
arguments. line arguments. (c) Understand usage of Files.
(c) Observe the output.
(b)Write a program to read
data as command line
arguments and update it into
Files.
366
8 Exercise programs (a) Write a program to (a) Observe method overloading.
using concept of illustrate method overloading. (b) Overload constructor methods.
overloading methods. (b) Write a program to
illustrate method overloading
using constructors.
9 Exercise on (a)Write a program to (a) Create base class.

inheritance. illustrate single inheritance. (b) Write base class constructor.
(b)Write a program to (c) Create derived class.
illustrate multiple inheritance. (d) Use extends keyword.
(e) Use super keyword.
(f) Write derived class constructor.
10 Write a program using Write a program using the (a) Use method overriding.
the concept of method concept of method overriding. (b) Use this keyword.
overriding. (c) use super keyword
11 Exercise on importing Write a program to create and (a) Create package.
packages. importing package. (b) Use of access specifiers.
(b) Use package.
(c) Use import keyword.
12 Exercise on interfaces. Write a program to illustrate (a) Define interface.

multiple inheritance using (b) Use extends keyword.
interfaces. (c) Use implements keyword.
(d) Access interface variables.
13 Exercise programs on (a) Write a java program to (a) Define collection classes
Collections. search a student mark (b) use ArrayList, LinkedList
percentage based on pin (c) use Hash Map, Hash Table
number using Array list. (d) apply List and Iterator Interface
(b)Write a java program to (e) use Enum Set, and Enum Map
create linked list to perform
delete, insert, and update
data in linked list with any
application.
(c)Write a java program to
search an element from hash
table.
(d)Write a java program to
sorting employee details using
hash map.
14 Exercise on exception (a) Write a program to (a) Use try – catch.
handling illustrate exception handling. (b) Use multiple catch blocks.
(b) Write a program to (c) Use finally statement.
illustrate exception handling (d) use Nested try
using multiple catch
statements.
(c) Write a program to
illustrate exception handling
using nested try.
15 Exercise on (a) Write a program to create (a) Use extends, new.
multithreading single a thread by extending (b) Use run() and start() methods.
the thread class. (c) Observe thread execution.
367
(b) Write a program to create (d) Use implements runnable interface.
a single thread by (e) Use setPriority() and getPriority()
implementing the runnable methods.
interface. (f) use wait(),notify() methods
(c) Write a program to create
multiple threads.
(d) Write a program to
illustrate thread priorities.
(e) Write a program to
illustrate inter thread
communication.
16 Exercise on applets. Write a program to create (a) Use <applet>…</applet> tag.

simple applet to display (b) Add applet to html file.
different shapes with colors. (c) Run the applet.
Write an applet program to (d) use graphics methods
design simple animation. (e) use threads and graphics.
17 Exercise on AWT (a) Write an applet (a) Use keyboard event methods
controls program to handle key (b) Use mouse event methods
events. (c) Use Text Field class methods
(b) Write an applet (d) Use button class methods
program to handle (e) Use Check box and List class
mouse events. methods
(c) Write an applet
program to illustrate
Text Field and button
control.
(d) Write an applet
Check box and List
control.
(e) Write an applet
multiple controls.
368
Course Course Title No. of Total No. of Marks Marks
code Periods/Weeks periods for FA for SA
CM-507 Python Programming 4 60 40 60

Lab
Upon completion of the course the student shall able to learn

COURSE OBJECTIVES 1. Basics of Python programming
2. Decision Making and Functions in Python
3. Object Oriented Programming using Python.

CO 1 CM-507.1 Execute Simple python programs
CO 2 CM-507.2 Execute Python programs using expressions, operators
Course CO 3 CM-507.3 Execute python programming using Functions,
Outcomes packages
CO 4 CM-507.4 Demonstrate Python programs using Lists
CO 5 CM-507.5 Develop Python programs using OOP Concepts and
exceptions
CO 6 CM-507.6 Demonstrate Debugging of Python Programs
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CM-507.1 2 2 2 1 2 3 2
CM-507.2 2 3 2 2 2
CM-507.3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2
CM-507.4 2 2 2 2 3 1 2 3
CM-507.5 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
CM-507.6 2 1 3 3 1
Average 2.8 2.3 2 2.3 2 2.3 2 2 2.5 2
369
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Write and execute simple python Program.

2. Write /execute simple ‘Python’ program: Develop minimum 2 programs using different data
types (numbers, string, tuple, list, and dictionary).
3. Write /execute simple ‘Python’ program: Develop minimum 2 programs using Arithmetic
Operators, exhibiting data type conversion.
4. (i)Write simple programs to convert U.S. dollars to Indian rupees.
(ii) Write simple programs to convert bits to Megabytes, Gigabytes and Terabytes.
5. Write simple programs to calculate the area and perimeter of the square, and the volume &
perimeter of the cone.
6. Write program to: (i) determine whether a given number is odd or even. (ii) Find the
greatest of the three numbers using conditional operators.
7. Write a program to: i) Find factorial of a given number. ii) Generate multiplication table up
to 10 for numbers 1 to 5.
8. Write a program to: i) Find factorial of a given number. ii) Generate multiplication table up
to 10 for numbers 1 to 5 using functions.
9. Write a program to: i) Find factorial of a given number using recursion. ii) Generate Fibonacci
sequence up to 100 using recursion.
10. Write a program to: Create a list, add element to list, delete element from the lists.
11. Write a program to: Sort the list, reverse the list and counting elements in a list.
12. Write a program to: Create dictionary, add element to dictionary, delete element from the
dictionary.
13. Write a program to: To calculate average, mean, median, and standard deviation of numbers
in a list.
14. Write a program to: To print Factors of a given Number.
15. File Input/output: Write a program to: i) To create simple file and write “Hello World” in it.
ii) To open a file in write mode and append Hello world at the end of a file.
16. Write a program to :i) To open a file in read mode and write its contents to another file but
replace every occurrence of character ‘h’ ii) To open a file in read mode and print the
number of occurrences of a character ‘a’.
17. Write a Program to: Add two complex number using classes and objects.
18. Write a Program to: Subtract two complex number using classes and objects.
19. Write a Program to: Create a package and accessing a package.
370
TIME SCHEDULE
Sl. CO’S mapped

Major Topic Periods
No.
1. Write and execute simple python Program. 3(2,1) CO1,CO6
Write /execute simple ‘Python’ program: Develop minimum 2 programs using

4(2,1,1) CO1,CO2,CO6
2. different data types (numbers, string, tuple, list, dictionary).
Write /execute simple ‘Python’ program: Develop minimum 2 programs using

4(2,1,1) CO1,CO2,CO6
3. Arithmetic Operators, exhibiting data type conversion.
(i)Write simple programs to convert U.S. dollars to Indian rupees.

3(1,1,1) CO1,CO2,CO6
4.
(ii) Write simple programs to convert bits to Megabytes, Gigabytes and Terabytes.
Write simple programs to calculate the area and perimeter of the square, and the
3(1,1,1) CO1,CO2,CO6
5. volume & perimeter of the cone.
Write program to: (i) Determine whether a given number is odd or even. (ii) Find
3(1,1,1) CO1,CO2,CO6
6. the greatest of the three numbers using conditional operators.
Write a program to: i) Find factorial of a given number. ii) Generate multiplication
2(1,1) CO1,CO2,CO6
7. table up to 10 for numbers 1 to 5.
Write a program to: i) Find factorial of a given number. ii) Generate multiplication
8. 2(1,1) CO1,CO2,CO3
table up to 10 for numbers 1 to 5 using functions.
Write a program to: i) Find factorial of a given number using recursion. ii) Generate
9. 2(1,1) CO1,CO2,CO3
Fibonacci sequence up to 100 using recursion.
10. Write a program to: To print Factors of a given Number. 2(1,1) CO4,CO6
11. Write a program to: Create a list, add element to list, delete element from the lists. 3(1,1,1) CO1,CO3,CO6
12. Write a program to: Sort the list, reverse the list and counting elements in a list. 3(1,1,1) CO2,CO3,CO6
Write a program to: Create dictionary, add element to dictionary, delete element
13. 3(1,1,1) CO2,CO3,CO6
from the dictionary.
Write a program to: To calculate average, mean, median, and standard deviation of
14. 3(1,1,1) CO2,CO3,CO6
numbers in a list.
371
File Input/output: Write a program to: i) To create simple file and write “Hello
15. World” in it. ii) To open a file in write mode and append Hello world at the end of a 4(2,2) CO1,CO6
file.
Write a program to :i) To open a file in read mode and write its contents to another
16. file but replace every occurrence of character ‘h’ ii) To open a file in read mode and 4(2,2) CO1,CO6
print the number of occurrences of a character ‘a’.
17. Write a Program to: Add two complex number using classes and objects. 4(2,2) CO5,CO6
18. 3(2,1) CO5,CO6

Write a Program to: Subtract two complex number using classes and objects
Write a Program to: Create a package and accessing a package. 2(1,1) CO5,CO6
19.
Total 60
KEY COMPETENCIES
1. Know the usage of Python

IDLE
Write a simple python 2. Edit and save the program
Write and execute
1. program to print Hello World! 3. Check for the syntax errors
simple python Program.
and debug and execute and clear the errors
4. Run the program and check
for the output.
1. Identify different data types
Write /execute simple 2. Write basic python program
‘Python’ program: using datatypes
Develop minimum 2 3. Evaluate arithmetic
Write a Python program to expression
2. programs using
identify different data types. 4. Run the program
different data types
5. Rectify the syntactical errors
(numbers, string, tuple, 6. Execute the program
list, dictionary). 7. Check the output for its
correctness
372
1. Identify different arithmetic
operators
Write /execute simple 2. Build arithmetic expressions
‘Python’ program: 3. Identify the priorities of
Develop minimum 2 operators
Write a Python program to
programs using identify arithmetic operators 4. Evaluate arithmetic
3.
expression
Arithmetic Operators, and data type conversion
5. Run the program
exhibiting data type 6. Rectify the syntactical errors
conversion. 7. Execute the program
Check the output for its
correctness
operators
(i)Write simple programs 2. Build arithmetic expressions
to convert U.S. dollars to 3. Identify the priorities of
Indianrupees. operators
4. Evaluate arithmetic
4. (ii) Write simple identify arithmetic operators
expression
programs to convert bits and data type conversion 5. Run the program
to Megabytes, Gigabytes 6. Rectify the syntactical errors
and Terabytes. 7. Execute the program
correctness
operators
2. Build arithmetic expressions
Write simple programs 3. Identify the priorities of
to calculate the area and operators
perimeter of thesquare, 4. Evaluate arithmetic
5. identify arithmetic operators
expression
and the volume & and data type conversion 5. Run the program
perimeter of the cone. 6. Rectify the syntactical errors
7. Execute the program
correctness
Write program to: (i)
Determine whether a 1. Build a relational expression
given number is odd or 2. Use the if statement for
even. (ii) Find the decision making
6. identify conditional
3. Rectify the syntax errors
greatest of the three statements in Python. 4. Check the output for
numbers using
correctness
conditional operators.
373
1. Build the termination
condition for looping
Write a program to : i)
2. Use while statement with
Find factorial of a given Write a Python program to correct syntax
7. number. ii) Generate identify loops statements in 3. Check whether correct
multiplication table up Python. number of iterations are
to 10 for numbers 1 to 5. performed by the while loop
5. Debug logical errors
1. Build the application
Write a program to: i) using functions
Find factorial of a given 2. Use while statement
number. ii) Generate with correct syntax
Write a Python program to 3. Check whether correct
multiplication table up
8. make use of function. number of iterations are
to 10 for numbers 1 to 5 performed by the while
using functions. loop
4. Rectify the syntax
errors
Write a program to: i) 1. Build the application
Find factorial of a given using recursion.
number using Write a Python program to 2. Build the terminating
9. recursion. ii) Generate make use of recursion. condition for recursion.
3. Rectify the syntax
Fibonacci sequence up
errors
to 100 using recursion.
1. Build the termination
condition for looping
5. Use while statement with
Write a program to : To Write a Python program to correct syntax
10. print Factors of a given identify loops statements in 6. Check whether correct
Number. Python. number of iterations are
performed by the while loop
Debug logical errors
1. Create a one list with correct

syntax
2. Create a list
Write a programs to: Write a Python program to 3. Read elements from list
Create a list, add identify various lists and list 4. Add elements to list
11. element to list, delete manipulation methods in 5. Delete elements
Python. 6. Rectify the syntax errors
element from the lists.
8. Check for the correctness of
output for the given input
374
1. Create a one list with correct
syntax
2. Create a list
Write a programs to: Write a Python program to 3. Read elements from list
Sort the list, reverse the identify various lists and list 4. Add elements to list
12. list and counting manipulation methods in 5. Delete elements
Python. 6. Rectify the syntax errors
elements in a list.
1. Create a one dictionary with

correct syntax
2. Create a dictionary
Write a programs to: 3. Read elements from list
Create dictionary, add 4. Add elements to dictionary
identify various dictionary and
element to dictionary, 5. Delete elements from
13. dictionary manipulation
delete element from the dictionary
methods in Python. 6. Rectify the syntax errors
dictionary.
Write a program to: To

calculate average, mean, Write a Python program to 1.Create a list
median, and standard identify various statistical 2. add elements to list
14.
deviation of numbers in functions. 3. perform statistical functions
a list. on that list
File Input/output: Write

a program to : i) To
create simple file and
write “Hello World” in it. 1. Create a Python file
15. identify the steps to create a
ii) To open a file in write 2. Add contents to file
file and append to file.
mode and append Hello
world at the end of a
file.
Write a program to :i) To
open a file in read mode
and write its contents to 1. Open a Python file in write
another file but replace mode
every occurrence of 2. Add contents to the file
16. identify the steps to open a
character ‘h’ ii) To open 3. Open a Python file in Read
file in read/write mode.
a file in read mode and mode
print the number of 4. Print the file
occurrences of a
character ‘a’.
375
Write a Program to: Add Write a Python program to 1. Create a class using Python
17. two complex number identify the steps to create 2. Create an object in Python
using classes and class and create an object in 3. Debug the python program
objects. Python. 4. Check the correctness
Write a Python program to 1. Create a class using Python
Write a Program to:
identify the steps to create 2. Create an object in Python
Subtract two complex
18 class and create an object in 3. Debug the python program
number using classes
and objects Python. Check the correctness
1. Create a package using

Write a Program to: Write a Python program to Python
Create a package and practice in creating packages 2. Access the package in Python
19.
accessing a package. and accessing packages 3. Debug the python program
Check the correctness
376
Life Skills
Mark
s
Course Course No. of Total No. of for Marks for
Code Title Periods/Week Periods FA SA
Common
508 Life Skills 3 45 40 60

S. No. Unit Title
Attitude 4
1 CO1
Adaptability 4
2 CO1, CO2
Goal Setting 4
3 CO1, CO2, CO3
Motivation 4
4 CO1, CO2, CO3
Time Management 4
5 CO2
Critical thinking 4
6 CO3
Creativity 4
7 CO3
Problem Solving 5
8 CO3
Team Work 4
9 CO4
Leadership 4
10 CO4
Stress Management 4
11 CO4
Total Periods 45
377
To understand the importance of Life skills for acceptable,
sustainable and ethical behaviour in academic, professional and
social settings
To exhibit language competence appropriate to acceptable social

and professional behaviour.
CO No.
Course Outcomes
Course Objectives
CO1 Demonstrates positive attitude and be able to adapt to people and events
CO2 Fixes personal and professional goals and manages time to meet targets
CO3 Exhibits critical and lateral thinking skills for problem solving.
To demonstrate time management, stress management, team

skills, problem solving ability to manage oneself in academic,
professional and social settings.
378
Shows aptitude for working in teams in a stress free manner and sometimes/
CO4
very often/ mostly display leadership traits.
CO-PO Matrix
Common-508 Number of Course Outcomes: 4
POs Mapped CO Periods Addressing PO in Level of Remarks

with CO Column 1 Mapping
No.
Number Percentage % (1,2,3)
PO1 Not directly applicable for Life Skills Course. However activities
that use content and situations from academic, professional and
PO2
social settings relevant to the Programme shall be exploited for
PO3 triggering thought and interaction in the Course.
PO4
PO5 CO1, CO2, 11 25% >60%: Level 3

CO3, CO 4
PO6 CO1, CO2, 27 45% 16 -59%: Level 2

CO3, CO4
379
PO7 CO1, CO2, 7 30%
CO3, CO4
Up to 15%: Level 1

Mapping Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:
CO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7
CO 1   
CO 2   
CO3   
CO4   
Blue Print for evaluation based on Course Outcomes for SA:

Note: Every Activity based Question that focuses on COs and responses as exhibited
through communication has to be given marks for the following parameters
 Clarity of Thinking as Exhibited through Content

 Features of Etiquette
*Rubric Descriptors ‘Outstanding/ Very Good/ Good/ Satisfactory/ Poor’ levels of

Competence
Level of Parameters of Assessment

Competence
Clarity of thinking as exhibited through content Features of etiquette
Thinking is extremely logical and suggested course
of action is feasibile Exhibits courtesy to all
Outstanding Shows creativity and uniqueness most appropriately with
10
Exhibits expert use of expression (organizational confidence
devices and discourse markers) that denote clarity
380
in thought.
Thinking is clear and logical

Suggested course of action is feasible
Shows traces of creativity Exhibits courtesy to all to
Very Good
8/9 Exhibits good expression (organizational devices a considerable level.
and discourse markers) that denote clarity in
thought.
Thinking is clear and logical most of the time. Lacks Exhibits courtesy /
Good creativity or out of the box thinking as expressed politeness to an
6/7
through content. acceptable level.
Thinking is logical; However expressing content is Has courtesy but often
Satisfactory
4/5 disjointed and disorganized. fumbles with language.
Thoughts as expressed through content are Fails to show courtesy to
Poor
3 or less than 3 incoherent.Language skills are very limited. others.
Blue Print for evaluation based on Course Outcomes for SA of each student:
Note: Marks are awarded for each student as per the Rubric descriptors.
Periods
Allocated Satisfactor Very
S Questions based on Max Poor Good Outstanding
for y Good
No Course Outcomes Marks >3 6/7 10
practical 4 /5 8/9
work
1 Short presentation on GOALS
with Timeline and Action 12 10
Plan
2 State what you will do in the
given situation (Assesses
adaptability and critical 12 10
thinking skills, leadership,
team skills )
3 In how many different and
creative way can you use
8 10
_____ (Object) other than its
primary use
381
4 What solutions can you think
13 10
of for _____ problem.
Total 45 60
Note: The marks that are awarded for the student for 40 to be increased proportionally
for 60.
Learning Outcomes
1. Attitude Matters :
9.1 Understand the importance of positive attitude and the consequences of
negative attitude.
1.2 Demonstrate positive attitude in dealing with work-related issues and in
personal life.
2. Adaptability….makes life easy :
10.1 Understand the significance of adaptability.
2.2 Show adaptability whenever needed, both at place of work and on personal
front.
3. Goal Setting … life without a Goal is a rudderless boat!
3.2 Understand the SMART features of goal-setting.
3.3 State one’s short-term and long-term goals and spell out plans to achieve
them.
4. Motivation … triggers success!
4.2 Comprehend the need for motivation in order to achieve success in life.
4.3 State how one is motivated in life.
4.4 Show the impact of motivation on one’s life
5. Time Management… the need of the Hour!
5.2 Understand the value of time management and prioritizing in life
5.3 Demonstrate the effect of time management on one’s professional work.
6. Critical Thinking … logic is the key!
6.1 Distinguish between facts and assumptions
6.2 Use logical thinking in dealing with professional matters
7. Creativity … the essential you!
382
7.2 Understand the importance of thinking out of the box in dealing with critical
issues
7.3 Solve problems using creativity / imagination
8. Problem Solving … there is always a way out!
8.2 Understand the need for and importance of problem solving.
8.3 Use logic or creativity to solve a problem at workplace or home.
9. Team Work… together we are better!
9.1 Understand the need for team skills / team building
9.2 Demonstrate one’s skills as a team player
10. Leadership… the meaning of a leading!
10.1 Understand the need for team skills / team building
10.2 Demonstrate one’s skills as a team player
11. Stress Management… live life to the full!
11.1 Understand what causes stress and how to cope with stress at workplace.
11.2 Demonstrate how stress can be overcome in a healthy way.
Course Course Title No. of Total No. of Marks for FA Marks for
code Periods/Weeks periods SA
CM-509 PROJECT WORK 6 90 40 60
Course i)To inculcate team spirit among students

Objectives ii)To apply software life cycle models
iii)To design,develop,test and deploy project
At the end of course student able to
CO1 CM-509.1 Identify the hardware, software problems and their feasibility
Course CO2 CM-509.2 Prepare SRS document based on gathered and analysed
Outcomes requirements
383
CO3 CM-509.3 Design the plan document based on SRS
CO4 CM-509.4 Code and test the software based on the design document
CO5 CM-509.5 Practice software maintenance skills and maintaining quality

and reliability
CO6 CM-509.6 Calculate software metrics like cost, loc, scheduling,

manpower and other resources.
CO-PO/PSO Matrix:
CM-509.1 3 2 1 3 1 2 3
CM-509.2 3 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 2
CM-509.3 3 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 2
CM-509.4 3 2 3 3 3 1 2 3 2
CM-509.5 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 2
CM-509.6 3 2 2 1 3 3 2 3 2
Average 3 2 2.4 2 2.2 1.8 3 2 3 2
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Identify different works to be carried out in the Project

2. Collect data relevant to the project work
3. Carryout need surveyand identify the problem(project)
4. Select the most efficient software life cycle from the available choices based on preliminary
investigation
5. Estimate the cost of project, technological need, computer skills, materials and other
equipment
6. Prepare the plan and schedule of starting time and sequence of operations to be carried out
at various stages of the project work in detail
7. Prepare SRS document
8. Design the required elements of the project work as per standard models such as UML
9. Develop the working software modules required for the project work
10. Prepare critical activities at various stages of the project work
11. Test ,Debug, verify and validate the project
12. Record the results
384
13. Preparation of project report (and user manual if necessary) to enable the client to maintain
the project
Key competencies (Guide lines)
THE PROJECT CAN BE CHOSEN FROM THE FOLLOWING DOMAINS:
1. SOFTWARE PROJECTS
a. Web site designing
b. Banking
c. Income tax calculation package
d. Examinations cell.
e. Student database management
f. Library management
g. Stores Management
h. Staff data management
i. Payrolls
j. Inventory Control
k. Hostel management
l. Tourism package
m. Institution management software
n. Anti-Virus software development.
o. Folder-locking.
p. Terminate stay resident systems.
2. HARDWARE and NETWORKING PROJECTS

a. QLAN establishing
b. Using interfacing devices
c. Voice synthesizer
d. Voice recognizer
e. Printer sharer
f. ADD ON cards or any relevant
3. SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE PROJECTS

a. Using interfaces, microcontrollers. Microprocessors and PCs
b. Inter-cum
c. Assembling computer along with peripherals.
d. Traffic light controller
e. Stepper motor related
f. Lift controllers
g. Level controllers
h. Temperature controllers
4. To develop above projects and deploy in cloud platform
5. To develop IOT based applications
6. To maintain the software products based on the ever changing needs of and quality
measures required by the clients
385
Evaluation Scheme for the Project Work
Max. Marks Allotted for each task

Tasks INTERNAL /EXTERNAL ( 40+60=100)
S. No.
1. Feasibility study of the problem 4/6
2. Requirement Analysis of the problem, SRS 4/8

document preparation
3. Designing the problem 6/10
4. Implementation 8/10
5. Testing and verification 10 /16
6. Project report preparation and presentation 8/10
Total: 40/60 (100)
386
VI SEMESTER

CURRICULUM-2020
(VI Semester)
CM-601 Industrial Training
No of Marks Marks
Course Code Course title Duration
periods/week for FA for SA
CM-601 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING 42 6 months 240 60

(In-house/Industry)
387
S No Unit Title Duration COs Mapped
1 Application of Knowledge acquired. 1 month CO1
2 Skill Acquirement. 2 months CO2
3 Participate in product development. 2 months CO3
4 Preform onsite service. 1 month CO4
Total 6 months
1.Expose to real time working environment

2. Enhance knowledge and skill already learnt in the institution
Course Objectives 3. Acquire the required skills in SDLC phases.
4. Instil the good qualities of integrity, responsibility and self-
confidence.
At the end of course student able to:

CO1 CM-601.1 Apply knowledge and skill already learnt in the institution.
Acquire the required skills of analysis, design and development, testing,
CO2 CM-601.2
Course verification and validation, deployment and distribution of the product.
Outcomes Involve in product design, development, quality testing and
CO3 CM-601.3 maintenance production by exhibiting the strength, teamwork spirit and
self-confidence
Prepare product document, gain the skills in deploying product at
CO4 CM-601.4
customer site, training the end user, maintaining the system.
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CO No PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CM-601.1 3 3 3 3
CM-601.2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
CM-601.3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CM-601.4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Average 3 3 3 2.7 3 3 3 3 3 3
3=strongly mapped 2=moderately mapped 1=slightly mapped
388
LEARNING OUTCOMES (In-house training):
No. OF
TRAINING
TOPIC LEARNING OUTCOMES (In-house training) PERIOD
MODULE NO.
S
Module1 Planning 1. Define the problem
2. Identify the scope of any existing systems.
3. Determine the objectives for the proposed
new system.
4. Developing an effective outline for the
upcoming development cycle. 90
5. Catch problems.
6. Identify funding and resources.
7. Set the project schedule at various time
frames
Module 2 1. Define prototype system requirements

2. Evaluate alternatives to existing
Analysis
prototypes
3. Perform research and analysis to
determine the needs of end-users 110
4. Prepare software requirement
specification ( SRS) document.
5. Specify the software, hardware, and
network requirements.
Module 3 1. Design overall system architecture.
2. User interfaces
Design
3. System interfaces
4. Network requirements 110
5. Databases
6. Prepare design document.
Module 4 Development 1. Practice coding guidelines.

2. Code and build the application as per the
200
design using modular programming.
3. Compilation and execution.
Model 5 Testing 1. Perform debugging.
2. Perform Modular and integrated testing.
3. Verify and validate the system.
60
4. Prepare the testing document and/or
user document.
Module 6 Product 1. Site preparation for deploying product

installation 2. Install a product system at site.
60
and 3. Train the end user to operate the system.
maintenance 4. Provide security enforcement.
389
5. Provide maintenance to the system after
installation.
6. Explain customer relationship importance
TOTAL NUMBER OF PERIODS 630
LEARNING OUTCOMES (In Industry): The student shall be able to display the following skill sets
1. Apply knowledge and skill already learnt in the institution.

2. Acquire the required skills of analysis, design and development, testing, verification and
validation.
3. Acquire skills of deployment and distribution of the product.
4. Involve in product design, development, quality testing and maintenance production by
exhibiting the strength, teamwork spirit and self-confidence
5. Prepare product documents like user manual and installation guide and operational
manuals.
6. Perform the activities of deploying product at customer site and training the end user.
7. Maintaining the system at user site (Post product services)
Scheme of evaluation
SI. Subject Duration Scheme of evaluation

No. Max.
Item Nature
Marks
Assessment of
learning
1.First outcomes by
Assessment at both the
Industrial 120
1 6 months Industry (After faculty and
Training
12 Weeks) training
mentor of the
industry
2.Second Assessment of 120
390
Assessment at learning
the Industry outcomes by
(After 22 both the
weeks)) faculty and
training
mentor of the
industry
Final Training
20
Summative Report
assessment at Demonstration
institution level of any one of
30
the skills listed
in learning
outcomes
Viva Voce 10
TOTAL MARKS 300

Weightage of marks for Assessment of Learning Outcomes during first and second
assessment
Max Marks Allotted Max Marks Allotted

Sl.No Learning Outcome
For first assessment For second assessment
Apply knowledge and skill already learnt in
1 50 10
the institution.
Acquire the required skills of analysis,
2 design and development , testing, 40 20
verification and validation.
Acquire the required skills of deployment
3 30 10
and distribution of the product.
Involve in product design, development,
quality testing and maintenance
4 - 25
production by exhibiting the strength,
teamwork spirit and self-confidence
Prepare product documents like user
manual and installation guide and
5 - 15
operational manuals.
Perform the activities of deploying

product at customer site and training the
6 25
end user.
Maintaining the system at user site (Post

7 product services) 15
Total 120 120
391
During assessment the performance of the students shall be assessed in those skills in which
the student has been trained and be awarded the marks as per the weightage assigned as above. In
case the student has undergone training in a few skill sets then the total marks obtained shall be
raised to 120 marks for the given assessment i.e. either assessment 1 or 2. However the
performance of the student shall be assessed at the most skill sets listed above but not less than
three skill sets.
Illustration for First assessment.

If the student has undergone training in only in 2 skill sets ( namely 1  for 50 marks, and
2 for 40 marks ) out of 3 ( namely 1  for 50 marks, 2 for 40 marks and 3  for 30 marks) in
First assessment and marks awarded during assessment is 60 out of 90 marks, then the marks of 60
shall be enhanced to 120 proportionately as (60/90)*120=80.
Illustration for second assessment .
If the student has undergone training in only in 5 skill sets ( namely 1  for 10 marks, 2
for 20 marks , 3 - for 10 marks, 4 for 25 marks, 5 For 15 marks ) out of 7 ( namely 1  for 10
marks, 2 for 20 marks , 3  For 10 marks, 4 for 25 marks, 5 For 15 marks, 6  for 25 marks
and 7 for 15 marks ) in Second assessment and marks awarded during assessment is 65 out of
80 marks, then the marks of 65 shall be enhanced to 120 proportionately as (65/80)*120=97.5 =
rounded to 98.
GUIDELINES FOR INDUSTRIAL TRAINING OF DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING PROGRAMME
1. Duration of the training: 6 months.

2. Eligibility: The As per SBTET norms
3. Training Area: Students can be trained in either in In-house/Industry in the areas of
4. Application Software Development / system software Development / firmware development
/ Mobile application development/ Database applications / Web development/ IoT
application development / smart technologies / Hardware interfacing/ Networking .
5. The candidate shall put a minimum of 90% attendance during Industrial Training.
6. If the student fails to secure 90% attendance during industrial training, the student shall
reappear for 6 months industrial training.
7. Formative assessment at industry level shall be carried out by the Mentor from of the
industry, where the student is undergoing training and the faculty in charge (Guide) from the
concerned section in the institution.
8. The Industrial training shall carry 300 marks and pass marks is 50% in assessments at
industry (first and second assessment) and final summative assessment at institution level
put together i.e. 150 marks out of 300 marks.
9. If the student fails to secure 50% marks in final summative assessment at institution level,
the student should reappear for final summative assessment in the subsequent board
examination.
10. Final summative assessment at institution level is done by a committee including1. Head of
the section ( of concerned discipline ONLY), 2.External examiner from an industry and 3.
Faculty member who assessed the student during Industrial Training as members.
Guidelines and responsibilities of the faculty members who are assessing the students
performance during industrial training:
392
1. Shall guide the students in all aspects regarding training.
2. Shall create awareness regarding safety measures to be followed in the industry during the
training period, and shall check it scrupulously.
3. Shall check the logbook of the students during the time of their visit for the assessment.
4. Shall monitor progress at regular intervals and make appropriate suggestions for
improvement.
5. Shall visit the industry and make first and second assessments as per stipulated schedules.
6. Shall assess the skill sets acquired by the students during their assessment.
7. Shall award the marks for each skill set as per the marks allotted for that skill set during 1 st
and 2nd assessments
8. Shall voluntarily supplement students learning through appropriate materials like
photographs, articles, videos etc.
9. Shall act as co-examiner along with other examiners in the final assessment at institution.
10. Shall act as liaison between the student and mentor.
11. Shall maintain a diary indicating his observation with respect to the progress of students
learning in all three domains (Cognitive, Psychomotor and Affective).
Guidelines to the training mentor in the industry:
1. Shall train the students in all the skill sets as far as possible.
2. Shall assess and award the marks in both the assessments along with the faculty member.
3. Shall check and approve the log books of the students.
4. Shall approve the attendance of each student at the end of the training period.
5. Shall report to the guide about student’s progress, personality development or any
misbehavior as the case may be.
DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION

NAME OF THE INSTITUTION
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING FIRST ASSESSMENT
PIN:
NAME OF THE STUDENT:
Name of the Industry:
Skill Max Marks Allotted Marks obtained

Set
393
Sl.No SKILL SET For each parameter
Apply knowledge and skill already learnt in the

1 50
institution.
Acquire the required skills of analysis, design and

2 40
development , testing, verification and validation.
Acquire the required skills of deployment and

3 30
distribution of the product.
Total 120
(Marks in words: )
Signature of the Training In-charge (Mentor) Signature of the visiting staff

(Guide)
Name: Name:
Designation: Designation:
DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION

NAME OF THE INSTITUTION
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING SECOND ASSESSMENT
PIN:
NAME OF THE STUDENT:
Name of the Industry:
Skill Max Marks Allotted Marks obtained

Set
Sl.No SKILL SET For each parameter
394
Apply knowledge and skill already learnt in the
1 10
institution.
Acquire the required skills of analysis, design and

2 20
development, testing, verification and validation.
Acquire the required skills of deployment and

3 10
distribution of the product.
Involve in product design, development, quality

4 testing and maintenance production by exhibiting 25
the strength, teamwork spirit and self-confidence
Prepare product documents like user manual and

5 installation guide and operational manuals. 15
Perform the activities of deploying product at

6 customer site and training the end user. 25
Maintaining the system at user site (Post product

7 services) 15
120
(Marks in words: )
Signature of the Training In-charge (Mentor) Signature of the visiting staff

(Guide)
Name: Name:
Designation: Designation:
395

Curriculum (C-20) : State Board of Technical Education and Training Andhra Pradesh:: AMARAVATI

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Curriculum (C-20) : State Board of Technical Education and Training Andhra Pradesh:: AMARAVATI

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Curriculum (C-20) : State Board of Technical Education and Training Andhra Pradesh:: AMARAVATI

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH

STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND

STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING

Highlights of Curriculum C-20:

1 DURATION AND PATTERN OF THE COURSES

5 NUMBER OF WORKING DAYS PER SEMESTER / YEAR:

b) III, IV, V, VI and VII Semesters:

(i) Drawing Courses:

Distribution of Marks for the Internal Assessment Marks

First Year (Total:40 Marks) Semesters (Total:40 Marks)

Max:20 Marks Max:20 Marks Max:20 Marks Max:20 Marks

(ii) Laboratory Courses:

Evaluation for Laboratory Courses, other than drawing courses:

10 MINIMUM PASS MARKS

A candidate is eligible to appear for the 4th semester examination if he/she

A candidate is eligible to appear for Industrial Training assessment (Seminar/Viva-

A candidate is eligible to appear for 7th semester examination if he/she

C) For Diploma Courses of 3 ½ Years duration (BM):

For IVC & ITI Lateral Entry students:

14. EXAMINATION FEE SCHEDULE:

15. STRUCTURE OF EXAMINATION QUESTION PAPER:

b) For drawing Courses:

II. Summative assessment (End examination)

a) Each theory paper consists of Section ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’.

d) Note: Evaluation for Laboratory Courses, other than Drawing courses:

I. Instruction (teaching) in laboratory courses (except for the course on

16. ISSUE OF MEMORONDUM OF MARKS

19. ISSUE OF PHOTO COPY OF VALUED ANSWER SCRIPT, RECOUNTING& REVERIFICATION:

A) FOR ISSUE OF PHOTO COPIES OF VALUED ANSWER SCRIPTS

B) FOR RE-COUNTING(RC) and RE-VERIFICATION(RV) OF THE VALUED ANSWER SCRIPT

Note: No request for Photo copies/ Recounting /Re-verification of valued answer

20. MAL PRACTICE CASES:

22. ISSUE OF DUPLICATE DIPLOMA

23. ISSUE OF MIGRATION CERTIFICATE AND TRANSCRIPTS:

Changes imposed in theory subjects

1. CM-105 , Basics of Computer Engineering(BCE) :

2. CM-302, Digital Electronics:

4. CM-402, Web Technologies:

5. CM-403, Computer Organization and Microprocessors :

6. CM-404. OOPs Through C++:

7. CM-405. Computer Networks:

8. CM-501.Industrial Management and Entrepreneurship:

10. CM-503,Software Engineering:

12. CM-505. Python Programming:

Changes imposed in the Practical subjects

1. CM110: Computer Fundamentals Lab :

2. CM-308: DBMS Lab:

3. CM-309: Multimedia Lab:

4. CM-406:Web Technologies Lab:

5. CM-407: OOPs Through C++ Lab:

6. CM-409: Computer Hardware & Network Maintenance Lab:

7. CM-506:Java Programming Lab:

8. CM-507: Python Programming Lab:

9. CM-509: Project work:

11.Mini projects are included.

Develop Computer Engineers to be technologically adept, innovative, self-motivated and

M1 To provide opportunity to Diploma students who are capable of playing

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVIES(PEOs)

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)